FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended November 25, 2005 | Commission File Number: 001-14965 |
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware | 13-4019460 | |
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) |
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.) |
|
85 Broad Street
New York, N.Y. |
10004 |
|
(Address of principal executive offices) | (Zip Code) |
(212) 902-1000
(Registrants telephone number, including area code)
Title of each class: | Name of each exchange on which registered: | |
|
||
Common stock, par value $.01 per share, and attached Shareholder Protection Rights
|
New York Stock Exchange | |
|
||
Depositary Shares, Each Representing 1/1,000th Interest in a Share of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A
|
New York Stock Exchange | |
|
||
Depositary Shares, Each Representing 1/1,000th Interest in a Share of 6.20% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B
|
New York Stock Exchange | |
|
||
Depositary Shares, Each Representing 1/1,000th Interest in a Share of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series C
|
New York Stock Exchange | |
|
Medium-Term Notes, Series B, 0.25% Exchangeable Notes due 2007; Index-Linked Notes due 2013; Index-Linked Notes due April 2013;
Index-Linked Notes due May 2013; Index-Linked Notes due July 2010;
and Index-Linked Notes due 2011
|
American Stock Exchange |
|
||
Medium-Term
Notes, Series B, 7.35% Notes due 2009; 7.80% Notes due
2010; Floating Rate Notes due 2006; and Floating Rate Notes due
2008
|
New York Stock Exchange |
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
PART I
Introduction
Goldman Sachs is a leading global
investment banking, securities and investment management firm that
provides a wide range of services worldwide to a substantial and
diversified client base that includes corporations, financial
institutions, governments and high-net-worth individuals. As of
November 25, 2005, we operated offices in over 20 countries and
approximately 38% of our 22,425 employees were based outside the
United States.
Goldman Sachs is the successor to a
commercial paper business founded in 1869 by Marcus Goldman. On May 7,
1999, we converted from a partnership to a corporation and
completed an initial public offering of our common stock.
Our activities are divided into three
segments: (i) Investment Banking, (ii) Trading and
Principal Investments and (iii) Asset Management and Securities
Services.
All references to 2005, 2004 and 2003
refer to our fiscal years ended, or the dates, as the context
requires,
November 25,
2005
, November 26, 2004 and November 28,
2003, respectively.
When we use the terms Goldman
Sachs, we, us and our, we mean The Goldman Sachs Group,
Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries.
References herein to the Annual Report on Form 10-K are to our
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 25,
2005.
Financial information concerning our
business segments and geographic regions for each of 2005, 2004 and
2003 is set forth in Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and the
consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, which are
in Part II, Items 7, 7A and 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Our Internet address is
www.gs.com
and the investor relations section of our web site is located
at
www.gs.com/our_firm/investor_relations/
. We
make available free of charge, on or through the investor relations
section of our web site, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly
reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K and
amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a)
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as well
as proxy statements, as soon as reasonably practicable after we
electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission (SEC). Also posted on our
web site, and available in print upon request of any shareholder to
our Investor Relations Department, are our certificate of
incorporation and by-laws, charters for our Audit Committee,
Compensation Committee and Corporate Governance and Nominating
Committee, our Policy Regarding Director Independence
Determinations, our Policy on Reporting of Concerns Regarding
Accounting and Other Matters, our Corporate Governance Guidelines
and our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics governing our
directors, officers and employees. Within the time period required
by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), we will post on
our web site any amendment to the Code of Business Conduct and
Ethics and any waiver applicable to any executive officer, director
or senior financial officer (as defined in the Code). In addition,
our web site includes information concerning purchases and sales of
our equity securities by our executive officers and directors, as
well as disclosure relating to certain non-GAAP financial measures
(as defined in the SECs Regulation G) that we may make public
orally, telephonically, by webcast, by broadcast or by similar
means from time to time.
Our Investor Relations Department can
be contacted at The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., 85 Broad Street,
17th Floor, New York, New York 10004, Attn: Investor Relations,
telephone: 212-902-0300, e-mail:
gs-investor-relations@gs.com
.
1
Cautionary Statement Pursuant to the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
We have included or incorporated by
reference in the Annual Report on Form 10-K, and from time to
time our management may make, statements that may constitute
forward-looking statements within the meaning of the safe harbor
provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.
Forward-looking statements are not historical facts but instead
represent only our belief regarding future events, many of which,
by their nature, are inherently uncertain and outside our control.
These statements include statements other than historical
information or statements of current condition and may relate to
our future plans and objectives and results, among other things,
and may also include our belief regarding the effect of various
legal proceedings, as set forth under Legal Proceedings in Part I,
Item 3 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well
as statements about the objectives and effectiveness of our
liquidity policies, statements about trends in our businesses and
statements about our investment banking transaction backlog, in Part II,
Item 7 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K. It is
possible that our actual results may differ, possibly materially,
from the anticipated results indicated in these forward-looking
statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to
differ from those in the forward-looking statements include, among
others, those discussed below and under Risk Factors in Part I,
Item 1A of the Annual Report on Form 10-K and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations in Part II, Item 7 of the Annual
Report on Form 10-K.
In the case of statements about our
investment banking transaction backlog, such statements are subject
to the risk that the terms of these transactions may be modified or
that they may not be completed at all; therefore, the net revenues
that we expect to earn from these transactions may differ, possibly
materially, from those currently expected. Important factors that
could result in a modification of the terms of a transaction or a
transaction not being completed include, in the case of
underwriting transactions, a decline in general economic
conditions, outbreak of hostilities, volatility in the securities
markets generally or an adverse development with respect to the
issuer of the securities and, in the case of financial advisory
transactions, a decline in the securities markets, an adverse
development with respect to a party to the transaction or a failure
to obtain a required regulatory approval.
2
Segment Operating Results
3
Business Segments
These segments consist of various
products and activities that are set forth in the following chart:
4
Investment Banking
Investment Banking represented 15% of
2005 net revenues. We provide a broad range of investment
banking services to a diverse group of corporations, financial
institutions, governments and individuals and seek to develop and
maintain long-term relationships with these clients as their lead
investment bank.
Our current structure, which is
organized by regional, industry and product groups, seeks to
combine client-focused investment bankers with execution and
industry expertise. We continually assess and adapt our
organization to meet the demands of our clients in each geographic
region. Through our commitment to teamwork, we believe that we
provide services in an integrated fashion for the benefit of our
clients.
Our goal is to make available to our
clients the entire resources of the firm in a seamless fashion,
with investment banking serving as front of the house. To
accomplish this objective, we focus on coordination among our
equity and debt underwriting businesses and our corporate risk and
liability management businesses. This coordination is intended to
assist our investment banking clients in managing their asset and
liability exposures.
Our Investment Banking segment is
divided into two components: Financial Advisory and Underwriting.
Financial Advisory
Financial Advisory includes advisory
assignments with respect to mergers and acquisitions, divestitures,
corporate defense activities, restructurings and spin-offs. Our
mergers and acquisitions capabilities are evidenced by our
significant share of assignments in large, complex transactions for
which we provide multiple services, including one-stop
acquisition financing and cross-border structuring expertise, as
well as services in other areas of the firm, such as interest rate
and currency hedging.
Underwriting
Underwriting includes public
offerings and private placements of a wide range of securities and
other financial instruments, including common and preferred stock,
convertible and exchangeable securities, investment-grade debt,
high-yield debt, sovereign and emerging market debt, municipal
debt, bank loans, asset-backed securities and real estate-related
securities, such as mortgage-backed securities and the securities
of real estate investment trusts.
Equity Underwriting.
Equity
underwriting has been a long-term core strength of Goldman Sachs.
As with mergers and acquisitions, we have been particularly
successful in winning mandates for large, complex transactions. We
believe our leadership in worldwide initial public offerings and
worldwide public common stock offerings reflects our expertise in
complex transactions, prior experience and distribution
capabilities.
Debt Underwriting.
We engage in the
underwriting and origination of various types of debt instruments,
including investment-grade debt securities, high-yield debt
securities, bank and bridge loans and emerging market debt
securities, which instruments may be issued by, among others,
corporate, sovereign and agency issuers. In addition, we underwrite
and originate structured securities, which include mortgage-backed
and other asset-backed securities and collateralized debt
obligations.
Trading and Principal Investments
Trading and Principal Investments
represented 66% of 2005 net revenues. Trading and Principal
Investments facilitates client transactions with a diverse group of
corporations, financial institutions, governments and individuals
and takes proprietary positions through market making in,
5
trading of and investing in fixed income and equity products, currencies,
commodities and derivatives on such products. In addition, we
engage in specialist and market-making activities on equities and
options exchanges and we clear client transactions on major stock,
options and futures exchanges worldwide. In connection with our
merchant banking and other investing activities, we make principal
investments directly and through funds that we raise and manage.
To meet the needs of our clients,
Trading and Principal Investments is diversified across a wide
range of products. We believe our willingness and ability to take
risk to facilitate client transactions distinguishes us from many
of our competitors and substantially enhances our client
relationships.
Our Trading and Principal Investments
segment is divided into three components: Fixed Income, Currency
and Commodities, Equities and Principal Investments.
Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities and Equities
Fixed Income, Currency and
Commodities (FICC) and Equities are large and diversified
operations through which we engage in a variety of customer-driven
and proprietary trading and investing activities.
In their customer-driven businesses,
FICC and Equities strive to deliver high-quality service by
offering broad market-making and market knowledge to our clients on
a global basis. In addition, we use our expertise to take positions
in markets, by committing capital and taking risk, to facilitate
client transactions and to provide liquidity. Our willingness to
make markets, commit capital and take risk in a broad range of
fixed income, currency, commodity and equity products and their
derivatives is crucial to our client relationships and to support
our underwriting business by providing secondary market liquidity.
A core activity in FICC and Equities
is market making in a broad array of securities and products. For
example, we are a primary dealer in many of the largest government
bond markets around the world, including the United States, Japan
and the United Kingdom. We are a member of the major futures
exchanges, and also have interbank dealer status in the currency
markets in New York, London, Tokyo and Hong Kong.
We generate trading net revenues from
our customer-driven businesses in three ways.
We continue to increase coordination
among our FICC and Equities businesses as we respond to what we
believe is client demand for more coordinated services and for
cross-market knowledge and expertise.
In our proprietary activities in both
FICC and Equities, we assume a variety of risks and devote
resources to identify, analyze and benefit from these exposures. We
capitalize on our analytical models to analyze information and make
informed trading judgments and we seek to benefit from perceived
disparities in the value of assets in the trading markets and from
macroeconomic and issuer-specific trends.
Through Allmerica Financial Life
Insurance and Annuity Company, an insurance subsidiary that we
acquired in December 2005, we now manage interests in variable
annuity and variable life insurance contracts. We also plan to
participate opportunistically in both the life and annuity and
property reinsurance businesses.
6
FICC
Our FICC business makes markets in
and trades interest rate and credit products, mortgage-backed
securities and loans and other asset-backed securities, currencies
and commodities, structures and enters into a wide variety of
derivative transactions, and engages in proprietary trading and
investing. FICC has five principal businesses: commodities; credit
products; currencies; interest rate products, including money
market instruments; and mortgage-backed securities and loans and
other asset-backed securities.
Commodities.
We make markets in, and
trade for our clients and our own account, a wide variety of
commodities and commodity derivatives, including oil and oil
products, metals, natural gas and electricity and forest products.
We are also a member of or have relationships with major
commodities exchanges worldwide.
As part of our commodities business,
we have acquired interests in electric power generation facilities.
As of
January 1, 2006,
we owned interests in 20 power
generation facilities located in the United States and one power
generation facility located outside the United States. Of these
facilities, eight are fueled by natural gas, eight by coal, four by
waste coal and one by fuel oil. We acquired interests in the first
of these facilities in 2003. Since that time, we have acquired and
disposed of interests in other power generation facilities.
Credit Products.
We offer our
clients, and trade for our own account, a broad array of credit and
credit linked products, including credit derivatives,
investment-grade corporate securities, high-yield securities, bank
loans (origination and trading), municipal securities, emerging
market debt and other distressed debt. We also trade credit
products for the benefit of our clients. For example, we enter, as
principal, into complex structured transactions designed to meet
client needs and also provide credit through bridge and other loan
facilities.
Our credit products business includes
making long-term and short-term investments for our own account
(often investing together with our merchant banking funds) in a
broad array of asset classes (including distressed debt) globally.
We opportunistically invest in assets across an entitys capital
structure, including in equity, senior loans, debt securities and
preferred stock.
Currencies.
We act as a dealer in
foreign exchange and trade for our clients and ourselves in most
currencies on exchanges and in cash and derivative markets globally.
Interest Rate Products.
We trade and
make markets in a variety of interest rate products, including
interest rate swaps, options and other derivatives and government
bonds, as well as money market instruments, such as commercial
paper, treasury bills, repurchase agreements and other highly
liquid securities and instruments. This business includes our
matched book, which consists of short-term collateralized financing
transactions.
Mortgage Business.
We make markets
in, and trade for our clients and ourselves, mortgage-related
securities and loan products and other asset-backed securities, and
we securitize loan portfolios backed by real estate and other
assets.
Equities
We make markets in, trade and act as
a specialist for equities and equity-related products, structure
and enter into equity derivative transactions and engage in
proprietary trading. We generate commissions from executing and
clearing client transactions on major stock, options and futures
exchanges worldwide through our Equities customer franchise and
clearing activities.
Equities includes three principal
businesses: our customer franchise business, principal strategies
and specialist activities.
Customer Franchise Business.
Our
customer franchise business includes primarily customer-driven
activities in the shares, convertible securities and equity
derivatives markets.
7
These activities also include clearing
client transactions on major stock, options and futures exchanges
worldwide, as well as our options specialist and market-making
businesses.
We trade equity securities and
equity-related products, including convertible securities, options,
futures and over-the-counter (OTC) derivative instruments, on a
global basis as an agent, as a market maker or otherwise as a
principal. As a principal, we facilitate client transactions, often
by committing capital and taking risk, to provide liquidity to
clients with large blocks of stocks or options. For example, we are
active in the execution of large block trades. We also execute
transactions as agent and offer clients direct electronic access to
trading markets.
We are a member of most of the
worlds major stock, options and futures exchanges and
marketplaces, including those located in New York, Chicago, London,
Paris, Frankfurt, Tokyo and Hong Kong.
In the options and futures markets,
we structure, distribute and execute derivatives on market indices,
industry groups and individual company stocks to facilitate client
transactions and our proprietary activities. We develop strategies
and render advice with respect to portfolio hedging and
restructuring and asset allocation transactions. We also create
specially tailored instruments to enable sophisticated investors to
undertake hedging strategies and to establish or liquidate
investment positions. We are one of the leading participants in the
trading and development of equity derivative instruments. We are an
active participant in the trading of futures and options on most of
the major exchanges in the United States, Europe and Asia. In
options, we are a specialist and market maker on the International
Securities Exchange and a market maker on the Boston Options
Exchange and the Philadelphia Stock Exchange.
Principal Strategies.
Our principal
strategies business includes a multi-strategy proprietary
investment business that invests and trades for the firms own
account. Principal strategies trades and invests the firms capital
across global markets employing strategies that are primarily
focused on public markets. Most strategies involve fundamental
equities and relative value trading (which involves trading
strategies to take advantage of perceived discrepancies in the
relative value of financial instruments, including equity,
equity-related and debt instruments). Other strategies involve
event-driven investments (which focus on event-oriented special
situations such as corporate restructurings, bankruptcies,
recapitalizations, mergers and acquisitions and legal and
regulatory events) as well as convertible bond trading, various
types of volatility trading and principal finance (which includes
private structured investments in public or private companies).
Specialist Activities.
Our specialist
activities business includes our stock and exchange-traded funds
(ETF) specialist and market-making businesses. We engage in
specialist and market-making activities on equities exchanges. In
the United States, we are one of the leading stock specialists on
the NYSE. For ETFs, we are a specialist on the NYSE and a
specialist and market maker on the American Stock Exchange.
Principal Investments
Principal Investments primarily
represents net revenues from our corporate and real estate merchant
banking investments. To date, these net revenues have been from
three primary sources: returns on corporate and real estate
investments, our investment in the convertible preferred stock of
Sumitomo Mitsui Financial Group, Inc. (SMFG) and overrides. In
January 2006, the firm entered into a definitive agreement to
invest $2.58 billion in the Industrial and Commercial Bank of
China Limited, with investment funds managed by the firm assuming a
substantial portion of the firms economic interest. The
transactions are expected to close by May 2006, subject to receipt
of regulatory approvals and other closing conditions.
8
Returns on Corporate and Real Estate
Investments.
In connection with our merchant banking activities, we
invest by making principal investments directly and through funds
that we raise and manage. As of November 2005, the aggregate
carrying value of our principal investments held directly or
through our merchant banking funds, excluding our investment in the
convertible preferred stock of SMFG, was approximately $2.47 billion,
comprised of corporate principal investments with an
aggregate carrying value of approximately $1.72 billion and
real estate investments with an aggregate carrying value of
approximately $745 million. In addition, as of November 2005,
we had outstanding equity capital commitments of up to $3.54 billion.
SMFG.
Principal Investments also
includes our investment in the convertible preferred stock of SMFG,
which we
Overrides.
Principal Investments also
includes net revenues from the increased share of the income and
gains derived from our merchant banking funds when the return on a
funds investments exceeds certain threshold returns (typically
referred to as an override).
Asset Management and Securities Services
Asset Management and Securities
Services represented 19% of 2005 net revenues. Our Asset
Management business provides investment advisory and financial
planning services and offers investment products to a diverse group
of institutions and individuals worldwide and primarily generates
revenues in the form of management and incentive fees. Securities
Services provides prime brokerage services, financing services and
securities lending services to mutual funds, pension funds, hedge
funds, foundations and high-net-worth individuals worldwide, and
generates revenues primarily in the form of interest rate spreads
or fees.
Asset Management
We offer a broad array of investment
strategies, advice and planning. We provide asset management
services and offer investment products across all major asset
classes: money markets, fixed income, currencies, equities and
alternative investments (which primarily includes private equity
funds, hedge funds, real estate funds, certain currency and asset
allocation strategies and other assets allocated to external
investment managers). Through our subsidiary, The Ayco Company,
L.P. (Ayco), we also provide fee-based financial counseling in the
United States.
Assets under management (AUM)
typically generate fees as a percentage of asset value. In certain
circumstances, we are also entitled to receive asset management
incentive fees based on a percentage of a funds return or when the
return on assets under management exceeds specified benchmark
returns or other performance targets. Incentive fees are recognized
when the performance period ends and they are no longer subject to
adjustment. We have numerous incentive fee arrangements, many of
which have annual performance periods that end on December 31
and are not subject to adjustment thereafter. For that reason,
incentive fees are seasonally weighted each year to our first
fiscal quarter. Depending on the level of net revenues in our first
fiscal quarter of 2006, these incentive fees may be material to the
results of operations in that quarter.
9
AUM includes our mutual funds,
alternative investment funds and separately managed accounts for
institutional and individual investors. Alternative investments
include our merchant banking funds, which generate revenues as
described below under Management of Merchant Banking Funds. AUM
excludes assets in brokerage accounts, which generate commissions,
mark-ups and spreads that are included in our Trading and Principal
Investments segment. Increasingly, many of our individual clients
brokerage accounts pay fees based on the assets in their accounts
rather than commissions on transactional activity in the accounts.
The amount of AUM is set forth in the
graph below. In the following graph, as well as in the following
tables, substantially all assets under management are valued as of
November 30.
Assets Under Management
The following table sets forth AUM by asset class:
Assets Under Management by Asset Class
Clients.
Our clients are institutions
and individuals, including both high-net-worth and retail
investors. We access institutional and high-net-worth clients
through both direct and third-party channels and retail clients
through third-party channels. Our institutional clients include pension
10
funds, governmental organizations, corporations, insurance
companies, foundations and endowments. In third-party distribution
channels, we distribute our mutual funds and separately managed
accounts through brokerage firms, banks, insurance companies and
other financial intermediaries. Our clients are located worldwide.
The table below sets forth the amount
of AUM by distribution channel and client category:
Assets Under Management by Distribution Channel
(1)
Management of Merchant Banking Funds.
Goldman Sachs sponsors numerous corporate and real estate private
investment funds. Our strategy with respect to these funds
generally is to invest opportunistically to build a portfolio of
investments that is diversified by industry, product type,
geographic region and transaction structure and type. Our corporate
investment funds pursue, on a global basis, long-term investments
in equity and debt securities in privately negotiated transactions,
leveraged buyouts, acquisitions and investments in funds managed by
external parties. Our real estate investment funds invest in real
estate operating companies, debt and equity interests in real
estate assets, and other real estate-related investments. Our
clients in private investment funds include pension plans,
endowments, charitable institutions and high-net-worth individuals.
Since inception, we have raised $52.53 billion
of committed equity capital in these funds, of which
$37.23 billion relates to our corporate funds and $15.30 billion
relates to our real estate funds. As of November 2005,
$37.30 billion of the committed equity capital was funded and
the amount of AUM remaining in these funds after distributions was
$28.85 billion.
Merchant banking activities generate
three primary revenue streams. First, we receive a management fee
that is generally a percentage of a funds committed capital,
invested capital, total gross acquisition cost or asset value.
These annual management fees are included in our Asset Management
net revenues. Second, Goldman Sachs, as a substantial investor in
some of these funds, is allocated its proportionate share of the
funds unrealized appreciation or depreciation arising from changes
in fair value as well as gains and losses upon realization. Third,
after a fund has achieved a minimum return for fund investors, we
receive an increased share of the funds income and gains that is a
percentage of the income and gains from the funds investments. The
second and third of these revenue streams are included in net
revenues of the Principal Investments component of our Trading and
Principal Investments segment.
11
Securities Services
Securities Services provides prime
brokerage services, financing services and securities lending
services to mutual funds, pension funds, hedge funds, foundations
and high-net-worth individuals worldwide.
Prime brokerage services.
We offer
prime brokerage services to our clients, allowing them the
flexibility to trade with most brokers while maintaining a single
source for financing and consolidated portfolio reports. Our prime
brokerage business provides clearing and custody in 45 markets
(with net revenues from clearing and custody included in our
Trading and Principal Investments segment), consolidated
multi-currency accounting and reporting and offshore fund
administration.
Financing services.
A central element
of our prime brokerage business involves providing financing to our
clients for their securities trading activities through margin and
securities loans that are collateralized by securities, cash or
other acceptable collateral.
Securities lending services.
Securities lending services principally involve the borrowing and
lending of securities to cover clients and Goldman Sachs short
sales and otherwise to make deliveries into the market. In
addition, we are an active participant in the broker-to-broker
securities lending business and the third-party agency lending
business.
Global Investment Research
Global Investment Research provides
fundamental research on companies, industries, economies,
currencies, commodities and macro strategy research on a worldwide
basis.
Global Investment Research employs a
team approach that as of November 28, 2005 provided research
coverage of approximately 2,250 companies worldwide, over 50
national economies and 25 stock markets. This is accomplished by
the following departments:
Further information regarding
research at Goldman Sachs is provided below under Regulation
Regulations Applicable in and Outside the United States,
Risk Factors in Part I, Item 1A of the Annual Report on
Form 10-K and Legal Proceedings Research Independence
Matters in Part I, Item 3 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Technology
Goldman Sachs is committed to the
ongoing development, maintenance and use of technology throughout
the organization. Our technology initiatives can be broadly
categorized into four efforts:
12
We have tailored our services to our
clients by providing them with electronic access to our products
and services. In particular, we provide global electronic trading
and information distribution capabilities covering many of our
fixed income, currency, commodity, equity and mutual fund products
around the world.
Electronic commerce and technology
have changed and will continue to change the ways that securities
and other financial products are traded, distributed and settled.
This creates both opportunities and challenges for our businesses.
We remain committed to being at the forefront of technological
innovation in the global capital markets.
Business Continuity and Information Security
Business continuity and information
security are high priorities for Goldman Sachs. Our Business
Continuity Program has been developed to provide reasonable
assurance of business continuity in the event of disruptions at the
firms critical facilities and to comply with NYSE and National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (NASD) regulatory
requirements. The key elements of the program are crisis
management, business recovery, systems and data recovery, people
recovery facilities and process improvement. In the area of
information security, a framework of principles, policies and
technology has been developed to protect the information assets of
the firm and our clients. Safeguards are applied to maintain the
confidentiality, integrity and availability of information
resources.
Employees
Management believes that a major
strength and principal reason for the success of Goldman Sachs is
the quality and dedication of our people and the shared sense of
being part of a team. We strive to maintain a work environment that
fosters professionalism, excellence, diversity, cooperation among
our employees worldwide and high standards of business ethics.
Instilling the Goldman Sachs culture
in all employees is a continuous process, in which training plays
an important part. All employees are offered the opportunity to
participate in education and periodic seminars that we sponsor at
various locations throughout the world. Another important part of
instilling the Goldman Sachs culture is our employee review
process. Employees are reviewed by supervisors, co-workers and
employees they supervise in a 360-degree review process that is
integral to our team approach.
As of November 2005, we had 22,425
employees (excluding 1,437 employees of Goldman Sachs property
management and loan servicing subsidiaries, for whom the majority
of the costs are reimbursed to Goldman Sachs by the investment
funds for which these subsidiaries provide services, and 7,143
employees of certain consolidated entities that are held for
investment purposes only). Consolidated entities held for
investment purposes include entities that are held strictly for
capital appreciation, have a defined exit strategy and are engaged
in activities that are not closely related to our principal
businesses.
Competition
The financial services industry
and all of our businesses are intensely competitive, and we
expect them to remain so. Our competitors are other brokers and
dealers, investment banking firms, insurance companies, investment
advisers, mutual funds, hedge funds, private equity funds,
commercial banks and merchant banks. We compete with some of our
competitors globally and with
13
others on a regional, product or niche basis. Our competition is based on a number of factors,
including transaction execution, our products and services, innovation, reputation and price.
We also face intense competition in
attracting and retaining qualified employees. Our ability to
continue to compete effectively in our businesses will depend upon
our ability to attract new employees and retain and motivate our
existing employees.
Over time, there has been substantial
consolidation and convergence among companies in the financial
services industry, due in part to U.S. federal legislation that
has expanded the activities permissible for firms affiliated with a
U.S. bank. In particular, a number of large commercial banks,
insurance companies and other broad-based financial services firms
have established or acquired broker-dealers or have merged with
other financial institutions. Many of these firms have the ability
to offer a wide range of products, from loans, deposit-taking and
insurance to brokerage, asset management and investment banking
services, which may enhance their competitive position. They also
have the ability to support investment banking and securities
products with commercial banking, insurance and other financial
services revenues in an effort to gain market share, which has
resulted in pricing pressure in certain of our businesses and could
result in pricing pressure in other of our businesses.
Moreover, we have faced, and expect
to continue to face, pressure to retain market share by committing
capital to businesses or transactions on terms that offer returns
that may not be commensurate with their risks. In particular,
corporate clients increasingly seek such commitments (such as
agreements to participate in their commercial paper backstop or
other revolving loan facilities) from financial services firms in
connection with investment banking and other assignments. To
respond to this trend, we established the William Street entities,
through which we have issued commitments to lend to counterparties,
primarily investment-grade clients. With respect to these
commitments, we have credit loss protection provided to us by SMFG,
which is generally limited to 95% of the first loss we realize on
approved loan commitments, subject to a maximum of $1.00 billion.
In addition, subject to the satisfaction of certain
conditions, upon our request, SMFG will provide protection for 70%
of the second loss on such commitments, subject to a maximum of
$1.13 billion. We also use other financial instruments to hedge
certain William Street commitments not covered by SMFG. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations in Part II, Item 7 of the Annual
Report on Form 10-K and Note 6 to our consolidated
financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of the Annual
Report on Form 10-K for more information regarding the William
Street entities and for a description of the credit loss protection
provided by SMFG.
Increasingly, in connection with
investment banking transactions, we are being called upon to
provide capital commitments that do not meet the criteria
established for the William Street entities. These commitments are
issued through Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. or our other
subsidiaries.
The trend toward consolidation and
convergence has significantly increased the capital base and
geographic reach of some of our competitors. This trend has also
hastened the globalization of the securities and other financial
services markets. As a result, we have had to commit capital to
support our international operations and to execute large global
transactions. To take advantage of some of our most significant
challenges and opportunities, we will have to compete successfully
with financial institutions that are larger and better capitalized
and that may have a stronger local presence and longer operating
history outside the United States.
We have experienced intense price
competition in some of our businesses in recent years. There has
been considerable pressure in the pricing of block trades. Also,
equity and debt underwriting discounts, as well as trading spreads,
have been under pressure for a number of years and the ability to
execute trades electronically, through the Internet and through
other alternative trading systems, has increased the pressure on
trading commissions. It appears that this trend toward electronic
and other low-touch, low-commission trading will continue. We
believe that we
14
will continue to experience competitive pressures
in these and other areas in the future as some of our competitors
seek to obtain market share by reducing prices.
Regulation
Goldman Sachs, as a participant in
the securities and commodity futures and options industries, is
subject to extensive regulation in the United States and elsewhere.
As a matter of public policy, regulatory bodies in the United
States and the rest of the world are charged with safeguarding the
integrity of the securities and other financial markets and with
protecting the interests of clients participating in those markets.
They are not, however, charged with protecting the interests of
Goldman Sachs shareholders or creditors.
Broker-dealers, in particular, are
subject to regulations that cover all aspects of the securities
business, including sales methods, trade practices, use and
safekeeping of clients funds and securities, capital structure,
recordkeeping, the financing of clients purchases, and the conduct
of directors, officers and employees. A number of our affiliates
are regulated by investment advisory laws in and outside the United
States. Additional legislation, changes in rules promulgated by
self-regulatory organizations, or changes in the interpretation or
enforcement of existing laws and rules, either in the United States
or elsewhere, may directly affect the operations and profitability
of Goldman Sachs.
Regulation in the United States
In the United States, the SEC is the
federal agency responsible for the administration of the federal
securities laws. The SEC has approved an application by Goldman,
Sachs & Co. (GS&Co.), our principal broker-dealer in the United
States, to calculate net capital requirements using the alternative
method available to a broker-dealer that is part of a Consolidated
Supervised Entity. As a condition to GS&Co.s use of the
alternative method, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. was required to
consent to group-wide supervision and examination by the SEC and to
report to the SEC consolidated computations of our capital adequacy
on an ongoing basis. Consenting to regulation as a Consolidated
Supervised Entity is among the measures we have taken to enable us
to comply with the requirements of the European Financial Groups
Directive described below under
GS&Co. is registered as a
broker-dealer and as an investment adviser with the SEC and as a
broker-dealer in all 50 states and the District of Columbia.
Self-regulatory organizations, such as the NYSE and NASD, adopt
rules that apply to, and examine, broker-dealers such as GS&Co. In
addition, state securities and other regulators also have
regulatory or oversight authority over GS&Co. Similarly, our
businesses are also subject to regulation by various non-U.S. governmental
and regulatory bodies and self-regulatory authorities
in virtually all countries where we have offices. Goldman Sachs
Execution & Clearing, L.P. (GSEC) and two of its
subsidiaries are registered U.S. broker-dealers and are
regulated by the SEC and NYSE and GSEC is also regulated by the
NASD. Goldman Sachs Financial Markets, L.P. is registered with the
SEC as an OTC derivatives dealer and conducts certain OTC
derivatives businesses.
The commodity futures and commodity
options industry in the United States is subject to regulation
under the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended. The Commodity Futures
Trading Commission (CFTC) is the federal agency charged with
the administration of the Commodity Exchange Act and the
regulations thereunder. Several of Goldman Sachs subsidiaries,
including GS&Co. and GSEC, are registered with the CFTC and act as
futures commission merchants, commodity pool operators or commodity
trading advisors and are subject to the Commodity Exchange Act and
the regulations thereunder. The rules and regulations of various
self-regulatory organizations, such as the Chicago Board of Trade,
other futures exchanges and the National Futures Association, also
govern the commodity futures and commodity options businesses of
these entities.
15
GS&Co. and GSEC are registered U.S. broker-dealers
and futures commission merchants subject to Rule 15c3-1
of the SEC and Rule 1.17 of the CFTC, which specify
minimum net capital levels for their registrants, and also require
that a significant part of the registrants assets be kept in
relatively liquid form. GS&Co. and GSEC have elected to compute
their minimum capital requirements in accordance with the
Alternative Minimum Net Capital Requirement as permitted under
Rule 15c3-1. As of November 2005, GS&Co. and GSEC had net
capital in excess of their minimum capital requirements. In
addition to its alternative minimum net capital requirements,
GS&Co. is also required to hold tentative net capital in excess of
$1 billion and net capital in excess of $500 million in
accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E
of Rule 15c3-1. GS&Co. is required to notify the SEC in
the event that its tentative net capital is less than $5 billion.
As of November 2005, GS&Co. had tentative net capital and
net capital in excess of both the minimum and the notification
requirements. These net capital requirements may have the effect of
prohibiting these entities from distributing or withdrawing capital
and may require prior notice to the SEC for certain withdrawals of
capital. See Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements
in Part II, Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Goldman Sachs has established three
limited purpose trust companies with limited powers under state and
federal law. They are not permitted to accept deposits or make
loans and, as a result, are not considered to be banks for purposes
of the Bank Holding Company Act, nor are they insured by the FDIC
or subject to the Community Reinvestment Act. These entities and
their regulators are: The Goldman Sachs Trust Company, N.A., a
national bank with limited trust powers that is regulated by the
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and is a member bank of
the Federal Reserve System; The Goldman Sachs Trust Company, a New
York limited purpose trust company that is regulated by the New
York State Banking Department; and The Goldman Sachs Trust Company
of Delaware, a Delaware limited purpose trust company that is
regulated by the Office of the Delaware State Bank Commissioner.
Goldman Sachs has established Goldman
Sachs Bank USA (GS Bank), a Utah-chartered industrial bank, to
extend credit and to take deposits, other than demand deposits. GS
Bank is subject to regulation by the FDIC and the Utah Commissioner
of Financial Institutions. Because it does not accept demand
deposits, GS Bank is not considered to be a bank for purposes of
the Bank Holding Company Act. The deposits maintained at GS Bank
are insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by law and GS Bank
is subject to the requirements of the Community Reinvestment Act.
J. Aron & Company is
authorized by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) to
sell wholesale physical power at market-based rates. As a
FERC-authorized power marketer, J. Aron & Company is
subject to regulation under the Federal Power Act and FERC
regulations.
In addition, as a result of our
interests in electric power generation facilities, we are subject
to extensive and evolving energy, environmental and other
governmental laws and regulations, as discussed under Risk Factors
Our power generation interests subject us to the risks
associated with owning power generation facilities in Part I,
Item 1A of the Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Our U.S. insurance subsidiaries
are subject to state insurance regulation in the states in which
they are domiciled and in the other states in which they are
licensed.
The effort to combat money laundering
and terrorist financing is a priority in governmental policy with
respect to financial institutions. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001
contains anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws and
mandates the implementation of various new regulations applicable
to broker-dealers and other financial services companies, including
standards for verifying client identification at account opening,
and obligations to monitor client transactions and report
suspicious activities. Through these and other provisions, the USA
PATRIOT Act of 2001 seeks to promote the identification of parties
that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering. Anti-money
laundering laws outside the United States contain some similar
provisions. The obligation of financial institutions, including
Goldman Sachs, to identify their clients, to watch for and report
suspicious transactions, to respond to requests for information by
regulatory authorities and law
16
enforcement agencies, and to share
information with other financial institutions, has required the
implementation and maintenance of internal practices, procedures
and controls that have increased, and may continue to increase, our
costs, and
Regulation Outside the United States
Goldman Sachs is an active
participant in the international fixed income and equity markets.
Many of our principal subsidiaries that participate in these
markets are subject to comprehensive regulations in the United
States and elsewhere that include some form of capital adequacy
rules and other customer protection rules. Goldman Sachs provides
investment services in and from the United Kingdom under the
regulation of the Financial Services Authority (FSA). Various
Goldman Sachs entities are regulated by the banking and regulatory
authorities of the other European countries in which Goldman Sachs
operates, including, among others, the Federal Financial
Supervisory Authority (BaFin) and the Bundesbank in Germany, the
Autorité des Marchés Financiers and Banque de France in France,
Banca dItalia and the Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la
Borsa (CONSOB) in Italy and the Swiss Federal Banking
Commission. Goldman Sachs entities are also regulated by the
European securities, derivatives and commodities exchanges of which
they are members. The investment services that are subject to
oversight by the FSA and other European regulators are regulated in
accordance with European Union directives requiring, among other
things, compliance with certain capital adequacy standards,
customer protection requirements and conduct of business rules.
These standards, requirements and rules are similarly implemented,
under the same directives, throughout the European Union and are
broadly comparable in scope and purpose to the regulatory capital
and customer protection requirements imposed under the SEC and CFTC
rules. Some European Union directives also permit local regulation
in each jurisdiction, including those in which we operate, to be
more restrictive than the requirements of such directives and these
local requirements can result in certain competitive disadvantages
to Goldman Sachs.
The European Unions European
Financial Groups Directive (Directive 2002/87/EC) introduced
certain changes to the way financial conglomerates and other
financial services organizations operating in Europe are regulated.
As a result of these changes, activities that are conducted in
otherwise unregulated entities are now subject to certain forms of
regulation, including consolidated supervision and capital adequacy
requirements. The measures we have taken to comply with the
directive include becoming subject to the Consolidated Supervised
Entity rules described above under Regulation in the United
States.
The European Unions European Markets
in Financial Instruments Directive (Directive 2004/39/EC) will
affect several of our subsidiaries by imposing detailed
pan-European requirements in areas such as internal organization
(including conflict management), best execution, real-time
disclosure of completed transactions in shares, quoting obligations
for internalized client orders in shares, transaction reporting to
regulators, client documentation and regulation of investment
services related to commodity derivatives. The practical
consequences of some of these changes on the European markets are
still unclear. The European Parliament and the Council of the
European Union are currently considering a new directive that would
delay the implementation deadline from April 30, 2006 to
November 1, 2007.
In addition, the Financial Services
Agency, the Tokyo Stock Exchange, the Osaka Securities Exchange,
The Tokyo International Financial Futures Exchange, the Japan
Securities Dealers Association, the Tokyo Commodity Exchange and
the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry in Japan, the
Securities and Futures Commission in Hong Kong, the Monetary
Authority of Singapore and the China Securities Regulatory
Commission, among others, regulate various of our subsidiaries in
Asia and also have capital standards and other requirements
comparable to the rules of the SEC. Certain of our insurance
subsidiaries are regulated by the Bermuda Registrar of Companies.
17
Regulations Applicable in and Outside the United States
The U.S. and non-U.S. government
agencies, regulatory bodies and self-regulatory organizations, as
well as state securities commissions in the United States, are
empowered to conduct administrative proceedings that can result in
censure, fine, the issuance of cease and desist orders, or the
suspension or expulsion of a broker-dealer or its directors,
officers or employees. From time to time, our subsidiaries have
been subject to investigations and proceedings, and sanctions have
been imposed for infractions of various regulations relating to our
activities, none of which has had a material adverse effect on us
or our businesses.
Compliance with the capital adequacy
and other regulatory requirements of U.S. and non-U.S. regulators
could limit those operations of our subsidiaries that
require the intensive use of capital, such as underwriting and
trading activities, specialist activities and the financing of
client account balances, and also could restrict our ability to
withdraw capital from our regulated subsidiaries, which in turn
could limit our ability to repay debt or to pay dividends on our
preferred and common stock.
In 2004, the Basel Committee on
Banking Supervision issued the Basel II capital standards,
which are designed to
Our specialist businesses are subject
to extensive regulation by a number of securities exchanges. The
rules of these exchanges generally require our specialists to
maintain orderly markets in the securities in which they are
specialists. These requirements, in turn, may require us to commit
significant amounts of capital to our specialist businesses.
Changes to the rules and regulations
governing stock markets and the conduct of participants in those
markets, including the NYSE, may impose additional costs on us,
adversely affect our customer-driven or specialist businesses or
impair the value of our goodwill and identifiable intangible assets
relating to those businesses.
The research areas of investment
banks have been and remain the subject of regulatory scrutiny. The
SEC, NYSE and NASD have adopted rules imposing restrictions on the
interaction between equity research analysts and investment banking
personnel at member securities firms. Various non-U.S. jurisdictions
have imposed both substantive and disclosure-based
requirements with respect to research, and continue to consider
additional regulation. In addition, we are a party to a settlement
with certain federal and state securities regulators and
self-regulatory organizations that imposes restrictions on the
interaction between research and investment banking departments and
requires us to fund the provision of independent research to our
clients.
In connection with the research
settlement, the firm has also subscribed to a voluntary initiative
imposing restrictions on the allocation of shares in initial public
offerings to executives and directors of public companies. The FSA
in the United Kingdom has imposed requirements on the conduct of
the allocation process in equity and fixed income securities
offerings (including initial public offerings and secondary
distributions). The SEC, NYSE and NASD have proposed rules that
would further affect the manner in which securities are distributed
and allocated in registered public offerings. We cannot fully
predict the practical effect that these new and proposed
requirements will have on our business, and the SEC, NYSE, NASD and
non-U.S. regulators, such as the FSA, may adopt additional and
more stringent rules with respect to offering procedures and the
management of conflicts of interest in the future.
18
Certain of our businesses are subject
to compliance with regulations enacted by U.S. federal and
state governments, the European Union or other jurisdictions and/or
enacted by various regulatory organizations or exchanges relating
to the privacy of client information, and any failure to comply
with these regulations could expose us to liability and/or
reputational damage.
We face a variety of risks that are
substantial and inherent in our businesses, including market,
liquidity, credit, operational, legal and regulatory risks. Our
business, by its nature, does not produce predictable earnings. The
following are some of the more important factors that could affect
our businesses.
Our businesses may be adversely affected by conditions in the global financial markets and economic conditions generally.
We have achieved record earnings per
common share in each of our last two fiscal years, reflecting a
favorable trading environment in FICC, an improvement in the
trading environment for Equities and an increase in investment
banking activity. An adverse change in these market conditions may
adversely affect our results of operations.
Our businesses are materially
affected by conditions in the global financial markets and economic
conditions generally and these conditions may change suddenly and
dramatically. Unfavorable or uncertain economic and market
conditions have adversely affected, and may in the future adversely
affect, our business and profitability in many ways, including the
following:
19
We may incur losses as a result of ineffective risk management processes and strategies.
We seek to monitor and control our
risk exposure through a variety of separate but complementary
financial, credit, operational, compliance and legal reporting
systems. Our trading risk management process seeks to balance our
ability to profit from trading positions with our exposure to
potential losses. While we employ a broad and diversified set of
risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques, those techniques
and the judgments that accompany their application cannot
anticipate every economic and financial outcome or the specifics
and timing of such outcomes. Thus, we may, in the course of our
activities, incur losses.
For a further discussion of our risk
management policies and procedures, see Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Risk Management in Part II, Item 7 of the Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Our liquidity may be adversely affected by an inability to access the debt capital markets or to sell assets.
Liquidity is essential to our
businesses. Our liquidity could be impaired by an inability to
access secured and/or unsecured debt markets, an inability to sell
assets or unforeseen outflows of cash or collateral. This situation
may arise due to circumstances that we may be unable to control,
such as a general market disruption or an operational problem that
affects third parties or us. Further, our ability to sell assets
may be impaired if other market participants are seeking to sell
similar assets at the same time.
A reduction in our credit ratings could adversely affect our liquidity and businesses in many ways.
Our credit ratings are important to
our liquidity. A reduction in our credit ratings could adversely
affect our liquidity and competitive position, increase our
borrowing costs, limit our access to the capital markets or trigger
our obligations under certain bilateral provisions in some of our
trading and collateralized financing contracts. Under these
provisions, counterparties could be permitted to
20
terminate
contracts with Goldman Sachs or require us to post additional
collateral. Termination of our trading and collateralized financing
contracts could cause us to sustain losses and impair our liquidity
by requiring us to find other sources of financing or to make
significant cash payments or securities movements.
An inability of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. to access funds from its subsidiaries could adversely affect its ability to meet its obligations.
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. is a
holding company and, therefore, depends on dividends, distributions
and other payments from its subsidiaries to fund dividend payments
and to fund all payments on its obligations, including debt
obligations. Many of our subsidiaries, including GS&Co., are
subject to laws that authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce
the flow of funds from those subsidiaries to The Goldman Sachs
Group, Inc. Regulatory action of that kind could impede access to
funds that The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. needs to make payments on
obligations, including debt obligations, or dividend payments. In
addition, to the extent that The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (or any
other entity) holds equity interests in the firms regulated or
unregulated subsidiaries, its rights as an equity holder to the
assets of such subsidiaries are subject to the satisfaction of the
claims of the creditors of such subsidiaries.
Our businesses, profitability and liquidity may be adversely affected by a deterioration in the credit quality of, or defaults by, third parties who owe us money, securities or other assets.
We are exposed to the risk that third
parties that owe us money, securities or other assets will not
perform their obligations. These parties may default on their
obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, operational
failure or other reasons. We are also subject to the risk that our
rights against third parties may not be enforceable in all
circumstances. In addition, a deterioration in the credit quality
of third parties whose securities or obligations we hold could
result in losses and/or adversely affect our ability to
rehypothecate or otherwise use those securities or obligations for
liquidity purposes. The amount and duration of our credit exposures
have been increasing over the past several years, as has the
breadth of the entities to which we have credit exposures. The
scope of our lending businesses has also been expanding and
includes loans to small and mid-size businesses, which are not
traditional Goldman Sachs clients. As a clearing member firm, we
finance our client positions and we could be held responsible for
the defaults or misconduct of our clients. In addition, we have
experienced, due to competitive factors, pressure to extend and
price credit at levels that may not always fully compensate us for
the risks we take. In particular, corporate clients sometimes seek
to require credit commitments from us in connection with investment
banking and other assignments. Although we regularly review credit
exposures to specific clients and counterparties and to specific
industries, countries and regions that we believe may present
credit concerns, default risk may arise from events or
circumstances that are difficult to detect or foresee. In addition,
concerns about, or a default by, one institution could lead to
significant liquidity problems, losses or defaults by other
institutions, which in turn could adversely affect Goldman Sachs.
Mandatory physical settlement of derivative transactions may expose us to losses if we are unable to deliver the underlying security or obligation.
Like many participants in the
derivatives marketplace, we are party to a large number of
derivative transactions, including credit derivatives, that require
that we deliver to the counterparty the underlying security or
obligation in order to receive payment. In a number of cases, we do
not hold the underlying security or obligation and may have
difficulty obtaining, or be unable to obtain, the underlying
security or obligation through the physical settlement of other
transactions. As a result, we are subject to the risk that we may
not be able to obtain the security or obligation within the
required contractual timeframe for delivery. This could cause us to
forfeit the payments due to us under these contracts or result in
settlement delays with the attendant credit and operational risk as
21
well as increased costs to the firm. The derivatives industry is
working on various proposals to address this issue. A failure of
the industry to address this issue could result in an unwillingness
of counterparties to enter into certain types of derivative
transactions, which could negatively impact our businesses.
Unconfirmed derivative transactions and unauthorized assignments of derivatives by counterparties may expose us to unexpected risk and potential losses.
Derivative contracts and other
transactions entered into with third parties are not always
confirmed by the counterparties on a timely basis. While the
transaction remains unconfirmed, we are subject to heightened
credit and operational risk and in the event of a default may find
it more difficult to enforce the contract. The growth in the
derivatives industry, including credit derivatives and other swap
transactions, has also exposed us and other industry participants
to an increasing incidence of counterparties seeking to
unilaterally assign transactions without required prior notice and
consent. Although industry participants have taken steps to
eliminate this practice and its effects on a going-forward basis,
including through the adoption of the 2005 ISDA Novation Protocol,
it is not yet clear how effective these efforts will be, and the
steps that have been taken by the industry do not resolve the issue
for derivative contracts that were previously entered into.
Unauthorized assignments could introduce uncertainty as to the
status of a transaction, impair our ability to evaluate credit risk
and impede trade reconciliations, which could lead to a higher
number of failed transactions and collateral call defaults.
A failure in our operational systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties, could impair our liquidity, disrupt our businesses, damage our reputation and cause losses.
Shortcomings or failures in our
internal processes, people or systems could lead to impairment of
our liquidity, financial loss, disruption of our businesses,
liability to clients, regulatory intervention or reputational
damage. For example, our businesses are highly dependent on our
ability to process, on a daily basis, a large number of
transactions across numerous and diverse markets in many
currencies. The transactions we process have become increasingly
complex and often must adhere to client-specific guidelines, as
well as legal and regulatory standards. Our financial, accounting,
data processing or other operating systems and facilities may fail
to operate properly or become disabled as a result of events that
are wholly or partially beyond our control, adversely affecting our
ability to process these transactions. The inability of our systems
to accommodate an increasing volume of transactions could also
constrain our ability to expand our businesses.
We also face the risk of operational
failure or termination of any of the clearing agents, exchanges,
clearing houses or other financial intermediaries we use to
facilitate our securities transactions, and as our
interconnectivity with our clients grows, we will increasingly face
the risk of operational failure with respect to our clients
systems. Any such failure or termination could adversely affect our
ability to effect transactions, service our clients and manage our
exposure to risk.
Despite the contingency plans and
facilities we have in place, our ability to conduct business may be
adversely impacted by a disruption in the infrastructure that
supports our businesses and the communities in which we are
located. This may include a disruption involving electrical,
communications, transportation or other services used by Goldman
Sachs or third parties with which we conduct business. These
disruptions may occur, for example, as a result of events that
affect only the buildings of Goldman Sachs or such third parties,
or as a result of events with a broader impact on the cities where
those buildings are located. Nearly all of our employees in our
primary locations, including New York, London, Frankfurt, Hong Kong
and Tokyo, work in close proximity to one another, in one or more
buildings. If a disruption occurs in one location and our employees
in that location are unable to occupy our offices or communicate
with or travel to other locations, our ability to service and
interact with our clients may suffer and we may not be able to
successfully implement contingency plans that depend on
communication or travel.
22
Our operations rely on the secure
processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other
information in our computer systems and networks. Although we take
protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances
warrant, our computer systems, software and networks may be
vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses or other
malicious code and other events that could have a security impact.
If one or more of such events occur, this potentially could
jeopardize our or our clients or counterparties confidential and
other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through,
our computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions
or malfunctions in our, our clients, our counterparties or third
parties operations, which could result in significant losses or
reputational damage. We may be required to expend significant
additional resources to modify our protective measures or to
investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, and
we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are
either not insured against or not fully covered through any
insurance maintained by us.
Conflicts of interest are increasing and a failure to appropriately deal with conflicts of interest could adversely affect our businesses.
Our reputation is one of our most
important assets. As we have expanded the scope of our businesses
and our client base, we increasingly have to address potential
conflicts of interest, including those relating to our proprietary
activities. For example, conflicts may arise between our position
as a financial advisor in a merger transaction and a principal
investment we hold in one of the parties to the transaction. In
addition, hedge funds and private equity funds are an increasingly
important portion of our client base, and also compete with us in a
number of our businesses. We have extensive procedures and controls
that are designed to address conflicts of interest. However,
appropriately dealing with conflicts of interest is complex and
difficult and our reputation could be damaged if we fail, or appear
to fail, to deal appropriately with conflicts of interest.
In addition, the SEC and other
federal and state regulators have increased their scrutiny of
potential conflicts of interest. For example, in June 2005, the
NASD filed with the SEC proposed rules that would require certain
disclosures to be contained in fairness opinions, and would mandate
specific procedures to be followed by member firms in connection
with issuing these opinions. While we have policies and procedures
in place that are intended to ensure that any potential conflicts
of interest are appropriately addressed, it is possible that
potential or perceived conflicts could give rise to litigation or
enforcement actions. It is possible that the regulatory scrutiny
of, and litigation in connection with, conflicts of interest will
make our clients less willing to enter into transactions in which
such a conflict may occur, and will adversely affect our businesses.
Our businesses and those of our clients are subject to extensive and pervasive regulation around the world.
Goldman Sachs, as a participant in
the financial services industry, is subject to extensive regulation
in jurisdictions around the world. We face the risk of significant
intervention by regulatory authorities in all jurisdictions in
which we conduct our businesses. Among other things, we could be
fined, prohibited from engaging in some of our business activities
or subject to limitations or conditions on our business activities.
New laws or regulations or changes in
enforcement of existing laws or regulations applicable to our
business or those of our clients may also adversely affect our
businesses. For example, the SEC has adopted rules requiring the
registration of certain hedge funds advisers under the Investment
Advisers Act of 1940, and the SEC or other regulators may seek to
further regulate hedge funds in the future. It is possible that
these or other future regulatory developments rules may have a
significant impact on our trading, prime brokerage and other
business relationships with hedge funds, or on the growth of our
prime brokerage and securities lending businesses. In addition,
under the European Unions Transparency Directive (Directive 2004/109/EC),
which is due to be implemented by member states by
January 2007, issuers of securities admitted to listing on
regulated markets in the European Union may, depending upon the
manner of implementation, be required to provide
23
expanded ongoing
financial disclosure, which could have an adverse impact on our
ability or the ability of certain of our non-European Union-based
clients to maintain the listing of these securities or to conduct
securities offerings in Europe. Furthermore, the SECs Regulation NMS,
which was adopted in 2005 and is expected to become
effective in 2006, introduces significant changes to the regulation
of trading on securities exchanges and marketplaces. While it is
too early to predict the impact that Regulation NMS will have,
it could result in the imposition of additional compliance costs on
our trading businesses and alter the competitive environment in
which these businesses function.
Many of our businesses are operating in an uncertain and difficult regulatory environment.
Firms in the financial services
industry have been operating in a difficult regulatory environment.
The industry has experienced increased scrutiny from a variety of
regulators, both within and outside the United States. Penalties
and fines sought by regulatory authorities have increased
substantially over the last several years. This environment has led
some of our clients to be less willing to engage in transactions
that may carry a risk of increased scrutiny by regulators. In
addition, while the firm always strives to fully comply with all
legal and regulatory requirements, this regulatory and enforcement
environment has created uncertainty with respect to a number of
transactions that had historically been entered into by financial
services firms, including our firm, and that were generally
believed to be permissible and appropriate. This environment has
led us and our competitors to modify transaction structures and, in
some cases, to limit or cease our execution of some types of
transactions.
Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against Goldman Sachs could have material adverse financial effects or cause significant reputational harm to Goldman Sachs, which in turn could seriously harm our business prospects.
We face significant legal risks in
our businesses, and the volume of claims and amount of damages and
penalties claimed in litigation and regulatory proceedings against
financial institutions remain high.
The interaction between our equity research analysts and investment banking businesses has been subject to new requirements and litigation.
As discussed under Business
Regulation in Part I, Item 1 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K,
the research areas of investment banks have been and
remain the subject of regulatory scrutiny that has led to
restrictions on the interaction between equity research analysts
and investment banking personnel at securities firms. GS&Co. has
agreed to a global settlement to resolve investigations into equity
research analysts alleged conflicts of interest pursuant to which
GS&Co. has been subject to certain restrictions and undertakings.
Certain of these requirements and restrictions have imposed
additional costs and limitations on the conduct of our businesses.
Litigation and regulatory scrutiny of complex, structured financial transactions remain high.
Regulators, both within and outside
the United States, continue to scrutinize complex, structured
finance transactions and have brought enforcement actions against a
number of financial institutions in connection with such
transactions. In some of the enforcement actions, clients of the
financial institutions allegedly engaged in accounting, disclosure
or other violations of the securities laws, and the financial
institutions allegedly facilitated these improprieties by entering
into transactions with the clients. We seek to create innovative
solutions to address our clients needs, and we have entered into,
and continue to enter into, structured transactions with clients.
While we have policies and procedures in place that are intended to
ensure that the structured transactions we enter into are
appropriately reviewed and comply with applicable laws and
regulations, it is possible that certain of these transactions
could give rise to litigation or enforcement actions. It is
possible that the regulatory scrutiny of, and litigation in
connection with, structured finance transactions will make our
clients less willing to enter into these transactions, and will
adversely affect our business in this area.
24
We are subject to regulatory inquiries and investigations into market timing, late trading and other activities involving mutual funds.
In recent years, there have been
industry-wide and other investigations by federal and state
authorities concerning market timing, late trading and other
activities involving mutual funds and investment advisers. Federal
and state authorities have made informational requests regarding
trading practices broadly across all of the major fund companies
and broker-dealers. Goldman Sachs has received requests for
information and has been fully cooperating with those authorities.
While we believe that we have in place reasonable measures to
detect and deter disruptive and abusive trading practices and
comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, we cannot
predict the course that these inquiries and areas of focus may take
or the impact that any new laws or regulations governing mutual
funds may have on our businesses.
Our specialist business is subject to a global settlement and civil actions.
Regulators have also been conducting
investigations into certain trading practices of specialist firms,
including our specialist unit. In March 2004, certain NYSE
specialist firms, including our specialist unit, agreed to a global
settlement with the SEC and NYSE to resolve charges that the firms
violated certain federal securities laws and NYSE rules in
connection with their activities as NYSE specialists during the
years 1999 through 2003. The global settlement involves, among
others, restitution and penalties, a censure, cease and desist
order and certain undertakings with respect to our specialist
units systems and procedures. The settlement did not resolve the
related civil actions discussed under Legal Proceedings
Specialist Matters in Part I, Item 3 of the Annual Report
on Form 10-K, or potential regulatory charges against
individuals. As a result of this global settlement and any related
developments, other investigations or any new laws or regulations
governing specialists, our specialist businesses may be adversely
affected and the value of our goodwill and identifiable intangible
assets related to these businesses may be impaired.
Employee misconduct is difficult to detect and prevent and may have an adverse effect on our businesses.
There have been a number of highly
publicized cases involving fraud or other misconduct by employees
in the financial services industry in recent years, and we run the
risk that employee misconduct could occur. It is not always
possible to deter or prevent employee misconduct and the
precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be
effective in all cases.
Corporate governance and public disclosure requirements may adversely affect our investment banking businesses.
Financial scandals in recent years
have led to insecurity and uncertainty in the financial markets and
contributed to declines in capital markets. In response to these
scandals, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules of the SEC,
NYSE and NASDAQ have necessitated significant changes to corporate
governance and public disclosure. These provisions generally apply
to companies with securities listed on U.S. securities
exchanges, and some provisions apply to non-U.S. issuers with
securities traded on U.S. securities exchanges. To the extent
that private companies, to avoid becoming subject to these
requirements, decide to forgo initial public offerings, our equity
underwriting business may be adversely affected and our ability to
successfully exit some of our merchant banking investments may be
adversely affected. Similarly, the imposition of those provisions
on non-U.S. issuers has made these issuers less likely to list
their securities in the United States or undertake merger or
acquisition transactions that would result in their securities
being listed in the United States. These measures may result in
less activity by non-U.S. issuers in the United States and, as
a result, the U.S. capital markets and our investment banking
business may be adversely affected.
25
The provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002 and the NYSE and NASDAQ corporate governance rules have
imposed significant compliance costs on public companies and have
increased the cost of conducting many types of capital market
transactions, including securities offerings and acquisition and
disposition transactions. In particular, companies that are or are
planning to be public are incurring significant expenses in
complying with the SEC and accounting standards relating to
internal control over financial reporting, and companies that
disclose material weaknesses in such controls under the new
standards may have some difficulty accessing the capital markets.
These factors, in addition to adopted or proposed accounting and
disclosure changes, may have an adverse effect on our investment
banking business.
The financial services industry is highly competitive.
The financial services industry
and all of our businesses are intensely competitive, and we
expect them to remain so. We compete on the basis of a number of
factors, including transaction execution, our products and
services, innovation, reputation and price. We believe that we will
continue to experience pricing pressures in the future as some of
our competitors seek to increase market share by reducing prices.
Over time, there has been substantial consolidation and convergence
among companies in the financial services industry. U.S. federal
legislation, which significantly expanded the activities
permissible for firms affiliated with a U.S. bank, may
accelerate this consolidation and further increase competition.
This trend toward consolidation and convergence has significantly
increased the capital base and geographic reach of our competitors.
This trend has also hastened the globalization of the securities
and other financial services markets. As a result, we have had to
commit capital to support our international operations and to
execute large global transactions.
The growth of electronic trading and the introduction of new technology may adversely affect our business and may increase competition.
Technology is fundamental to our
business and our industry. The growth of electronic trading and the
introduction of new technologies is changing our businesses and
presenting us with new challenges. Securities, futures and options
transactions are increasingly occurring electronically, both on our
own systems and through other alternative trading systems, and it
appears that the trend toward alternative trading systems will
continue and probably accelerate. Some of these alternative trading
systems compete with our trading businesses, including our
specialist businesses, and we may experience continued competitive
pressures in these and other areas. In addition, the increased use
by our clients of low-cost electronic trading systems and direct
electronic access to trading markets could cause a reduction in
commissions and spreads.
Our businesses may be adversely affected if we are unable to hire and retain qualified employees.
Our performance is largely dependent
on the talents and efforts of highly skilled individuals.
Competition in the financial services industry for qualified
employees is intense. In addition, competition with businesses
outside the financial services industry, such as hedge funds,
private equity funds and venture capital funds, for the most highly
skilled individuals has been intense. Our continued ability to
compete effectively in our businesses depends on our ability to
attract new employees and to retain and motivate our existing
employees. Changes in the business environment may cause us to move
employees from one business to another or to reduce the number of
employees in certain of our businesses; this may cause temporary
disruptions as our employees adapt to new roles and may reduce our
ability to take advantage of improvements in the business
environment. In addition, current and future laws (including laws
relating to immigration and outsourcing) may restrict our ability
to move responsibilities or personnel from one jurisdiction to
another. This may impact our ability to take advantage of business
opportunities or potential efficiencies.
26
We may be unable to fully integrate future acquisitions or joint ventures into our businesses and systems.
We expect to grow in part through
acquisitions and joint ventures. We have undertaken joint ventures,
including in Australia and China, and may enter into additional
joint ventures from time to time. To the extent we make
acquisitions or enter into combinations or joint ventures, we face
numerous risks and uncertainties combining or integrating the
relevant businesses and systems, including the need to combine
accounting and data processing systems and management controls and
to integrate relationships with clients and business partners. In
the case of joint ventures, we are subject to additional risks and
uncertainties in that we may be dependent upon, and subject to
liability, losses or reputational damage relating to, systems,
controls and personnel that are not under our control. In addition,
conflicts or disagreements between us and our joint venture
partners may negatively impact the benefits to be achieved by the
joint venture.
Our power generation interests subject us to the risks associated with owning power generation facilities.
We own interests in electric power
generation facilities. As a result of these interests and future
investments that we may make in the power generation industry, we
face numerous risks and uncertainties.
We are a relatively new entrant to
the electric power generation industry. As a result, we have less
expertise and experience in owning and managing power generation
facilities than many of our competitors and we may not be
successful in owning and managing our power generation facilities.
In particular, in the future we may be unable to attract and retain
qualified independent contractors and employees.
The operation of power generation
facilities may be disrupted. The continued operation of power
generation facilities involves many risks, including the breakdown
or failure of power generation equipment, transmission lines or
other equipment or processes, and performance below expected levels
of output or efficiency. Although our power generation facilities
contain various redundancies and backup mechanisms, a breakdown or
failure may prevent the affected facilities from performing under
applicable power sales agreements or otherwise operating as planned.
The power companies in which we own
interests are parties to numerous agreements with third parties,
including lenders, suppliers of raw materials, service providers
and utilities, which impose significant obligations on the power
companies. Some of these obligations may be difficult for the power
companies to satisfy, depending, in some cases, on market
conditions and other factors. For example, during 2004 we faced
difficulties in obtaining and retaining adequate coal inventories
at many power generation facilities due to supply constraints on
coal and a rationing of services by railroads. Any failure by the
power company to satisfy or obtain waivers of their obligations
under any of these agreements could cause them to lose the benefits
provided by the agreements, subject them to litigation, result in
reputational harm or impair their operations or financial results.
In addition, the operations or financial results of these power
companies could be adversely affected by the failure of any of
these third parties to perform their contractual obligations to the
power companies.
We are subject to extensive and
evolving energy, environmental and other governmental laws and
regulations. In the past several years, intensified scrutiny of the
energy market by federal, state and local authorities and the
public has resulted in increased regulatory and legal proceedings
involving energy companies, including those engaged in electric
power generation. We may incur substantial costs in complying with
current or future laws and regulations relating to power
generation, and our overall businesses and reputation may be
adversely affected by legal and regulatory proceedings arising out
of our power generation business. In particular, our power
generation activities are subject to extensive federal, state and
local environmental laws and regulations relating to, among others,
air quality, water quality, waste management, natural
27
resources,
site remediation and health and safety. Compliance with these
environmental laws and regulations may require us to commit
significant capital toward environmental monitoring, installation
of pollution control equipment, payment of emission fees, and
application for, and holding of, permits and licenses at our power
generation facilities. In certain instances, compliance with these
laws and regulations may require us to cease or curtail operations
of one or more of the power generation facilities in which we have
an ownership interest.
Our failure to comply with
environmental laws or regulations or the associated requirements
and provisions of the permits and licenses may result in the
assessment of severe civil or criminal liabilities against us and
the need to expend substantial additional capital for compliance or
remediation. In particular, the Environmental Protection Agency
recently issued the Clean Air Interstate Rule, which imposes
additional controls over power generation facility emissions and
requires significant reductions of emissions by 2010 (for Phase I)
and 2015 (for Phase II). We are assessing the impact of this
legislation, but it may require us to make significant capital
expenditures on our power generation facilities. Other legislation,
rules and requirements may be imposed on our power generation
activities by the federal government or one or more states.
Insurance covering some of these environmental risks with respect
to our power generation facilities may not be available, and the
proceeds from insurance recovery, if any, may not be adequate to
cover our liabilities in a particular incident. As a result, our
financial condition and results of operations may be adversely
affected by an environmental or a health and safety problem at one
of our facilities.
We are subject to the risk of
unforeseen or catastrophic events, including terrorist attacks,
natural disasters or other hostile or catastrophic events. We may
not have insurance against these risks, and, in cases in which we
do have insurance, the insurance proceeds may be inadequate to
cover our losses.
In conducting our businesses around the world, we are subject to political, economic, legal, operational and other risks that are inherent in operating in many countries.
In conducting our businesses and
maintaining and supporting our global operations, we are subject to
risks of possible nationalization, expropriation, price controls,
capital controls, exchange controls and other restrictive
governmental actions, as well as the outbreak of hostilities. In
many countries, the laws and regulations applicable to the
securities and financial services industries are uncertain and
evolving, and it may be difficult for us to determine the exact
requirements of local laws in every market. Our inability to remain
in compliance with local laws in a particular foreign market could
have a significant and negative effect not only on our businesses
in that market but also on our reputation generally. We are also
subject to the enhanced risk that transactions we structure might
not be legally enforceable in all cases.
The emergence of a pandemic or other
widespread health emergency, or concerns over the possibility of
such an emergency, could create economic and financial disruptions
in emerging markets and other areas throughout the world, and could
lead to operational difficulties (including travel limitations)
that could impair our ability to manage our businesses around the
world. In addition, unforeseen or catastrophic events, including
health emergencies, terrorist attacks or natural disasters, could
expose our insurance subsidiaries to significant losses.
Our businesses and operations are
increasingly involved in emerging markets throughout the world, and
we expect this trend to continue. In the last several years,
various emerging market countries have experienced severe economic
and financial disruptions, including significant devaluations of
their currencies, capital and currency exchange controls, and low
or negative growth rates in their economies. The possible effects
of any of these conditions include an adverse impact on our
businesses and increased volatility in financial markets generally.
28
There are no material unresolved
written comments that were received from the SEC staff 180 days
or more before the end of our fiscal year relating to our periodic
or current reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Our principal executive offices are
located at 85 Broad Street, New York, New York, and comprise
approximately 1 million rentable square feet of leased space,
pursuant to a lease agreement expiring in June 2008 (with options
to renew for up to
20
additional
years). We also occupy over 680,000 rentable
square feet at One New York Plaza under lease
agreements expiring primarily in 2009 (with options to renew for up
to five additional years), and we lease space at various other
locations in the New York metropolitan area. In total, we lease
approximately 4.0 million rentable square feet in the New York
metropolitan area.
In September 2004, we completed the
construction of a new office building at 30 Hudson Street in Jersey
City, New Jersey. This building, which includes approximately 1.6 million
gross square feet of office space, was constructed to
complement our offices in lower Manhattan. The building is being
occupied in phases.
In August 2005, we leased from
Battery Park City Authority a parcel of land in lower Manhattan,
pursuant to a ground lease. We currently intend to construct a 2.1 million
gross-square-foot office building on the site that
will serve as our world headquarters. Under the lease, Battery Park
City Authority holds title to all improvements, including the
office building, subject to Goldman Sachs right of exclusive
possession and use for the 64-year duration of the lease.
Under the terms of the ground lease,
we are required to make a lump-sum ground rent payment of $161 million
by June 2007 and to make additional periodic payments
during the term of the lease. We are obligated under the ground
lease to construct the office building by 2011 (subject to
extensions in the case of force majeure) in accordance with certain
pre-approved design standards. Construction began on the building
in November 2005, and we expect initial occupancy of the building
by 2009. The building is projected to cost between $2.3 billion
and $2.5 billion, including acquisition, development, fitout
and furnishings, financing and other related costs.
We are receiving a number of benefits
from the City and State of New York based on our agreement to
construct our world headquarters in lower Manhattan. These benefits
are subject to recoupment or recapture if we do not proceed in
accordance with our agreements with the City and State of New York.
We have additional offices in the
United States and elsewhere in the Americas. Together, these
offices comprise approximately 2.1 million rentable square feet
of leased space.
We also have offices in Europe, Asia
and Africa. In Europe, we have offices that total approximately 2.0 million
rentable square feet, which includes our office space
in Frankfurt, approximately 55,000 rentable square feet of
which we expect to exit by 2006. Our European headquarters is
located in London at Peterborough Court, pursuant to a lease
expiring in 2026. In total, we lease approximately 1.6 million
rentable square feet in London through various leases, relating to
various properties.
In Asia, we have offices that total
approximately 900,000 rentable square feet. Our headquarters in
this region are in Tokyo, at the Roppongi Hills Mori Tower, and in
Hong Kong, at the Cheung Kong Center. In Tokyo, we currently lease
approximately 290,000 rentable square feet through a lease that
will expire in 2018. In Hong Kong, we currently lease approximately
220,000 rentable square feet under lease agreements, the
majority of which will expire in fiscal 2012.
Our occupancy expenses include costs
associated with office space held in excess of our current
requirements. This excess space, the cost of which is charged to
earnings as incurred, is
29
being held for potential growth or to
replace currently occupied space that we may exit in the future. We
regularly evaluate our current and future space capacity in
relation to current and projected staffing levels. We may incur
exit costs in 2006 and thereafter to the extent we (i) reduce
our space capacity or (ii) commit to, or occupy, new properties
in the locations in which we operate and, consequently, dispose of
existing space that had been held for potential growth. These exit
costs may be material to our results of operations in a given
period.
We are involved in a number of
judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings (including those
described below) concerning matters arising in connection with the
conduct of our businesses. We believe, based on currently available
information, that the results of such proceedings, in the
aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition, but might be material to our operating results for any
particular period, depending, in part, upon the operating results
for such period. Given the range of litigation and investigations
presently under way, our litigation expenses can be expected to
remain high.
IPO Process Matters
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and
Goldman, Sachs & Co. are among the numerous financial services
companies that have been named as defendants in a variety of
lawsuits alleging improprieties in the process by which those
companies participated in the underwriting of public offerings in
recent years.
Certain purported class actions have
been brought in the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of New York, beginning on November 3, 1998, by
purchasers of securities in public offerings as well as certain
purported issuers of such offerings, that allege that the
defendants have conspired to fix at 7% the discount that
underwriting syndicates receive from issuers of shares in certain
offerings in violation of federal antitrust laws. On March 15,
1999, the purchaser plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended
complaint seeking treble damages as well as injunctive relief. The
defendants moved to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint on
April 29, 1999. On February 9, 2001, the federal district
court granted with prejudice the defendants motion to dismiss the
claims asserted by the purchasers of securities on the ground that
they lacked antitrust standing. The plaintiffs in those actions
appealed, and by a decision dated December 13, 2002, the U.S. Court
of Appeals for the Second Circuit vacated the dismissal
on the ground that the lower court had engaged in improper
fact-finding on the motion and remanded for consideration of other
potential bases for dismissal. On September 28, 2001, the
defendants moved to dismiss the complaints filed by the issuer
plaintiffs on statute of limitations grounds. On September 25,
2002, the federal district court denied the underwriter defendants
motion to dismiss. On March 26, 2003, defendants moved to
dismiss the claims asserted by both the issuers and the purchasers
of securities on preemption grounds, but the motion was denied on
June 27, 2003. On June 24, 2003, defendants filed a motion
to dismiss the claims asserted by the purchasers of securities on
standing grounds, and on February 24, 2004, the district court
granted the motion to dismiss as to the purchasers damages claims.
Plaintiffs in both actions moved for class certification on
September 16, 2004 and for summary judgment on November 16,
2005.
Goldman, Sachs & Co. is one of
numerous financial services firms that have been named as
defendants in purported class actions filed beginning on March 9,
2001 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of
New York by purchasers of securities in public offerings, who claim
that the defendants engaged in a conspiracy to tie allocations in
certain offerings to higher customer brokerage commission rates as
well as purchase orders in the aftermarket, in violation of federal
antitrust laws. The plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended
complaint on January 2, 2002 seeking treble damages as well as
injunctive relief. The defendants moved to dismiss the consolidated
amended complaint on May 24, 2002, and the motion was granted
by a decision dated November 3, 2003. Plaintiffs appealed,
and by a decision dated September 28, 2005, the U.S. Court
30
of Appeals for the Second Circuit reversed and remanded the action.
Goldman, Sachs & Co. has also, together with other underwriters
in certain offerings as well as the issuers and certain of their
officers and directors, been named as a defendant in a number of
related lawsuits alleging, among other things, that the
prospectuses for the offerings violated the federal securities laws
by failing to disclose the existence of the alleged tying
arrangements. On July 1, 2002, the underwriter defendants moved
to dismiss those complaints. By an opinion and order dated February 19,
2003, the federal district court denied the motion to
dismiss in all material respects relating to the underwriter
defendants. By a decision dated October 13, 2004, the federal
district court generally granted plaintiffs motion for class
certification in six focus cases. The underwriter defendants
petitioned the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit to
review that certification decision on an interlocutory basis, and
the appellate court agreed to review the decision by order dated
June 30, 2005. On June 10, 2004, plaintiffs entered
into a definitive settlement agreement with respect to their claims
against the issuer defendants and the issuers present or former
officers and directors named in the lawsuits. On June 14, 2004,
those parties jointly moved for approval of the proposed
settlement, and the district court granted preliminary approval by
a decision dated February 15, 2005.
Goldman, Sachs & Co. has been
named as a defendant in an action commenced on May 15, 2002
in New York Supreme Court, New York County, by an official
committee of unsecured creditors on behalf of eToys, Inc., alleging
that the firm intentionally underpriced eToys, Inc.s initial
public offering. The action seeks, among other things,
consequential damages resulting from the alleged lower amount of
offering proceeds. On August 1, 2002, Goldman, Sachs & Co.
moved to dismiss the complaint. On May 2, 2003, the court
granted Goldman, Sachs & Co.s motion to dismiss as to five of
the claims; plaintiff appealed from the dismissal of the five
claims, and Goldman, Sachs & Co. appealed from the denial of
its motion as to the remaining claim. By a decision dated May 20,
2004, the New York Appellate Division, First Department
affirmed in part and reversed in part the lower courts ruling on
the firms motion to dismiss, permitting all claims to proceed
except the claim for fraud, as to which the appellate court granted
leave to replead. The Appellate Division granted leave to appeal,
and by a decision dated June 7, 2005, the New York Court of
Appeals affirmed in part and reversed in part the Appellate
Divisions decision, dismissing claims for breach of contract,
professional malpractice and unjust enrichment, but permitting
claims for breach of fiduciary duty and fraud to continue. On
remand to the lower court, Goldman, Sachs & Co. moved to
dismiss the claims that survived the appeal or, in the alternative,
for summary judgment.
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and
certain of its affiliates have, together with various underwriters
in certain offerings, received subpoenas and requests for documents
and information from various governmental agencies and
self-regulatory organizations in connection
with investigations relating to the public offering process.
Goldman Sachs has cooperated with the investigations. On January 25,
2005, in connection with an investigation by the SEC of
certain allocation practices employed by Goldman, Sachs & Co.
and other firms, the SEC announced a settlement pursuant to which
Goldman, Sachs & Co., without admitting or denying the
allegations, (i) consented to the entry of an order permanently
enjoining Goldman, Sachs & Co. from violating Rule 101 of
Regulation M of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, by
inducing or attempting to induce customers receiving IPO
allocations to buy additional shares in the aftermarket; and (ii) agreed
to pay a penalty of $40 million. In connection with
effectuation of the settlement, the SEC filed a civil action
against Goldman, Sachs & Co. in the U.S. District Court for
the Southern District of New York on January 25, 2005, and the
district court entered a final judgment on February 7, 2005
approving the settlement and granting the permanent injunctive
relief.
Stock Options Litigation
Hull Trading Co. L.L.C. and Spear,
Leeds & Kellogg, L.P. (now known as Goldman Sachs Execution &
Clearing, L.P.), affiliates of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., are
among the numerous
31
market makers in listed equity options that have
been named as defendants, together with five national securities
exchanges, in a purported class action brought in the U.S. District
Court for the Southern District of New York on behalf of
persons who purchased or sold listed equity options. The
consolidated class action complaint, filed on October 4, 1999
(which consolidated certain previously pending actions and added
Hull Trading Co. L.L.C. and other market makers as defendants),
generally alleges that the defendants engaged in a conspiracy to
preclude the multiple listing of certain equity options on the
exchanges and seeks treble damages under the antitrust laws as well
as injunctive relief. Certain of the parties, including Hull
Trading Co. L.L.C. and Spear, Leeds & Kellogg, L.P., have
entered into a stipulation of settlement, subject to court
approval, which originally required Hull Trading Co. L.L.C. to pay
an aggregate of $2.48 million and Spear, Leeds & Kellogg,
L.P. an aggregate of $19.59 million. On February 14, 2001,
the federal district court granted the motion of certain
non-settling defendants for summary judgment. By a decision dated
April 24, 2001, the district court ruled that in light of that
order granting summary judgment, the court lacked jurisdiction to
entertain the proposed settlement. Plaintiffs appealed, and by a
decision dated January 9, 2003, the U.S. Court of Appeals
for the Second Circuit affirmed the grant of summary judgment, but
held that the decision did not divest the lower court of
jurisdiction to entertain the proposed settlement, and remanded for
further proceedings. By an Order dated March 17, 2003, the U.S. Court
of Appeals denied plaintiffs motion for rehearing or
rehearing en banc of the Courts January 9, 2003 decision. On
October 26, 2005, certain defendants, including Spear, Leeds &
Kellogg, L.P. and Hull Trading Co. L.L.C., reached an
agreement to modify and restate the original settlement agreement,
reducing the overall settlement payments by certain market maker
defendants by approximately 25% of the original amounts. The
modified settlement remains subject to court approval.
Iridium Securities Litigation
Goldman, Sachs & Co. has been
named as a defendant in two purported class action lawsuits
commenced, beginning on May 26, 1999, in the U.S. District
Court for the District of Columbia brought on behalf of purchasers
of Class A common stock of Iridium World Communications, Ltd.
in a January 1999 underwritten secondary offering of 7,500,000 shares
of Class A common stock at a price of $33.50 per
share, as well as in the secondary market. The defendants in the
actions include Iridium, certain of its officers and directors,
Motorola, Inc. (an investor in Iridium) and the lead underwriters
in the offering, including Goldman, Sachs & Co. The complaints
in both actions allege violations of the disclosure requirements of
the federal securities laws and seek compensatory and/or rescissory
damages. On May 13, 2002, plaintiffs filed a consolidated
amended complaint alleging substantively identical claims as the
original complaints. On July 15, 2002, the defendants moved to
dismiss the consolidated amended complaint, and by a decision dated
August 31, 2004, the motion was denied. On September 30,
2005, the underwriter defendants moved for summary judgment. On
April 15, 2005, plaintiffs moved for class certification, and
the district court granted the motion, certifying two subclasses,
by a decision dated January 9, 2006. Goldman, Sachs & Co.
underwrote 996,500 shares of common stock and Goldman Sachs
International underwrote 320,625 shares of common stock for a
total offering price of approximately $44 million.
On August 13, 1999, Iridium World
Communications, Ltd. filed for protection under the U.S. bankruptcy
laws.
World Online Litigation
Several lawsuits have been commenced
in the Netherlands courts based on alleged misstatements and
omissions relating to the initial public offering of World Online
in March 2000. Goldman Sachs and ABN AMRO Rothschild served as
joint global coordinators of the approximately
2.9 billion
offering. Goldman Sachs International underwrote 20,268,846 shares
and Goldman, Sachs & Co. underwrote 6,756,282 shares
for a total offering price of approximately
1.16
billion.
32
On September 11, 2000, several
Dutch World Online shareholders as well as a Dutch entity
purporting to represent the interests of certain World Online
shareholders commenced a proceeding in Amsterdam District Court
against ABN AMRO Bank N.V., also acting under the name of ABN AMRO
Rothschild, alleging misrepresentations and omissions relating to
the initial public offering of World Online. The lawsuit seeks,
among other things, the return of the purchase price of the shares
purchased by the plaintiffs or unspecified damages. By a decision
dated May 7, 2003, the court held that the claims failed and
dismissed the complaint. The plaintiffs appealed, and by a decision
dated October 7, 2004, the Amsterdam Court of Appeal affirmed
dismissal of the complaint.
In March 2001, a Dutch shareholders
association initiated legal proceedings in Amsterdam District Court
in connection with the World Online offering. Goldman Sachs
International is named as a defendant in the writ served on its
Dutch attorneys on March 14, 2001. The amount of damages sought
is not specified in the writ. Goldman Sachs International filed its
Statement of Defense on January 16, 2002 and a rejoinder on
January 14, 2003. By a decision dated December 17, 2003,
the court rejected the claims against Goldman Sachs International,
but found World Online liable in an amount to be determined.
On
March 12, 2004
, the Dutch shareholders association appealed
from the dismissal of their claims against Goldman Sachs
International.
Owens Corning Bondholder Litigation
Goldman, Sachs & Co. has been
named as a defendant in a purported class action filed on April 27,
2001 in the U.S. District Court for the District of
Massachusetts arising from a 1998 offering by Owens Corning of two
series of its notes. The defendants include certain of Owens
Cornings officers and directors and the underwriters for the
offering (including Goldman, Sachs & Co., which was the lead
manager in the offering). The offering included a total of $550 million
principal amount of notes, of which Goldman, Sachs &
Co. underwrote $275 million.
The lawsuit, brought by certain
institutional purchasers of the notes, alleges that the prospectus
issued in connection with the offering was false and misleading in
violation of the disclosure requirements of the federal securities
laws. The plaintiffs are seeking, among other things, unspecified
damages. The underwriter defendants moved to dismiss the complaint
on November 14, 2001. By a decision dated August 26,
2002, the federal district court denied the underwriter defendants
motion to dismiss, and by a decision dated March 9, 2004,
granted plaintiffs motion for class certification. On November 4,
2005, the underwriter defendants reached an agreement in
principle to settle all claims against them for an aggregate
payment of $8.25 million, of which Goldman, Sachs & Co.
will contribute approximately $2.5 million. The settlement
remains subject to, among other things, documentation and court
approval.
On October 5, 2000, Owens Corning
filed for protection under the U.S. bankruptcy laws.
Research Independence Matters
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and its
affiliates, together with other financial services firms, have
received requests for information from various governmental
agencies and self-regulatory organizations in connection with their review of research independence
issues. Goldman Sachs has cooperated with the requests.
On April 28, 2003, a final global
settlement relating to investment research analysts alleged
conflicts of interest and involving various of the leading
securities firms operating in the United States, including Goldman,
Sachs & Co., was announced. In that connection, without
admitting or denying the allegations, findings or conclusions by
various federal and state regulators, Goldman Sachs entered into
consents, agreements and other definitive documentation with the
SEC, the NYSE, the NASD and the Utah Division of Securities, to
resolve their investigations of Goldman, Sachs & Co. relating
to those matters. Pursuant to the final arrangements, Goldman, Sachs &
Co.
33
agreed, among other things, to (i) pay an aggregate
of $25 million as penalties, (ii) pay an aggregate of $25 million
as disgorgement of commissions and other monies, (iii) contribute
an aggregate of $50 million over five years to
provide independent third-party research to clients, (iv) contribute
an aggregate of $10 million over five years for
investor education, (v) adopt various additional policies,
systems, procedures and other safeguards to ensure further the
integrity of Goldman, Sachs & Co. investment research and (vi) be
permanently restrained and enjoined from violating certain
rules of the NYSE and the NASD relating to investment research
activities. In connection with the global settlement, Goldman, Sachs &
Co. and other firms also subscribed to a voluntary
initiative imposing restrictions on the allocation of shares in
initial public offerings to executives and directors of public
companies. In connection with effectuation of the global
settlement, in a civil action brought by the SEC in the U.S. District
Court for the Southern District of New York against the
settling firms, including Goldman, Sachs & Co., on October 31,
2003, the court entered a final judgment imposing the permanent
restraint and injunction. In addition, Goldman, Sachs & Co. has
entered into settlement stipulations with all 50 states and
certain U.S. territories in connection with the global
settlement. Current or future civil lawsuits implicating investment
research analysts conflicts of interest were not settled as part
of the global settlement. The global settlement also did not
resolve potential charges involving individual employees, including
supervisors.
Goldman, Sachs & Co. is one of
several investment firms that have been named as defendants in
substantively identical purported class actions filed in the U.S. District
Court for the Southern District of New York alleging
violations of the federal securities laws in connection with
research coverage of certain issuers and seeking compensatory
damages. In one such action, relating to coverage of RSL
Communications, Inc. commenced on July 5, 2003, Goldman, Sachs &
Co. moved to dismiss the complaint on January 13, 2004,
and the motion was denied by a decision dated May 21, 2004. On
November 9, 2004, plaintiffs moved for class certification, and
the district court granted the motion by a decision dated August 15,
2005. Defendants petitioned the U.S. Court of Appeals
for the Second Circuit to review that certification decision on an
interlocutory basis and, by an order dated December 22, 2005,
the appellate court denied the petition in part and otherwise held
the petition in abeyance for consideration by the panel assigned to
review the certification decision in the action described under
IPO Process Matters above. Goldman, Sachs & Co. is also a
defendant in several actions relating to research coverage of
Exodus Communications, Inc. that commenced beginning in May 2003.
The actions were consolidated, and on March 15, 2004, Goldman,
Sachs & Co. moved to dismiss.
A purported shareholder derivative
action was filed in New York Supreme Court, New York County on June 13,
2003 against The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and its board
of directors, which, as amended, alleges that the directors
breached their fiduciary duties in connection with the firms
research as well as the firms IPO allocations practices. An
amended complaint was filed on March 3, 2004, which was further
amended on June 14, 2005.
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.,
Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Henry M. Paulson, Jr. have been
named as defendants in a purported class action filed originally on
July 18, 2003 in the U.S. District Court for the District
of Nevada on behalf of purchasers of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
stock from July 1, 1999 through May 7, 2002. The complaint
alleges that defendants breached their fiduciary duties and
violated the federal securities laws in connection with the firms
research activities. The complaint
34
Enron Litigation Matters
Goldman Sachs affiliates are
defendants in certain actions arising relating to Enron Corp.,
which filed for protection under the U.S. bankruptcy laws on
December 2, 2001.
Goldman, Sachs & Co. and
co-managing underwriters have been named as defendants in certain
purported securities class and individual actions commenced
beginning on December 14, 2001 in the U.S. District
Court for the Southern District of Texas and California Superior
Court brought by purchasers of $222,500,000 of Exchangeable Notes
of Enron Corp. in August 1999. The notes were mandatorily
exchangeable in 2002 into shares of Enron Oil & Gas Company
held by Enron Corp. or their cash equivalent. The complaints also
name as defendants The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. as well as certain
past and present officers and directors of Enron Corp. and the
companys outside accounting firm. The complaints generally allege
violations of the disclosure requirements of the federal securities
laws and/or state law, and seek compensatory damages. Goldman, Sachs &
Co. underwrote $111,250,000 principal amount of the notes.
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. moved to
dismiss the class action complaint in the Texas federal court on
March 15, 2004, and by a decision dated December 5, 2005,
the motion was granted as to The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. but
denied as to Goldman, Sachs & Co. Plaintiffs in various
consolidated actions relating to Enron entered into a settlement
with Banc of America Securities LLC on July 2, 2004 and with
Citigroup, Inc. on June 10, 2005, including with respect to
claims relating to the Exchangeable Notes offering, as to which
affiliates of those settling defendants were two of the three
underwriters (together with Goldman, Sachs & Co.). The settling
parties have yet to announce what portion of the settlement will
apply to the Exchangeable Notes offering.
Several funds which allegedly
sustained investment losses of approximately $125 million in
connection with secondary market purchases of the Exchangeable
Notes as well as Zero Coupon Convertible Notes of Enron Corp.
commenced an action in the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of New York on January 16, 2002. As amended, the
lawsuit names as defendants the underwriters of the August 1999
offering, the companys outside accounting firm, various former
officers and directors of Enron Corp., as well as other financial
services firms, and alleges violations of the disclosure
requirements of the federal securities laws, fraud and
misrepresentation. By an Order dated June 24, 2002, the
Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation entered an order
transferring that action to the Texas federal district court for
purposes of coordinated or consolidated pretrial proceedings with
other matters relating to Enron Corp. On March 20, 2002,
Goldman, Sachs & Co. moved to dismiss the complaint. By a
decision dated December 10, 2003, the motion was granted in
part and denied in part. Goldman, Sachs & Co. sought
clarification and reconsideration of the decision, and on June 13,
2005, the federal district court granted Goldman, Sachs &
Co.s motion for reconsideration and provided for further briefing
on Goldman, Sachs & Co.s motion to dismiss.
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and
Goldman, Sachs & Co. have been named as defendants in two
substantively identical purported class actions filed on June 5,
2003 in Oregon Circuit Court, Multnomah County, on behalf of
former shareholders of Portland General Corporation. The complaints
generally allege that defendants breached their fiduciary duties in
connection with Portland Generals 1997 merger with Enron Corp., in
respect of which Goldman, Sachs & Co. acted as financial
advisor to Portland General. The defendants also include Arthur
Andersen, LLP, Andersen-U.S., and certain former officers and
directors of Portland General. The complaints seek unspecified
compensatory damages. In July 2003, defendants removed the actions
to the U.S. District Court for the District of Oregon, and the
actions were transferred by the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict
Litigation to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District
of Texas for coordinated proceedings with other actions relating to
Enron Corp. On February 25, 2004, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
and Goldman, Sachs & Co. moved to dismiss the action, and on
August 5, 2004, the federal district court granted the motion
to dismiss and denied plaintiffs motion to remand the actions to
state court. On October 14, 2004, plaintiffs moved for
reconsideration, and on November 10, 2004, the motion was
denied.
35
Goldman, Sachs & Co. is among
numerous defendants in two substantively identical actions filed in
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York
beginning in November 2003 seeking to recover as fraudulent
transfers and/or preferences payments made by Enron Corp. in
repurchasing its commercial paper shortly before its bankruptcy
filing. Goldman, Sachs & Co., which had acted as a commercial
paper dealer for Enron Corp., resold to Enron Corp. approximately
$30 million of commercial paper as principal, and as an agent
facilitated Enron Corp.s repurchase of additional commercial paper
from various customers who have also been named as defendants.
Goldman, Sachs & Co. moved to dismiss the complaints on
February 19,
2004
, but the bankruptcy court denied the motion as well
as similar motions by other defendants by a decision dated June 15, 2005.
On August 1, 2005, various defendants including
Goldman, Sachs & Co. petitioned to have the denial of their
motion to dismiss reviewed by the U.S. District Court for the
Southern District of New York.
Exodus Securities Litigation
By an amended complaint dated July 11,
2002, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the other lead
underwriters for the February 2001 offering of 13,000,000 shares
of common stock and $575,000,000 of 5
1
/
4
% convertible
subordinated notes of Exodus Communications, Inc. were added as
defendants in a purported class action pending in the U.S. District
Court for the Northern District of California. The
complaint, which also names as defendants certain officers and
directors of Exodus Communications, Inc., alleges violations of the
disclosure requirements of the federal securities laws and seeks
compensatory damages. On October 23, 2002, the underwriter
defendants moved to dismiss the complaint. By a decision dated
August 19, 2003
, the district court granted the defendants
motion to dismiss with leave to replead, and the plaintiffs filed a
third amended complaint on January 15, 2004. On March 12,
2004, the underwriter defendants moved to dismiss the third amended
complaint, and by a decision dated August 5, 2005, the district
court denied the motion. The underwriter defendants moved for
reconsideration and clarification on August 30, 2005, but the
motion was denied by an order dated September 12, 2005.
Goldman, Sachs & Co. underwrote 5,200,000 shares of
common stock for a total offering price of approximately
$96,200,000, and $230,000,000 principal amount of the notes.
On September 26, 2001, Exodus
Communications, Inc. filed for protection under the U.S. bankruptcy
laws.
Montana Power Litigation
Goldman, Sachs & Co. and The
Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. have been named as defendants in a
purported class action commenced originally on October 1, 2001
in Montana District Court, Second Judicial District on behalf of
former shareholders of Montana Power Company. The complaint
generally alleges that Montana Power Company violated Montana law
by failing to procure shareholder approval of certain corporate
strategies and transactions, that the companys board breached its
fiduciary duties in pursuing those strategies and transactions, and
that Goldman, Sachs & Co. aided and abetted the boards
breaches and rendered negligent advice in its role as financial
advisor to the company. The complaint seeks, among other things,
compensatory damages. In addition to Goldman, Sachs & Co. and
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., the defendants include Montana Power
Company, certain of its officers and directors, an outside law firm
for the Montana Power Company, and certain companies that purchased
assets from Montana Power Company and its affiliates. The Montana
state court denied motions to dismiss by a decision dated August 1,
2002. On July 18, 2003, following the bankruptcies of
certain defendants in the action, defendants removed the action to
federal court, the U.S. District Court for the District of
Montana, Butte Division.
On October 26, 2004, a creditors
committee of Touch America Holdings, Inc. brought an action against
Goldman, Sachs & Co., The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., and a
former outside law firm for Montana Power Company in Montana
District Court, Second Judicial District. The complaint asserts
that Touch America Holdings, Inc. is the successor to Montana Power
Corporation and alleges
36
substantially the same claims as in the
purported class action. Defendants removed the action to federal
court on November 19, 2004. On January 14, 2005, defendants
moved to dismiss the complaint, but the motion was denied by a
decision dated June 10, 2005.
WorldCom Bondholders Litigation
Goldman, Sachs & Co. and other
underwriters of WorldCom, Inc. bonds have been named as defendants
in certain purported securities class and individual actions
commenced beginning on July 19, 2002 alleging that the offering
materials issued in connection with certain securities offerings
were false and misleading. Certain of the lawsuits (some of which
were originally filed in various state courts and removed to
federal court) have been transferred by order of the Judicial Panel
on Multidistrict Litigation to the U.S. District Court for the
Southern District of New York. Goldman, Sachs & Co. underwrote
$75,000,000 principal amount out of a total principal amount of
$5,000,000,000 of notes in a May 24, 2000 offering. Among the
defendants in these actions in addition to the underwriters are
certain of WorldCom, Inc.s former officers and/or directors,
and/or WorldCom, Inc.s former outside accounting firm. Each of
these actions seeks, among other things, compensatory damages. The
district court denied the underwriter defendants motion to dismiss
by a decision dated May 19, 2003 and granted plaintiffs
motion for class certification by an order dated October 24,
2003. On August 20, 2004, the underwriter defendants moved for
summary judgment and plaintiffs cross-moved for partial summary
judgment as to liability. By a decision dated December 15,
2004, the district court granted in part and denied in part the
motions. All defendants, including Goldman, Sachs & Co., have
since entered into agreements to settle the class action claims,
with Goldman, Sachs & Co. contributing approximately $12.5 million,
and the settlement was approved by the district court by a
decision dated September 21, 2005, but several class members
have appealed from certain aspects of the approval. That settlement
did not resolve claims brought by certain investors who opted out
of the class. On June 22, October 27 and December 28,
2005, respectively, the underwriter defendants in certain of the
remaining individual actions agreed to settle certain of these
actions, and Goldman, Sachs & Co. contributed approximately
$1.94 million toward those settlements.
On July 21, 2002, WorldCom, Inc.
filed for protection under the U.S. bankruptcy laws.
Global Crossing and Asia Global Crossing Securities Litigation
Goldman, Sachs & Co. has been
named as a defendant in a consolidated class action lawsuit in the
U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York
relating to various securities offerings by Global Crossing, Ltd.
and Asia Global Crossing Ltd. in which Goldman, Sachs & Co.
acted as an underwriter. The claims had originally been asserted in
separate actions, reflected in an amended complaint filed on January 28,
2003 as to Global Crossing, Ltd. and in a complaint filed
on November 8, 2002 as to Asia Global Crossing Ltd., but the
claims were consolidated into a single amended complaint on August 11,
2003, which was further amended on March 22, 2004
(including to drop The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. as a defendant).
The consolidated action includes claims relating to Global
Crossing, Ltd.s concurrent April 2000 offerings of 43 million
shares of common stock at $33 per share and 4.6 million
shares of 6 3/4% cumulative preferred stock at $250 per share,
as well as Asia Global Crossing Ltd.s October 2000 initial public
offering of 68,500,000 shares of common stock at a price of $7 per
share. Goldman, Sachs & Co. acted as a co-lead
underwriter of both Global Crossing, Ltd. offerings, underwriting
12.9 million shares of common stock and 1,840,000 shares of
convertible preferred stock for a total offering price of
approximately $886 million. Goldman, Sachs & Co. underwrote 20,670,000 shares
of common stock in the Asia Global
Crossing Ltd. offering for a total offering price of approximately
$145 million. The claims assert violations of the disclosure
requirements of the federal securities laws as to such offerings
and seek compensatory and/or rescissory damages. In addition to the
lead and other underwriters in the offerings, the defendants as to
such claims originally included certain officers and directors of
37
Global Crossing, Ltd. and Asia Global Crossing Ltd. as well as the
companies former outside auditors.
On April 21, 2003, the
underwriter defendants as to the Global Crossing, Ltd. offerings
moved to dismiss the claims relating to such offerings; the motion
was denied in significant part by a decision dated December 18,
2003. On July 23, 2004, the underwriter defendants as to the
Asia Global Crossing Ltd. offering moved to dismiss the claims
relating to that offering. On March 1, 2005, plaintiffs entered
into a definitive settlement agreement with Citigroup, Inc. and
certain related parties, including as to claims asserted against
such parties in respect of the various offerings in which Goldman,
Sachs & Co. participated. The settlement, pursuant to which the
Citigroup defendants have agreed to pay $75 million, does not
resolve claims against the other members of the underwriting
syndicates, including Goldman, Sachs & Co. The various officer
and director defendants as well as the former auditors separately
entered into settlement agreements.
Global Crossing, Ltd. filed for
protection under the U.S. bankruptcy laws on January 28,
2002, and Asia Global Crossing Ltd. filed for such protection on
November 17, 2002.
Adelphia Communications Fraudulent Conveyance Litigations
Goldman, Sachs & Co. is among
numerous entities named as defendants in two adversary proceedings
commenced in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern
District of New York, one on July 6, 2003 by a creditors
committee, and the second on or about July 31, 2003 by an
equity committee of Adelphia Communications, Inc. The nearly
identical complaints seek, among other things, to recover, as
fraudulent conveyances, payments made allegedly by Adelphia
Communications, Inc. and its affiliates to certain brokerage firms,
including approximately $62.9 million allegedly paid to
Goldman, Sachs & Co., in respect of margin calls made in the
ordinary course of business on accounts owned by members of the
family that formerly controlled Adelphia Communications, Inc.
Specialist Matters
Spear, Leeds & Kellogg
Specialists LLC (SLKS) and certain affiliates have received
requests for information from various governmental agencies and
self-regulatory organizations as part of
an industry-wide investigation relating to activities of floor
specialists in recent years. Goldman Sachs has cooperated with the
requests.
On March 30, 2004, a final global
settlement with the SEC and the NYSE was announced covering certain
activities during the years 1999 through 2003 of certain specialist
firms on the NYSE, including SLKS. Without admitting or denying the
allegations, SLKS and the other specialist firms entered into
settlements to resolve these SEC and NYSE investigations of the
firms with respect to those activities. The SLKS settlement
involves, among other things, (i) findings by the SEC and the
NYSE that SLKS violated certain federal securities laws and NYSE
rules, and in some cases failed to supervise certain individual
specialists, in connection with trades that allegedly disadvantaged
customer orders, (ii) a cease and desist order against SLKS,
(iii) a censure of SLKS, (iv) SLKS agreement to pay an
aggregate of $45.3 million in disgorgement and a penalty to be
used to compensate customers, (v) certain undertakings with
respect to SLKS systems and procedures, and (vi) SLKS
retention of an independent consultant to review and evaluate
certain of SLKS compliance systems, policies and procedures.
Comparable findings were made and sanctions imposed in the
settlements with other specialist firms. The settlement did not
resolve the related private civil actions against SLKS and other
firms or regulatory investigations involving individuals.
SLKS, Spear, Leeds & Kellogg,
L.P. and The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. are among numerous
defendants named in purported class actions brought beginning in
October 2003 on behalf of investors in the U.S. District Court
for the Southern District of New York alleging violations
38
of the
federal securities laws and state common law in connection with
NYSE floor specialist activities. The actions seek unspecified
compensatory damages, restitution and disgorgement on behalf of
purchasers and sellers of unspecified securities between October 17,
1998 and October 15, 2003. Plaintiffs filed a
consolidated amended complaint on September 16, 2004,
defendants moved to dismiss the amended complaint on November 16,
2004, and the motion was granted in part and denied in part by
a decision dated December 13, 2005.
Treasury Matters
On September 4, 2003, the SEC
announced that Goldman, Sachs & Co. had settled an
administrative proceeding arising from certain trading in U.S. Treasury
bonds over an approximately eight-minute period after
Goldman, Sachs & Co. received an October 31, 2001 telephone
call from a Washington, D.C.-based political consultant
concerning a forthcoming Treasury refunding announcement. The
administrative complaint alleged that Goldman, Sachs & Co. (i) violated
Section 15(c)(1) and Rule 15c1-2 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a result of the trading and (ii) violated
Section 15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 by failing to maintain policies and procedures specifically
addressed to the possible misuse of information obtained by
consultants from confidential government sources. Without admitting
or denying the allegations, Goldman, Sachs & Co. consented to
the entry of an order that, among other things, (i) censured
Goldman, Sachs & Co.; (ii) directed Goldman, Sachs &
Co. to cease and desist from committing or causing any violations
of Section 15(c)(1)(A) and (C) and 15(f) of, and Rule 15c1-2
under, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; (iii) ordered
Goldman, Sachs & Co. to pay disgorgement and
prejudgment interest in the amount of $1,742,642, and a civil
monetary penalty of $5 million; and (iv) directed Goldman,
Sachs & Co. to conduct a review of its policies and procedures
and adopt, implement and maintain policies and procedures
consistent with the order and that review. Goldman, Sachs & Co.
also undertook to pay $2,562,740 in disgorgement and interest
relating to certain trading in U.S. Treasury bond futures
during the same eight-minute period.
Goldman, Sachs & Co. has been
named as a defendant in a purported class action filed on March 10,
2004 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District
of Illinois on behalf of holders of short positions in 30-year U.S. Treasury
futures and options on the morning of October 31,
2001. The complaint alleges that the firm purchased 30-year bonds
and futures prior to the Treasurys refunding announcement that
morning based on non-public information about that announcement,
and that such purchases increased the costs of covering such short
positions. The complaint also names as defendants the Washington, D.C.-based
political consultant who allegedly was the source
of the information, a former Goldman, Sachs & Co. economist who
allegedly received the information, and another company and one of
its employees who also allegedly received and traded on the
information prior to its public announcement. The complaint alleges
violations of the federal commodities and antitrust laws, as well
as Illinois statutory and common law, and seeks, among other
things, unspecified damages including treble damages under the
antitrust laws. On June 28, 2004, Goldman, Sachs & Co.
moved to dismiss the complaint, and by a decision dated March 28, 2005,
the district court dismissed the antitrust and
Illinois state law claims but permitted the federal commodities law
claims to proceed.
Mutual Fund Matters
Goldman, Sachs & Co. and certain
mutual fund affiliates have received subpoenas and requests for
information from various governmental agencies and
self-regulatory organizations including the SEC as part of
the industry-wide investigation relating to the practices of mutual
funds and their customers. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and its
affiliates have cooperated with such requests.
39
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.,
Goldman, Sachs & Co. and various asset management affiliates
and employees have been named as defendants in several putative
consolidated class and derivative actions commenced in the U.S. District
Court for the Southern District of New York beginning in
April 2004 by purported shareholders of certain Goldman Sachs
mutual funds. The consolidated complaint also names as nominal
defendants certain of the Goldman Sachs family of mutual funds. The
cases are brought on behalf of all persons or entities that held
shares in these mutual funds between April 2, 1999 and January 9,
2004, and allege violations of the Investment Company Act
of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and common law
breaches of fiduciary duty. The complaint alleges, among other
things, that Goldman Sachs charged the mutual funds improper Rule 12b-1
fees, paid excessive brokerage commissions and made
other undisclosed payments to brokers in exchange for selling
shares of the mutual funds, and made untrue statements of material
fact in registration statements and reports filed pursuant to the
Investment Company Act. The complaint further alleges that the
funds trustees, officers and directors breached their fiduciary
duties by, among other things, failing to prevent such violations.
The complaint seeks compensatory and punitive damages; rescission
of the funds investment advisory agreements with Goldman Sachs and
recovery of fees paid; an accounting of all fund-related fees,
commissions and other payments; restitution of all unlawfully or
discriminatorily-obtained fees and charges; and costs and expenses
incurred in connection with these lawsuits. Defendants moved to
dismiss the complaint on May 2, 2005, and the motion was
granted by a Memorandum and Order dated January 13, 2006.
Refco Securities Litigation
Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the
other lead underwriters for the August 2005 initial public offering
of 26,500,000 shares of common stock of Refco Inc. are among
the defendants in various putative class actions commenced beginning
in October 2005 by Refco Inc.
investors and derivative actions filed on behalf of Refco Inc. in
response to certain publicly reported events that culminated in the
October 17, 2005 filing by Refco Inc. and certain affiliates for
protection under U.S. bankruptcy laws. The actions are pending
in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New
York. The putative class actions allege violations of the
disclosure requirements of the federal securities laws and seek
compensatory damages, while the derivative complaints allege that
Refco Inc.s board breached its fiduciary duties and that the
underwriters aided and abetted that breach. In addition to the
underwriters, the actions name as defendants Refco Inc. and certain of
its affiliates, certain officers and directors of Refco Inc., Thomas H.
Lee Partners, L.P. (which held a majority of Refco Inc.s equity through
certain funds it manages) and Grant Thornton (Refco Inc.s outside
auditor). Goldman, Sachs & Co. underwrote 5,639,200 shares
of common stock at a price of $22 per share for a total
offering price of approximately $124 million.
Goldman,
Sachs & Co. and the other lead underwriters for Refco Inc.s
initial public offering are also among the defendants in a putative
class action filed in January 2006 on behalf of customers that held
securities custodied with certain Refco Inc. affiliates. The
complaint alleges that the defendants violated federal securities
laws by publishing financial statements of Refco
Inc., including in the initial public offering prospectus, that were
false and misleading and that
misled such customers with respect to custodying their securities.
A purported shareholder derivative
action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of New York on November 2, 2005 on behalf of The
Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. against certain of its officers and
directors. The complaint alleges that the individual defendants
breached their fiduciary duties by failing to ensure that adequate
due diligence was conducted in connection with the Refco Inc. initial
public offering. On October 17, 2005, Refco Inc. filed for
protection under the U.S. bankruptcy laws.
Goldman, Sachs & Co. has,
together with other underwriters of the Refco Inc. initial public
offering, received requests for information from various
governmental agencies and self-regulatory organizations. Goldman,
Sachs & Co. is cooperating with those requests.
40
There were no matters submitted to a
vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of our fiscal
year ended November 25, 2005.
41
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
Set forth below are the name, age,
present title, principal occupation and certain biographical
information for our executive officers as of February 1, 2006,
all of whom have been appointed by and serve at the pleasure of our
board of directors.
Henry M. Paulson, Jr., 59
Mr. Paulson has been our Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer since May 1999, and a director since
August 1998. He was Co-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer or
Co-Chief Executive Officer of The Goldman Sachs Group, L.P., our
predecessor, from June 1998 to May 1999, and served as Chief
Operating Officer from December 1994 to June 1998. Mr. Paulson
is not on the board of any public company other than Goldman Sachs.
He is currently the Chairman of the Financial Services Forum. He is
affiliated with certain non-profit organizations, including as a
member of the Board of Directors of Catalyst. He also serves on the
Advisory Board of the Tsinghua University School of Economics and
Management. He is Chairman of the Board of Directors of The Nature
Conservancy, Co-Chairman of the Asia/Pacific Council of The Nature
Conservancy and Chairman Emeritus of The Peregrine Fund, Inc.
Lloyd C. Blankfein, 51
Mr. Blankfein has been our
President and Chief Operating Officer since January 2004, and a
director since April 2003. Prior to that, from April 2002 until
January 2004, he was a Vice Chairman of Goldman Sachs, with
management responsibility for the Fixed Income, Currency and
Commodities Division (FICC) and the Equities Division. Prior to
becoming a Vice Chairman, he had served as Co-Head of FICC since
its formation in 1997. From 1994 to 1997, he headed or co-headed
the Currency and Commodities Division. Mr. Blankfein is not on
the board of any public company other than Goldman Sachs. He is
affiliated with certain non-profit organizations, including as a
member of the Harvard University Committee on University Resources,
as a trustee of the New York Historical Society, as an overseer of
the Weill Medical College of Cornell University, as a director of
the Partnership for New York City and as a director of The Robin
Hood Foundation.
Alan M. Cohen, 55
Mr. Cohen has been an Executive
Vice President of Goldman Sachs and our Global Head of Compliance
since February 2004. From 1991 until January 2004, he was a partner
in the law firm of OMelveny & Myers LLP. Mr. Cohen is also
affiliated with the Chelsea Piers Scholarship Fund, a non-profit
organization.
Edward C. Forst, 45
Mr. Forst has been an Executive
Vice President of Goldman Sachs and our Chief Administrative
Officer since February 2004. Prior to that, he was our Chief of
Staff for FICC from November 2003 to February 2004 (after having
served in that position earlier from July 2000 to March 2002), our
Chief of Staff for the Equities Division from August 2003 to
February 2004, and Co-Head of Global Credit Markets in FICC from
March 2002 to August 2003. Prior to July 2000, Mr. Forst served
as Co-Head of our Global Bank Debt business. Mr. Forst serves
as Chairman of the Board of Directors of The Bond Market
Association. He also serves as a trustee of the Woods Hole
Oceanographic Institution, a non-profit organization, and as
co-chairman of the Harvard University Committee on Student
Excellence and Opportunity.
42
Kevin W. Kennedy, 57
Mr. Kennedy has been our
Executive Vice President Human Capital Management since
December 2001. From 1999 until 2001, he served as a member of the
Executive Office. From 1994 to 1999, he served as Head of the
Americas Group, in the Investment Banking Division, and, from 1988
to 1994, as Head of Corporate Finance. Mr. Kennedy is a life
trustee and a former Chairman of the Board of Hamilton College, a
Managing Director and Secretary and Treasurer of the Board of the
Metropolitan Opera, a trustee of the New York Public Library, a
member of the Board of Directors of the Wallace Foundation and an
honorary trustee of the Chewonki Foundation.
Suzanne M. Nora Johnson, 48
Ms. Nora Johnson has been a Vice
Chairman of Goldman Sachs since November 2004. She has served as
chairman of the Global Markets Institute since April 2004 and has
headed our Global Investment Research Division since February 2002.
Ms. Nora Johnson served as head of our global healthcare
business in the Investment Banking Division from 1994 to 2002. She
also serves on the boards of The Goldman Sachs Foundation, the
Carnegie Institution of Washington, the University of Southern
California, RAND Health, Technoserve, Children Now and Womens
World Banking, and is a trustee of The Brookings Institution and
The Council for Excellence in Government.
Gregory K. Palm, 57
Mr. Palm has been an Executive
Vice President of Goldman Sachs since May 1999, and our General
Counsel and Head or Co-Head of the Legal Department since May 1992.
Esta E. Stecher, 48
Ms. Stecher has been an Executive
Vice President of Goldman Sachs and our General Counsel and Co-Head
of the Legal Department since December 2000. From 1994 to 2000, she
was Head of the firms Tax Department, over which she continues to
have senior oversight responsibility. She is also a trustee of
Columbia University and a member of the Board of Directors of the
Securities Industry Association.
David A. Viniar, 50
Mr. Viniar has been an Executive
Vice President of Goldman Sachs and our Chief Financial Officer
since May 1999. He has been the Head of Operations, Technology and
Finance Division since December 2002. He was Head of the Finance
Division and Co-Head of Credit Risk Management and Advisory and
Firmwide Risk from December 2001 to December 2002. Mr. Viniar
was Co-Head of Operations, Finance and Resources from March 1999 to
December 2001. He was Chief Financial Officer of The Goldman Sachs
Group, L.P. from March 1999 to May 1999. From July 1998 until
March 1999, he was Deputy Chief Financial Officer and from 1994
until July 1998, he was Head of Finance, with responsibility for
Controllers and Treasury. From 1992 to 1994, he was Head of
Treasury and prior to that was in the Structured Finance Department
of Investment Banking. He also serves on the Board of Trustees of
Union College.
43
Item 1.
Business
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
(in millions)
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
Investment Banking
$
3,671
$
3,374
$
2,711
3,258
2,973
2,504
$
413
$
401
$
207
Trading and Principal Investments
$
16,362
$
13,327
$
10,443
10,144
8,287
6,938
$
6,218
$
5,040
$
3,505
Asset Management and Securities Services
$
4,749
$
3,849
$
2,858
3,070
2,430
1,890
$
1,679
$
1,419
$
968
Total
$
24,782
$
20,550
$
16,012
16,509
13,874
11,567
$
8,273
$
6,676
$
4,445
(1)
Includes the following expenses that have not
been allocated to our segments: (i) the amortization
of employee initial public offering awards, net of
forfeitures, of $19 million and $80 million for
the years ended November 2004 and November 2003,
respectively; (ii) net provisions for a number of
litigation and regulatory proceedings of $37 million,
$103 million and $155 million for the years ended
November 2005, November 2004 and November 2003,
respectively; and (iii) $62 million in
connection with the establishment of our joint venture in
China for the year ended November 2004.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
First, in large, highly liquid markets, we undertake a high volume of transactions for modest spreads and fees.
Second, by capitalizing on our strong relationships and capital position, we undertake transactions in less
liquid markets where spreads and fees are generally larger.
Finally, we structure and execute transactions that address complex client needs.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
acquired on February 7, 2003. This preferred stock is
generally nontransferable, but is freely convertible into SMFG
common stock. Restrictions on our ability to hedge or sell
one-third of the common stock underlying our investment in SMFG
lapsed in February 2005. As of November 2005, we were fully hedged
with respect to these unrestricted shares. Under our initial
agreement with SMFG, restrictions on our ability to hedge or sell
the remaining shares of common stock underlying our investment in
SMFG lapse in equal installments on February 7, 2006 and
February 7, 2007. In connection with a public offering by SMFG
of its common stock, we have separately agreed with SMFG that the
restrictions that were to lapse on February 7, 2006 will
instead lapse on March 9, 2006. As of November 2005, the
carrying value of our investment in the SMFG preferred stock was
approximately $4.06 billion.
Table of Contents
(in billions)
(in billions)
As of November 30
2005
2004
2003
$
101
$
90
$
89
159
139
115
158
126
98
114
97
71
$
532
$
452
$
373
(1)
Includes both our fundamental equity and our quantitative equity strategies.
(2)
Primarily includes private equity funds, hedge funds, real estate funds, certain currency and asset
allocation strategies and other assets allocated to external investment managers.
Table of Contents
(in billions)
As of November 30
2005
2004
2003
Distribution Channel
$
226
$
183
$
142
148
130
115
158
139
116
Total
$
532
$
452
$
373
(1)
The primary investment vehicles for these assets under management are separately
managed accounts and commingled vehicles, such as mutual funds and private investment funds.
Table of Contents
The Equity Research Departments provide fundamental analysis, earnings forecasts
and investment opinions for equity securities;
The Credit Research Department provides fundamental analysis, forecasts and
investment opinions as to investment-grade and high-yield corporate bonds and credit
derivatives;
The Economic Research Department formulates macroeconomic forecasts for economic
activity, foreign exchange and interest rates;
The Commodities Research Department provides research on the
commodity markets; and
The Strategy Research Department provides equity market forecasts, opinions on
both asset and industry sector allocation, equity trading strategies and options
research.
Enhancing client service through increased connectivity and the provision of
value-added, tailored products and services;
Table of Contents
Improving our trading, execution and clearing capabilities;
Risk management; and
Overall efficiency, productivity and control.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Regulation Outside the
United States.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
any failure with respect to our programs in this area
could subject us to substantial liability and regulatory fines.
Table of Contents
promote enhanced risk management practices
among large, international financial services firms by aligning
regulatory capital requirements more closely with the underlying
risks faced by these firms. Under the currently proposed time
schedule, Goldman Sachs International would become subject to the
Basel II requirements on January 1, 2008. The Consolidated
Supervised Entity rules described above under Regulation in
the United States, which provide for group-wide supervision, are
consistent with Basel II. Complying with these new standards
requires us to develop and apply new and advanced measurement
techniques to determine our regulatory capital adequacy.
Table of Contents
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
We have been operating in a low interest rate market for the past several years.
Increasing or high interest rates and/or widening credit spreads, especially if such
changes are rapid, may create a less favorable environment for certain of our
businesses.
We have been committing increasing amounts of capital in many of our businesses
and generally maintain large trading, specialist and investing positions. Market
fluctuations and volatility may adversely affect the value of those positions,
including, but not limited to, our interest rate and credit products, currency,
commodity and equity positions and our merchant banking investments, or may reduce
our willingness to enter into new transactions. From time to time, we have incurred
significant trading losses in periods of market turbulence. Conversely, certain of
our trading businesses depend on market volatility to provide trading and arbitrage
opportunities, and decreases in volatility may reduce these opportunities and
adversely affect the results of these businesses.
Industry-wide declines in the size and number of underwritings and mergers and
acquisitions may have an adverse effect on our revenues and, because we may be
unable to reduce expenses correspondingly, our profit margins. In particular,
because a significant portion of our investment banking revenues are derived from
our participation in large transactions, a decrease in the number of large
transactions due to uncertain or unfavorable market conditions may adversely affect
our investment banking business.
Pricing and other competitive pressures have continued, even as the volume and
number of investment banking transactions have increased. In addition, the trend in
the underwriting business toward multiple book runners and co-managers handling
transactions, where previously there would have been a single book runner, may
adversely affect our business and reduce our revenues.
Reductions in the level of the equity markets also tend to reduce the value of our
clients portfolios, which in turn may reduce the fees we earn for managing assets.
Even in the absence of uncertain or unfavorable economic or market conditions,
investment performance by our asset management business below the performance of
benchmarks or competitors could result in a decline in assets under management and
in the incentive and management fees we receive.
Table of Contents
Concentration of risk increases the potential for significant losses in our
market-making, proprietary trading and investing, block trading, merchant banking,
underwriting and lending businesses. This risk may increase to the extent we expand
our proprietary trading and investing businesses or commit capital to facilitate
customer-driven business. For example, large blocks of securities are increasingly
being sold in block trades rather than on a marketed basis, which increases the risk
that Goldman Sachs may be unable to resell the purchased securities at favorable
prices and may incur significant losses as a result. Moreover, because of
concentration of risk, we may suffer losses even when economic and market conditions
are generally favorable for others in the industry. We also regularly enter into
large transactions as part of our trading businesses. The number and size of such
transactions may affect our results of operations in a given period.
The volume of transactions that we execute for our clients and as a specialist or
market maker may decline, which would reduce the revenues we receive from
commissions and spreads. In addition, competitive pressures and other industry
factors, including the increasing use by our clients of low-cost electronic trading,
could cause a reduction in commissions and spreads. In our specialist businesses, we
are obligated by stock exchange rules to maintain an orderly market, including by
purchasing shares in a declining market. This may result in trading losses and an
increased need for liquidity. Weakness in global equity markets and the trading of
securities in multiple markets and on multiple exchanges could adversely impact our
trading businesses and impair the value of our goodwill and identifiable intangible
assets. In addition, competitive pressures have been particularly intense in the
context of block trades.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.
Properties
Table of Contents
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
seeks, among other things,
unspecified compensatory damages and/or rescission. The action was
transferred on consent to the U.S. District Court for the
Southern District of New York, defendants moved to dismiss the
amended complaint on August 30, 2004, and the district court
granted the motion with leave to amend by order dated February 17,
2005. Plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint on February 25,
2005, and defendants filed a motion to dismiss on March 24,
2005.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Item 4.
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
PART II
The principal market on which our
common stock is traded is the NYSE. Information relating to the
high and low sales prices per share of our common stock, as
reported by the Consolidated Tape Association, for each full
quarterly period during fiscal 2004 and 2005 is set forth under the
heading Supplemental Financial Information Common Stock
Price Range in Part II, Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K.
As of January 30, 2006, there were 6,159 holders
of record of
our common stock.
During fiscal 2004 and 2005,
dividends of $0.25 per share of common stock were declared on
December 17, 2003, March 22, 2004, June 21, 2004,
September 20, 2004, December 15, 2004, March 16, 2005,
June 15, 2005 and September 19, 2005. The holders of our
common stock share proportionately on a per share basis in all
dividends and other distributions on common stock declared by our
board of directors.
The declaration of dividends by
Goldman Sachs is subject to the discretion of our board of
directors. Our board of directors will take into account such
matters as general business conditions, our financial results,
capital requirements, contractual, legal and regulatory
restrictions on the payment of dividends by us to our shareholders
or by our subsidiaries to us, the effect on our debt ratings and
such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. See
Business Regulation in Part I, Item 1 of the Annual
Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of potential regulatory
limitations on our receipt of funds from our regulated subsidiaries.
44
The table below sets forth the
information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of The
Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. or any affiliated purchaser (as defined
in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934), of our common stock during the fourth quarter of our fiscal
year ended November 25, 2005.
Information relating to compensation
plans under which equity securities of the Registrant are
authorized for issuance is set forth in Part III, Item 12
of the Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The Selected Financial Data table is
set forth under Part II, Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form
10-K.
45
INDEX
46
Introduction
Goldman Sachs is a leading global
investment banking, securities and investment management firm that
provides a wide range of services worldwide to a substantial and
diversified client base that includes corporations, financial
institutions, governments and high-net-worth individuals.
Our activities are divided into three segments:
Unless specifically stated otherwise,
all references to 2005, 2004 and 2003 refer to our fiscal years
ended, or the dates, as the context requires, November 25,
2005, November 26, 2004 and November 28, 2003, respectively.
When we use the terms Goldman
Sachs, we, us and our, we mean The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
(Group Inc.), a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated
subsidiaries. References herein to the Annual Report on Form 10-K
are to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended November 25, 2005.
In this discussion, we have included
statements that may constitute forward-looking statements within
the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are
not historical facts but instead represent only our beliefs
regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are
inherently uncertain and beyond our control. These statements
relate to our future plans and objectives, among other things. By
identifying these statements for you in this manner, we are
alerting you to the possibility that our actual results may differ,
possibly materially, from the results indicated in these
forward-looking statements. Important factors, among others, that
could cause our results to differ, possibly materially, from those
indicated in the forward-looking statements are discussed below
under Certain Risk Factors That May Affect Our Business as
well as Risk Factors in Part I, Item 1A of the Annual
Report on Form 10-K and Cautionary Statement Pursuant to the
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 in Part I,
Item 1 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K.
47
Executive Overview
Our diluted earnings per common share
were $11.21 for 2005, a 26% increase compared with 2004. Return on
average tangible common shareholders equity was 27.6%
(1)
and return on average common shareholders equity was 21.8%.
Our results in 2005 reflected strong growth in net revenues from
Trading and Principal Investments and Asset Management and
Securities Services as well as higher net revenues in Investment
Banking. The increase in Trading and Principal Investments
reflected significantly higher net revenues in Fixed Income,
Currency and Commodities (FICC), as all major businesses performed
well. During 2005, FICC operated in an environment generally
characterized by strong customer-driven activity, tight, but
volatile, credit spreads, higher energy prices and a flatter yield
curve. Net revenues in Equities also improved significantly
compared with the prior year, reflecting strong performance across
the business. Equities operated in an environment characterized by
generally higher equity prices, improved customer-driven activity
and continued low levels of market volatility. Net revenues in our
Principal Investments business also increased significantly,
primarily reflecting a gain on our investment in the convertible
preferred stock of Sumitomo Mitsui Financial Group, Inc. (SMFG) as
well as gains from real estate principal investments. The strong
net revenue growth in Asset Management and Securities Services
primarily reflected higher assets under management and higher
customer balances in Securities Services. The increase in
Investment Banking net revenues was due to significantly higher net
revenues in debt underwriting and improved results in Financial
Advisory, primarily reflecting an increase in industry-wide
corporate activity, partially offset by lower net revenues in
equity underwriting. Our investment banking backlog at the end of
2005 was significantly higher than at the end of 2004.
(2)
Our operating results for 2005
reflected generally favorable market conditions and strong
customer-driven activity levels. We continued to see favorable
trading and investing opportunities for our clients and ourselves,
particularly during the second half of our fiscal year.
Consequently, during the second half of 2005 we increased our
market risk, particularly in equities and interest rate products,
to capitalize on these opportunities. Net revenues in our Equities
and FICC businesses surpassed previous peak levels. Our Investment
Banking net revenues reflected our best performance in four years
as corporate activity continued to recover, particularly in
announced and completed mergers and acquisitions and debt
underwriting, although competitive pressures remained. We also
continued to focus on managing our capital base, with the goal of
optimizing our returns while, at the same time, growing our
businesses. During 2005, we repurchased 63.7 million shares of
our stock at a cost of $7.11 billion. With respect to the
regulatory environment, financial services firms continued to be
under intense scrutiny, with the volume and amount of claims
against financial institutions and other related costs remaining
significant. Given the range of litigation and investigations
presently under way, our litigation expenses can be expected to
remain high.
Though our operating results were
strong in 2005, our business, by its nature, does not produce
predictable earnings. Our results in any given period can be
materially affected by conditions in global financial markets and
economic conditions generally. For a further discussion of these
trends and other factors affecting our businesses, see Certain
Risk Factors That May Affect Our Business below as well as
Risk Factors in Part I, Item 1A of the Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
48
Business Environment
As an investment banking, securities
and investment management firm, our businesses are materially
affected by conditions in the financial markets and economic
conditions generally, both in the United States and elsewhere
around the world. A favorable business environment is generally
characterized by low inflation, low or declining interest rates,
and strong equity markets. Over the business cycle, these factors
provide a positive climate for our investment banking activities,
for many of our trading businesses and for wealth creation, which
contributes to growth in our asset management business. Although
short-term interest rates, particularly in the United States,
continued to rise and the yield curve continued to flatten,
economic conditions remained generally favorable during 2005, as
global interest rates remained at historically low levels, core
inflation was broadly contained, global equity prices generally
rose and corporate activity continued to improve. For a further
discussion of how market conditions can affect our businesses, see
" Certain Risk Factors That May Affect Our Business below as
well as Risk Factors in Part I, Item 1A of the Annual
Report on Form 10-K. A further discussion of the business
environment in 2005 is set forth below.
Global.
After strong growth in 2004,
the global economy remained solid in 2005, despite a brief period
of weakness during our fiscal second quarter. Worldwide real gross
domestic product growth for the calendar year, although lower than
the prior year, was slightly above the average of the past 20 years.
Energy prices rose significantly during the first nine
months of our fiscal year, peaking at the beginning of our fourth
quarter, but the sharp increase did not appear to have a
significant impact on global growth. In addition, the U.S. economy
performed well and the Japanese economy continued to grow
at a moderate pace, particularly in the first half of the calendar
year. The U.S. Federal Reserve continued to raise rates in
2005, increasing its federal funds rate target by a total of 200 basis
points during our fiscal year. Despite the increase in
U.S. short-term rates, fixed income markets generally performed
well, as long-term bond yields remained generally low and corporate
credit spreads remained generally tight. In the currency markets,
the U.S. dollar strengthened against the major currencies,
although it weakened against a number of emerging market currencies
such as the Brazilian real, Mexican peso, Chinese yuan and Korean
won. Global equity markets generally rose during the year, with
significant increases in many markets around the world. Corporate
activity continued to improve during the year. Although equity and
equity-related volumes were essentially unchanged from 2004, debt
underwriting volumes improved and industry-wide announced and
completed mergers and acquisitions increased significantly.
United States.
The U.S. economy
grew at a strong pace during the year. Real gross domestic product
rose by approximately 3.5% in the 2005 calendar year, driven
principally by continued strength in the housing market and
consumer spending. Despite hurricane-related disruptions, consumer
spending reached its highest rate of growth during the third
calendar quarter. After slowing modestly in the first quarter of
2005, the rate of inflation increased, particularly in the third
quarter, as energy prices rose significantly. However, measures of
core inflation remained broadly contained. In response to the
improving environment and rising inflation, the U.S. Federal
Reserve raised its federal funds rate target by 25 basis points
in each of its meetings, bringing the rate to 4.00% by the end of
our fiscal year. Despite the sharp rise in short-term interest
rates, the 10-year U.S. Treasury note yield ended the year only
19 basis points higher. Although the U.S. dollar generally
strengthened throughout the year, financial conditions remained
generally supportive of economic activity. The Dow Jones Industrial
Average, S&P 500 Index and NASDAQ Composite Index increased by 4%,
7% and 8%, respectively, during our fiscal year.
Europe.
The pace of economic growth
in Europe remained slow as real gross domestic product in the
Eurozone economies grew by approximately 1.5% in the 2005 calendar
year. Economic conditions in the Eurozone economies softened in the
first half of the year as business sentiment deteriorated and
energy prices rose. However, conditions improved modestly later in
the year as continued strength in the global economy and the
weakening of the euro supported higher growth in exports and
investment spending. The European Central Bank left interest rates
unchanged through our fiscal year. In the U.K., real gross domestic
product growth appeared to slow
49
sharply, declining to approximately
1.8% in the 2005 calendar year, reflecting softer growth in
consumption and investment spending. The Bank of England reduced
interest rates by 25 basis points and long-term bond yields in
both the Eurozone and the U.K. ended the year lower. Despite the
modest economic growth, the FTSE 100 Index increased by 16% and
continental European equity markets also increased significantly
during our fiscal year.
Asia.
Japans economy grew at its
strongest pace since 2000, with real gross domestic product growing
by over 2% for the second consecutive calendar year. The recovery
in domestic demand and private investment drove much of the
improvement, while exports improved in the second half of the
calendar year. The unemployment rate fell to 4.4% in 2005 from 4.7%
in 2004. The Bank of Japan continued to provide substantial
liquidity to the market and continued to hold short-term interest
rates at zero percent through the year and long-term bond yields
ended the year slightly lower. With short-term interest rates
rising in the U.S., the yen weakened and financial conditions
remained generally supportive of economic activity. The Nikkei 225
Index increased 36% during our fiscal year.
Elsewhere in Asia, Chinas real gross
domestic product growth remained robust, with growth particularly
reliant on higher net exports, as demonstrated by Chinas large
current account surplus. Chinas modest currency revaluation in
July did not result in further significant exchange rate
developments in the region. Growth in India remained very strong,
which, together with China, supported growth throughout the region.
Equity markets across the region generally rose, with markets in
South Korea and India posting significant gains during our fiscal
year.
Certain Risk Factors That May Affect Our Business
We face a variety of risks that are
substantial and inherent in our businesses, including market,
liquidity, credit, operational, legal and regulatory risks. For a
discussion of how management seeks to manage some of these risks,
see Risk Management below. A summary of the more important
factors that could affect our business follows below. For a further
discussion of these and other important factors that could affect
our business, see Risk Factors in Part I, Item 1A of the
Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Market Conditions and Market Risk.
Our businesses are materially affected by conditions in the global
financial markets and economic conditions generally and these
conditions may change suddenly and dramatically. Unfavorable or
uncertain economic and market conditions have adversely affected,
and may in the future adversely affect, our business and
profitability in many ways, including the following:
50
Liquidity Risk.
Liquidity is
essential to our businesses. Our liquidity could be impaired by an
inability to access secured and/or unsecured debt markets, an
inability to access funds from our subsidiaries, an inability to
sell assets or unforeseen outflows of cash or collateral. This
situation may arise due to circumstances that we are unable to
control, such as a general market disruption or an operational
problem that affects third parties or us. Further, our ability to
sell assets may be impaired if other market participants are
seeking to sell similar assets at the same time.
51
Our credit ratings are important to
our liquidity. A reduction in our credit ratings could adversely
affect our liquidity and competitive position, increase our
borrowing costs, limit our access to the capital markets or trigger
our obligations under certain bilateral provisions in some of our
trading and collateralized financing contracts. Under these
provisions, counterparties could be permitted to terminate
contracts with Goldman Sachs or require us to post additional
collateral. Termination of our trading and collateralized financing
contracts could cause us to sustain losses and impair our liquidity
by requiring us to find other sources of financing or to make
significant cash payments or securities movements. For a discussion
of the potential impact on Goldman Sachs of a reduction in our
credit ratings, see Capital and Funding Credit
Ratings below.
Credit Risk.
We are exposed to the
risk that third parties that owe us money, securities or other
assets will not perform their obligations. These parties may
default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of
liquidity, operational failure or other reasons. We are also
subject to the risk that our rights against third parties may not
be enforceable in all circumstances. In addition, a deterioration
in the credit quality of third parties whose securities or
obligations we hold could result in losses and/or adversely affect
our ability to rehypothecate or otherwise use those securities or
obligations for liquidity purposes. The amount and duration of our
credit exposures have been increasing over the past several years,
as has the breadth of the entities to which we have credit
exposures. The scope of our lending businesses has also been
expanding and includes loans to small and mid-size businesses,
which are not traditional Goldman Sachs clients. As a clearing
member firm, we finance our client positions and we could be held
responsible for the defaults or misconduct of our clients. In
addition, we have experienced, due to competitive factors, pressure
to extend and price credit at levels that may not always fully
compensate us for the risks we take. In particular, corporate
clients sometimes seek to require credit commitments from us in
connection with investment banking and other assignments. Although
we regularly review credit exposures to specific clients and
counterparties and to specific industries, countries and regions
that we believe may present credit concerns, default risk may arise
from events or circumstances that are difficult to detect or
foresee. In addition, concerns about, or a default by, one
institution could lead to significant liquidity problems, losses or
defaults by other institutions, which in turn could adversely
affect Goldman Sachs.
Operational Risk.
Shortcomings or
failures in our internal processes, people or systems, or external
events could lead to impairment of our liquidity, financial loss,
disruption of our businesses, liability to clients, regulatory
intervention or reputational damage. For example, our businesses
are highly dependent on our ability to process, on a daily basis, a
large number of transactions across numerous and diverse markets in
many currencies. The transactions we process have become
increasingly complex and often must adhere to client-specific
guidelines, as well as legal and regulatory standards. Despite the
contingency plans and facilities we have in place, our ability to
conduct business may be adversely impacted by a disruption in the
infrastructure that supports our businesses and the communities in
which we are located. This may include a disruption involving
electrical, communications, transportation or other services used
by Goldman Sachs or third parties with which we conduct business.
Legal and Regulatory Risk.
We are
subject to extensive and evolving regulation in jurisdictions
around the world. Substantial legal liability or a significant
regulatory action against Goldman Sachs could have material adverse
financial effects or cause significant reputational harm to Goldman
Sachs, which in turn could seriously harm our business prospects.
Firms in the financial services industry have been operating in a
difficult regulatory environment. We face significant legal risks
in our businesses, and the volume of claims and amount of damages
and penalties claimed in litigation and regulatory proceedings
against financial institutions remain high. For a discussion of how
we account for our legal and regulatory exposures, see
52
Critical Accounting Policies
Fair Value
The use of fair value to measure our
financial instruments, with related unrealized gains and losses
recognized immediately in our results of operations, is fundamental
to our financial statements and is our most critical accounting
policy. The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at
which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction
between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.
In determining fair value, we
separate our financial instruments into three categories cash
(i.e., nonderivative) trading instruments, derivative contracts and
principal investments, as set forth in the following table:
Financial Instruments by Category
53
Cash Trading Instruments.
The
following table sets forth the valuation of our cash trading
instruments by level of price transparency:
Cash Trading Instruments by Price Transparency
Fair values of our cash trading
instruments are generally obtained from quoted market prices in
active markets, broker or dealer price quotations, or alternative
pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. The
types of instruments valued in this manner include U.S. government
and agency securities, other sovereign government obligations,
liquid mortgage products, investment-grade corporate bonds, listed
equities, money market securities, state, municipal and provincial
obligations, and physical commodities.
Certain cash trading instruments
trade infrequently and have little or no price transparency. Such
instruments may include certain high-yield debt, corporate bank
loans, mortgage whole loans and distressed debt. We value these
instruments initially at cost and generally do not adjust
valuations unless there is substantive evidence supporting a change
in the value of the underlying instrument or valuation assumptions
(such as similar market transactions, changes in financial ratios
or changes in the credit ratings of the underlying companies).
Where there is evidence supporting a change in the value, we use
valuation methodologies such as the present value of known or
estimated cash flows.
Cash trading instruments we own (long
positions) are marked to bid prices and instruments we have sold
but not yet purchased (short positions) are marked to offer prices.
If liquidating a position is expected to affect its prevailing
market price, our valuation is adjusted generally based on market
evidence or predetermined policies. In certain circumstances, such
as for highly illiquid positions, managements estimates are used
to determine this adjustment.
54
Derivative Contracts.
Derivative
contracts consist of exchange-traded and over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives.
The following table sets forth the fair value of our
exchange-traded and OTC derivative assets and liabilities:
Derivative Assets and Liabilities
Fair values of our exchange-traded
derivatives are generally determined from quoted market prices. OTC
derivatives are valued using valuation models. We use a variety of
valuation models including the present value of known or estimated
cash flows and option-pricing models. The valuation models that we
use to derive the fair values of our OTC derivatives require inputs
including contractual terms, market prices, yield curves, credit
curves, measures of volatility, prepayment rates and correlations
of such inputs. The selection of a model to value an OTC derivative
depends upon the contractual terms of, and specific risks inherent
in, the instrument as well as the availability of pricing
information in the market. We generally use similar models to value
similar instruments. Where possible, we verify the values produced
by our pricing models to market transactions. For OTC derivatives
that trade in liquid markets, such as generic forwards, swaps and
options, model selection does not involve significant judgment
because market prices are readily available. For OTC derivatives
that trade in less liquid markets, model selection requires more
judgment because such instruments tend to be more complex and
pricing information is less available in these markets. Price
transparency is inherently more limited for more complex structures
because they often combine one or more product types, requiring
additional inputs such as correlations and volatilities. As markets
continue to develop and more pricing information becomes available,
we continue to review and refine the models that we use.
At the inception of an OTC derivative
contract (day one), we value the contract at the model value if we
can verify all of the significant model inputs to observable market
data and verify the model to market transactions. When appropriate,
valuations are adjusted to reflect various factors such as
liquidity, bid/offer spreads and credit considerations. These
adjustments are generally based on market evidence or predetermined
policies. In certain circumstances, such as for highly illiquid
positions, managements estimates are used to determine these
adjustments.
Where we cannot verify all of the
significant model inputs to observable market data and verify the
model to market transactions, we value the contract at the
transaction price at inception and, consequently, record no day one
gain or loss in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF)
Issue No. 02-3, Issues Involved in Accounting for Derivative
Contracts Held for Trading Purposes and Contracts Involved in
Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities.
Following day one, we adjust the
inputs to our valuation models only to the extent that changes in
these inputs can be verified by similar market transactions,
third-party pricing services and/or broker quotes, or can be
derived from other substantive evidence such as empirical market
data. In circumstances where we cannot verify the model to market
transactions, it is possible that a different valuation model could
produce a materially different estimate of fair value.
55
The following tables set forth the
fair values of our OTC derivative assets and liabilities by product
and by remaining contractual maturity:
OTC Derivatives
We enter into certain OTC option
transactions that provide us or our counterparties with the right
to extend the maturity of the underlying contract. The fair value
of these option contracts is not material to the aggregate fair
value of our OTC derivative portfolio. In the tables above, for
option contracts that require settlement by delivery of an
underlying derivative instrument, the remaining contractual
maturity is generally classified based upon the maturity date of
the underlying derivative instrument. In those instances where the
underlying instrument does not have a maturity date or either
counterparty has the right to settle in cash, the remaining
contractual maturity is generally based upon the option expiration
date.
56
Principal Investments.
In valuing our
corporate and real estate principal investments, we separate our
portfolio into investments in private companies, investments in
public companies (excluding our investment in the convertible
preferred stock of SMFG) and our investment in SMFG.
The following table sets forth the
carrying value of our principal investments portfolio:
Principal Investments
Our private principal investments, by
their nature, have little or no price transparency. Such
investments are initially carried at cost as an approximation of
fair value. Adjustments to carrying value are made if there are
third-party transactions evidencing a change in value. Downward
adjustments are also made, in the absence of third-party
transactions, if we determine that the expected realizable value of
the investment is less than the carrying value. In reaching that
determination, we consider many factors including, but not limited
to, the operating cash flows and financial performance of the
companies or properties relative to budgets or projections, trends
within sectors and/or regions, underlying business models, expected
exit timing and strategy, and any specific rights or terms
associated with the investment, such as conversion features and
liquidation preferences.
Our public principal investments,
which tend to be large, concentrated holdings that result from
initial public offerings or other corporate transactions, are
valued using quoted market prices discounted based on predetermined
written policies for nontransferability and illiquidity.
Our investment in the convertible
preferred stock of SMFG is carried at fair value, which is derived
from a model that incorporates SMFGs common stock price and credit
spreads, the impact of nontransferability and illiquidity, and the
downside protection on the conversion strike price. The fair value
of our investment is particularly sensitive to movements in the
SMFG common stock price. As a result of transfer restrictions and
the downside protection on the conversion strike price, the
relationship between changes in the fair value of our investment
and changes in SMFGs common
57
stock price is nonlinear. During our
fiscal year, the fair value of our investment (excluding the
economic hedge on the unrestricted shares of common stock
underlying one-third of our investment) increased 85% (expressed in
Japanese yen), primarily due to an increase in the SMFG common
stock price and, to a lesser extent, the impact of passage of time
in respect of the transfer restrictions on the underlying common
stock.
Our investment in the convertible
preferred stock of SMFG is generally nontransferable, but is freely
convertible into SMFG common stock. Restrictions on our ability to
hedge or sell one-third of the common stock underlying our
investment in SMFG lapsed in February 2005. As of November 2005,
we were fully hedged with respect to these unrestricted
shares. Under our initial agreement with SMFG, restrictions on our
ability to hedge or sell the remaining shares of common stock
underlying our investment in SMFG lapse in equal installments on
February 7, 2006 and February 7, 2007. In connection
with a public offering by SMFG of its common stock, we have
separately agreed with SMFG that the restrictions that were to
lapse on February 7, 2006 will instead lapse on March 9, 2006.
Effective February 1, 2006, the conversion price of
our SMFG preferred stock into shares of SMFG common stock is
¥320,900. This price is subject to downward adjustment if the price
of SMFG common stock at the time of conversion is less than the
conversion price (subject to a floor of ¥105,800).
Controls Over Valuation of Financial
Instruments.
A control infrastructure, independent of the trading
and investing functions, is fundamental to ensuring that our
financial instruments are appropriately valued and that fair value
measurements are reliable. This is particularly important in
valuing instruments with lower levels of price transparency.
We employ an oversight structure that
includes appropriate segregation of duties. Senior management,
independent of the trading functions, is responsible for the
oversight of control and valuation policies and for reporting the
results of these policies to our Audit Committee. We seek to
maintain the necessary resources to ensure that control functions
are performed to the highest standards. We employ procedures for
the approval of new transaction types and markets, price
verification, review of daily profit and loss, and review of
valuation models by personnel with appropriate technical knowledge
of relevant products and markets. These procedures are performed by
personnel independent of the revenue-producing units. For trading
and principal investments with little or no price transparency, we
employ, where possible, procedures that include comparisons with
similar observable positions, analysis of actual to projected cash
flows, comparisons with subsequent sales and discussions with
senior business leaders. For a further discussion of how we manage
the risks inherent in our trading and principal investing
businesses, see
Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets
As a result of our acquisitions,
principally SLK LLC (SLK) in fiscal 2000, The Ayco Company,
L.P. (Ayco) in fiscal 2003, Cogentrix Energy, Inc. (Cogentrix) in
fiscal 2004 and National Energy & Gas Transmission, Inc. (NEGT) in
fiscal 2005, we have acquired goodwill and identifiable
intangible assets. Goodwill is the cost of acquired companies in
excess of the fair value of net assets, including identifiable
intangible assets, at the acquisition date.
Goodwill.
We test the goodwill in
each of our operating segments for impairment at least annually in
accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, by
comparing the estimated fair value of each operating segment with
its estimated net book value. We derive the fair value of each of
our operating segments primarily based on price-earnings multiples.
We derive the net book value of our operating segments by
estimating the amount of shareholders equity required to support
the assets of each operating segment. Our last annual impairment
test was performed during our fiscal 2005 fourth quarter and no
impairment was identified.
58
The following table sets forth the
carrying value of our goodwill by operating segment:
Goodwill by Operating Segment
Identifiable Intangible Assets.
We
amortize our identifiable intangible assets over their estimated
useful lives in accordance with SFAS No. 142, and test for
potential impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances
suggest that an assets or asset groups carrying value may not be
fully recoverable in accordance with SFAS No. 144,
Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.
An impairment loss, calculated as the difference between the
estimated fair value and the carrying value of an asset or asset
group, is recognized if the sum of the estimated undiscounted cash
flows relating to the asset or asset group is less than the
corresponding carrying value.
59
The following table sets forth the
carrying value and range of remaining useful lives of our
identifiable intangible assets by major asset class:
Identifiable Intangible Assets by Asset Class
A prolonged period of weakness in
global equity markets and the trading of securities in multiple
markets and on multiple exchanges could adversely impact our
businesses and impair the value of our goodwill and/or identifiable
intangible assets. In addition, certain events could indicate a
potential impairment of our identifiable intangible assets,
including (i) changes in market structure that could adversely
affect our specialist businesses, (ii) an adverse action or
assessment by a regulator or (iii) a default event under a
power contract or physical damage or other adverse events impacting
the underlying power generation facilities.
Use of Estimates
The use of generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make certain
estimates. In addition to the estimates we make in connection with
fair value measurements and the accounting for goodwill and
identifiable intangible assets, the use of estimates is also
important in determining provisions for potential losses that may
arise from litigation and regulatory proceedings and tax audits.
We estimate and provide for potential
losses that may arise out of litigation and regulatory proceedings
and tax audits to the extent that such losses are probable and can
be estimated, in accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting
for Contingencies. Significant judgment is required in making
these estimates and our final liabilities may ultimately be
materially different. Our total liability in respect of litigation
and regulatory proceedings is determined on a case-by-case basis
and represents an estimate of probable losses after considering,
among other factors, the progress of each case or proceeding, our
experience and the experience of others in similar cases or
proceedings, and the opinions and views of legal counsel. Given the
inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of our litigation and
regulatory matters, particularly in cases or proceedings in which
60
substantial or indeterminate damages or fines are sought, we cannot
estimate losses or ranges of losses for cases or proceedings where
there is only a reasonable possibility that a loss may be incurred.
See Legal Proceedings in Part I, Item 3 of the Annual
Report on Form 10-K, for information on our judicial,
regulatory and arbitration proceedings.
Results of Operations
The composition of our net revenues
has varied over time as financial markets and the scope of our
operations have changed. The composition of net revenues can also
vary over the shorter term due to fluctuations in U.S. and global
economic and market conditions. For a further discussion of the
impact of economic and market conditions on our results of
operations, see Business Environment and Certain
Risk Factors That May Affect Our Business above, and Risk
Factors in Part I, Item 1A of the Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Financial Overview
The following table sets forth an
overview of our financial results:
Financial Overview
61
Net Revenues
2005 versus 2004.
Our net revenues
were $24.78 billion in 2005, an increase of 21% compared with
2004, reflecting strong growth in Trading and Principal Investments
and Asset Management and Securities Services as well as higher net
revenues in Investment Banking. The increase in Trading and
Principal Investments reflected significantly higher net revenues
in FICC, as all major businesses performed well. During 2005, FICC
operated in an environment generally characterized by strong
customer-driven activity, tight, but volatile, credit spreads,
higher energy prices and a flatter yield curve. Net revenues in
Equities also improved significantly compared with the prior year,
reflecting strong performance across the business. Equities
operated in an environment characterized by generally higher equity
prices, improved customer-driven activity and continued low levels
of market volatility. Net revenues in our Principal Investments
business also increased significantly, primarily reflecting a gain
on our investment in the convertible preferred stock of SMFG as
well as gains from real estate principal investments. The strong
net revenue growth in Asset Management and Securities Services
primarily reflected higher assets under management and higher
customer balances in Securities Services. The increase in
Investment Banking net revenues was due to significantly higher net
revenues in debt underwriting and improved results in Financial
Advisory, primarily reflecting an increase in industry-wide
corporate activity, partially offset by lower net revenues in
equity underwriting.
2004 versus 2003.
Our net revenues
were $20.55 billion in 2004, an increase of 28% compared with
2003, reflecting strong growth in Trading and Principal
Investments, Asset Management and Securities Services, and
Investment Banking. The increase in Trading and Principal
Investments reflected significantly higher net revenues in FICC, as
all major businesses and regions performed well in a generally
favorable environment. Net revenues in our Principal Investments
business also increased significantly, due to an unrealized gain on
our investment in the convertible preferred stock of SMFG, as well
as gains from other corporate principal investments. In addition,
Equities net revenues improved, primarily reflecting higher
customer-driven activity and favorable market conditions early in
2004. Equities operated in a less favorable environment after our
first fiscal quarter of 2004, as volatility levels continued to
decline and markets generally lacked direction before moving higher
in the last several weeks of our fiscal year. Asset Management and
Securities Services generated strong revenue growth, primarily
reflecting higher assets under management, increased incentive fees
and significantly higher customer balances in Securities Services.
In Investment Banking, net revenues also increased, highlighted by
strong growth in both our Financial Advisory and equity
underwriting businesses, primarily reflecting an increase in
industry-wide corporate activity.
62
Operating Expenses
Our operating expenses are primarily
influenced by compensation, headcount and levels of business
activity. A substantial portion of our compensation expense
represents discretionary bonuses, with our overall compensation and
benefits expenses generally targeted at 50% (plus or minus a few
percentage points) of consolidated net revenues. In addition to the
level of net revenues, our compensation expense in any given year
is influenced by, among other factors, prevailing labor markets,
business mix and the structure of our equity-based compensation
programs.
The following table sets forth our
operating expenses and number of employees:
Operating Expenses and Employees
63
The following table sets forth
non-compensation expenses of consolidated entities held for
investment purposes and our remaining non-compensation expenses by
line item:
Non-Compensation Expenses
2005 versus 2004.
Operating expenses
were $16.51 billion for 2005, 19% above 2004. Compensation and
benefits expenses of $11.69 billion increased 21% compared with
2004, resulting from higher discretionary compensation, reflecting
higher net revenues, and increased levels of employment. The ratio
of compensation and benefits to net revenues for 2005 was 47.2%
compared with 46.7%
(2)
for 2004. Employment levels
increased 8% compared with November 2004.
Non-compensation expenses of $4.82 billion
for 2005 increased 14% compared with 2004. Excluding
non-compensation expenses related to consolidated entities held for
investment purposes, non-compensation expenses were 8% higher than
2004, primarily due to higher brokerage, clearing and exchange
fees, reflecting higher transaction volumes in FICC and Equities,
increased professional fees, reflecting higher legal and consulting
fees, and higher other expenses, primarily reflecting increased
levels of business activity and higher charitable contributions.
Non-compensation expenses in 2005
included $37 million of net provisions for litigation and
regulatory proceedings (included in other expenses) and $36 million
of real estate costs associated with the relocation of
office space (included in occupancy). Non-compensation expenses in
2004 included $103 million of net provisions for litigation and
regulatory proceedings, $62 million in connection with the
establishment of our joint venture in China (included in market
development) and $41 million of real estate exit costs
associated with reductions in our office space (included in
occupancy and depreciation and amortization).
64
2004 versus 2003.
Operating expenses
were $13.87 billion for 2004, 20% above 2003. Compensation and
benefits expenses of $9.65 billion increased 28% compared with
2003, due to higher discretionary compensation, reflecting higher
net revenues, and increased employment levels. The ratio of
compensation and benefits to net revenues for 2004 was 46.7%
compared with 46.2% for 2003.
(1)
Employment levels
increased 6% compared with November 2003.
Non-compensation expenses of $4.22 billion
for 2004 increased 4% compared with 2003. Other
expenses included net provisions for litigation and regulatory
proceedings of $103 million for 2004 compared with $159 million
for 2003. Excluding these provisions, other expenses
increased $258 million, primarily due to the acquisition of
consolidated investments, increased levels of business activity and
higher charitable contributions. Brokerage, clearing and exchange
fees increased, reflecting higher transaction volumes in certain of
our businesses, and market development expenses were higher,
primarily reflecting $62 million in connection with the
establishment of our joint venture in China, as well as higher
levels of business activity. In addition, professional fees were
higher, primarily due to higher legal and consulting fees. These
increases were partially offset by decreased amortization of
identifiable intangible assets (2003 included impairment charges of
$188 million, primarily in respect of option specialist rights)
as well as lower occupancy and depreciation and amortization
expenses. Total exit costs associated with reductions in our global
office space (included in occupancy and depreciation and
amortization) were $41 million for 2004 compared with $153 million
for 2003.
Provision for Taxes
The effective income tax rate for
2005 was 32.0% compared with 31.8% for 2004. Excluding the impact
of audit settlements in 2005, the effective income tax rate for
2005 would have been 33.3%.
(2)
Excluding the impact of
audit settlements, the increase in the effective income tax rate
for 2005 compared with 2004 was primarily due to a lower benefit
from tax credits in 2005. The effective income tax rate for 2004
was 31.8%, down from 32.4% for 2003. The decrease in the effective
income tax rate for 2004 as compared with 2003 reflected lower
state and local taxes and the effect of audit settlements.
Our effective income tax rate can
vary from period to period depending on, among other factors, the
geographic and business mix of our earnings, the level of our tax
credits and the effect of tax audits. Certain of these and other
factors, including our history of pre-tax earnings, are taken into
account in assessing our ability to realize our net deferred tax
assets. See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements in
Part II, Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for
further information regarding our provision for taxes.
65
Segment Operating Results
The following table sets forth the
net revenues, operating expenses and pre-tax earnings of our
segments:
Segment Operating Results
Net revenues in our segments include
allocations of interest income and interest expense to specific
securities, commodities and other positions in relation to the cash
generated by, or funding requirements of, such underlying
positions. See Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements
in Part II, Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K
for further information regarding our segments.
The cost drivers of Goldman Sachs
taken as a whole compensation, headcount and levels of
business activity are broadly similar in each of our business
segments. Compensation expenses within our segments reflect, among
other factors, the overall performance of Goldman Sachs as well as
the performance of individual business units. Consequently, pre-tax
margins in one segment of our business may be significantly
affected by the performance of our other business segments. A
discussion of segment operating results follows.
66
Investment Banking
Our Investment Banking segment is
divided into two components:
The following table sets forth the
operating results of our Investment Banking segment:
Investment Banking Operating Results
The following table sets forth our
financial advisory and underwriting transaction volumes:
Goldman Sachs Global Investment Banking Volumes
(1)
2005 versus 2004.
Net revenues in
Investment Banking of $3.67 billion for 2005 increased 9%
compared with 2004. Net revenues in Financial Advisory of $1.91 billion
increased 10% compared with 2004, primarily reflecting an
increase in industry-wide completed mergers and acquisitions. Net
revenues in our Underwriting business of $1.77 billion
increased 8% compared with 2004, reflecting higher net revenues in
debt underwriting, primarily due to an increase in leveraged
finance and mortgage activity, partially offset by lower net
revenues in equity underwriting. Our investment banking backlog at
the end of 2005 was significantly higher than at the end of 2004.
(4)
67
Operating expenses of $3.26 billion
for 2005 increased 10% compared with 2004, primarily due to
increased compensation and benefits expenses resulting from higher
levels of discretionary compensation and increased amortization
expense related to prior year equity awards. In addition, other
expenses increased principally due to higher levels of business
activity, and professional fees were higher driven by increased
legal and consulting fees. Pre-tax earnings of $413 million in
2005 increased 3% compared with 2004.
2004 versus 2003.
Net revenues in
Investment Banking of $3.37 billion for 2004 increased 24%
compared with 2003. Net revenues in Financial Advisory of $1.74 billion
increased 45% compared with 2003, primarily reflecting a
significant increase in industry-wide completed mergers and
acquisitions. Net revenues in our Underwriting business of $1.64 billion
increased 8% compared with 2003, reflecting a
significant increase in industry-wide public common stock offerings
and industry-wide initial public offerings. The increase in
Investment Banking net revenues primarily reflects higher levels of
activity in the industrial and consumer sectors. Our investment
banking backlog at the end of 2004 was higher than at the end of
2003.
(1)
Operating expenses of $2.97 billion
for 2004 increased 19% compared with 2003, primarily due to
increased compensation and benefits expenses resulting from higher
discretionary compensation and increased levels of employment.
These increases were partially offset by lower occupancy expenses,
primarily reflecting lower exit costs associated with reductions in
our global office space, and reduced amortization of identifiable
intangible assets, as 2003 included impairment charges in respect
of certain distribution rights. Depreciation and amortization
expenses were also lower. Pre-tax earnings of $401 million in
2004 increased 94% compared with 2003.
Trading and Principal Investments
Our Trading and Principal Investments
segment is divided into three components:
Substantially all of our inventory is
marked-to-market daily and, therefore, its value and our net
revenues are subject to fluctuations based on market movements. In
addition, net revenues derived from our principal investments in
privately held concerns and in real estate may fluctuate
significantly depending on the revaluation or sale of these
investments in any given period. We also regularly enter into large
transactions as part of our trading businesses. The number and size
of such transactions may affect our results of operations in a
given period.
Net revenues from Principal
Investments do not include management fees generated from our
merchant banking funds. These management fees are included in the
net revenues of the Asset Management and Securities Services
segment.
68
The following table sets forth the
operating results of our Trading and Principal Investments segment:
Trading and Principal Investments Operating Results
2005 versus 2004.
Net revenues in
Trading and Principal Investments of $16.36 billion for 2005
increased 23% compared with 2004. Net revenues in FICC of $8.48 billion
increased 16% compared with 2004, primarily reflecting
significantly higher net revenues in credit products (which
includes distressed investing) and, to a lesser extent, interest
rate products and currencies. Net revenues in commodities and
mortgages were strong, but essentially unchanged compared with
2004. During 2005, FICC operated in an environment generally
characterized by strong customer-driven activity, tight, but
volatile, credit spreads, higher energy prices and a flatter yield
curve. Net revenues in Equities of $5.65 billion increased 21%
compared with 2004, reflecting significantly higher net revenues in
our customer franchise and principal strategies businesses. The
increase in our customer franchise businesses reflected improved
results in derivatives and shares, particularly in Europe and Asia,
as well as in convertibles. In addition, results in principal
strategies reflected strength across all regions. During 2005,
Equities operated in an environment characterized by generally
higher equity prices, improved customer-driven activity and
continued low levels of market volatility. Principal Investments
recorded net revenues of $2.23 billion, due to a $1.48 billion
gain related to our investment in the convertible preferred
stock of SMFG and $753 million in gains and overrides from
other corporate and, to a lesser extent, real estate principal
investments.
Operating expenses of $10.14 billion
for 2005 increased 22% compared with 2004, primarily due to
increased compensation and benefits expenses, reflecting higher
discretionary compensation and increased levels of employment and,
to a lesser extent, higher non-compensation expenses related to
consolidated entities held for investment purposes. Excluding
non-compensation expenses related to consolidated entities held for
investment purposes, the increase in non-compensation expenses was
primarily attributable to higher brokerage, clearing and exchange
fees, principally due to increased transaction volumes in FICC and
Equities, and higher professional fees, due to increased legal and
consulting fees. Pre-tax earnings of $6.22 billion in 2005
increased 23% compared with 2004.
69
2004 versus 2003.
Net revenues in
Trading and Principal Investments of $13.33 billion for 2004
increased 28% compared with 2003. Net revenues in FICC of $7.32 billion
increased 31% compared with 2003, primarily due to
significantly higher net revenues in credit products and
commodities, as well as improved performances in currencies and
mortgages. In addition, net revenues in interest rate products were
strong, but were lower compared with 2003. During 2004, FICC
operated in an environment generally characterized by strong
customer-driven activity, rising energy prices, narrow corporate
credit spreads and low, although rising, interest rates. The yield
curve remained steep in 2004, but flattened in the second half of
the year. Net revenues in Equities of $4.67 billion increased
9% compared with 2003, reflecting higher net revenues in our
customer franchise business, primarily due to increased activity in
shares and derivatives. In addition, net revenues were higher in
our principal strategies business. During 2004, Equities operated
in an environment characterized by improved customer-driven
activity, particularly early in the year, and generally higher
equity prices. However, volatility levels continued to decline
during 2004. Principal Investments recorded net revenues of $1.33 billion,
primarily due to an unrealized gain related to our
investment in the convertible preferred stock of SMFG of $771 million,
as well as gains and overrides from other corporate
principal investments.
Operating expenses of $8.29 billion
for 2004 increased 19% compared with 2003, primarily due to
increased compensation and benefits expenses resulting from higher
discretionary compensation and increased levels of employment.
Other expenses also increased, principally due to the acquisition
of consolidated investments and increased levels of business
activity. In addition, brokerage, clearing and exchange fees were
higher, reflecting higher transaction volumes in certain of our
businesses, professional fees increased, primarily due to higher
consulting and legal fees, and market development expenses
increased, primarily due to higher levels of business activity.
These increases were partially offset by lower amortization of
identifiable intangible assets, as 2003 included impairment charges
in respect of option specialist rights. In addition, occupancy
expenses decreased, primarily reflecting lower exit costs
associated with reductions in our global office space, and
depreciation and amortization expenses were lower. Pre-tax earnings
of $5.04 billion in 2004 increased 44% compared with 2003.
Asset Management and Securities Services
Our Asset Management and Securities
Services segment is divided into two components:
Assets under management typically
generate fees as a percentage of asset value. In certain
circumstances, we are also entitled to receive asset management
incentive fees based on a percentage of a funds return or when the
return on assets under management exceeds specified benchmark
returns or other performance targets. Incentive fees are recognized
when the performance period ends and they are no longer subject to
adjustment. We have numerous incentive fee arrangements, many of
which have annual performance periods that end on December 31
and are not subject to adjustment thereafter. For that reason,
incentive fees are seasonally weighted each year to our first
fiscal quarter. Depending on the level of net revenues in our first
fiscal quarter of 2006, these incentive fees may be material to the
results of operations in that quarter.
70
The following table sets forth the
operating results of our Asset Management and Securities Services
segment:
Asset Management and Securities Services Operating Results
Assets under management include our
mutual funds, alternative investment funds and separately managed
accounts for institutional and individual investors. Substantially
all assets under management are valued as of calendar month end.
The following table sets forth our
assets under management by asset class:
Assets Under Management by Asset Class
71
The following table sets forth a
summary of the changes in our assets under management:
Changes in Assets Under Management
2005 versus 2004.
Net revenues in
Asset Management and Securities Services of $4.75 billion for
2005 increased 23% compared with 2004. Asset Management net
revenues of $2.96 billion increased 16% compared with 2004,
primarily due to higher management fees, driven by growth in assets
under management. During 2005, assets under management increased
18% to $532 billion, reflecting net asset inflows of $63 billion
across all asset classes as well as market appreciation of
$17 billion, primarily in equity assets. Securities Services
net revenues of $1.79 billion for 2005 increased 38% compared
with 2004, primarily reflecting significantly higher global
customer balances in securities lending and margin lending.
Operating expenses of $3.07 billion
for 2005 increased 26% compared with 2004, primarily due to
increased compensation and benefits expenses resulting from higher
discretionary compensation and increased levels of employment.
Other expenses also increased and professional fees were higher,
principally due to increased consulting and legal fees. Pre-tax
earnings of $1.68 billion increased 18% compared with 2004.
2004 versus 2003.
Net revenues in
Asset Management and Securities Services of $3.85 billion for
2004 increased 35% compared with 2003. Asset Management net
revenues of $2.55 billion increased 38% compared with 2003,
primarily due to higher assets under management, significantly
higher incentive fees and a full year contribution from Ayco.
During 2004, assets under management increased 21% to $452 billion,
reflecting net asset inflows of $52 billion across all
asset classes, as well as market appreciation of $27 billion,
primarily in equity and fixed income assets. Securities Services
net revenues of $1.30 billion increased 29% compared with 2003,
primarily due to significantly higher customer balances in
securities lending and margin lending.
Operating expenses of $2.43 billion
for 2004 increased 29% compared with 2003, primarily due to
increased compensation and benefits expenses resulting from higher
discretionary compensation and increased levels of employment. In
addition, other expenses increased, principally due to higher
levels of business activity, including increased Asset Management
distribution costs. Professional fees were also higher, primarily
reflecting increased legal and consulting fees. These increases
were partially offset by lower depreciation and amortization and
occupancy expenses, primarily reflecting lower exit costs
associated with reductions in our global office space. Pre-tax
earnings of $1.42 billion increased 47% compared with 2003.
72
Geographic Data
For a
summary of the net revenues and pre-tax earnings of Goldman Sachs by
geographic region, see Note 16 to the consolidated financial
statements in Part II, Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements
We have various types of
off-balance-sheet arrangements that we enter into in the ordinary
course of business. Our involvement in these arrangements can take
many different forms, including purchasing or retaining residual
and other interests in mortgage-backed and other asset-backed
securitization vehicles; holding senior and subordinated debt,
interests in limited and general partnerships, and preferred and
common stock in other nonconsolidated vehicles; entering into
interest rate, foreign currency, equity, commodity and credit
derivatives; entering into operating leases; and providing
guarantees, indemnifications, loan commitments, letters of credit,
representations and warranties.
We enter into these arrangements for
a variety of business purposes, primarily related to the
securitization of commercial and residential mortgages, home equity
and auto loans, government and corporate bonds, and other types of
financial assets. Other reasons for entering into these
arrangements include underwriting client securitization
transactions; providing secondary market liquidity; making
investments in performing and nonperforming debt, equity, real
estate and other assets; providing investors with credit-linked and
asset-repackaged notes; and receiving or providing letters of
credit to satisfy margin requirements and to facilitate the
clearance and settlement process.
Variable interest entities (VIEs) and
qualifying special-purpose entities (QSPEs) are critical to the
functioning of several significant investor markets, including the
mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities markets, since
they provide market liquidity to financial assets by offering
investors access to specific cash flows and risks created through
the securitization process. Our financial interests in, and
derivative transactions with, such nonconsolidated entities are
accounted for at fair value, in the same manner as our other
financial instruments, except in cases where we exert significant
influence over an entity and apply the equity method of accounting.
73
The following table sets forth where
a discussion of these and other off-balance-sheet arrangements may
be found in Part II, Items 7 and 8 of the Annual Report on
Form 10-K:
In addition, see Note 2 to the
consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of the
Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of our
consolidation policies.
Capital and Funding
Capital
The amount of capital we hold is
principally determined by regulatory capital requirements, rating
agency guidelines, subsidiary capital requirements and our overall
risk profile, which is largely driven by the size and composition
of our trading and investing positions. Goldman Sachs total
capital (total shareholders equity and long-term borrowings)
increased 21% to $128.01 billion as of November 2005 compared
with $105.78 billion as of November 2004. See Risk
Management Liquidity Risk Cash Flows below for a
discussion of how we deployed capital raised as part of our
financing activities.
The increase in total capital
resulted primarily from an increase in long-term borrowings to
$100.01 billion as of November 2005 from $80.70 billion as
of November 2004. The weighted average maturity of our long-term
borrowings as of November 2005 was approximately seven years. We
swap a substantial portion of our long-term borrowings into U.S. dollar
obligations with short-term floating interest rates in
order to minimize our exposure to interest rates and foreign
exchange movements. See Note 5 to the consolidated financial
statements in Part II, Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K
for further information regarding our long-term
borrowings.
Over the past several years, our
ratio of long-term borrowings to total shareholders equity has
been increasing. The growth in our long-term borrowings has been
driven primarily by (i) our ability to replace a portion of our
short-term borrowings with long-term borrowings and pre-fund
near-term refinancing requirements, in light of the favorable debt
financing environment, and (ii) the need to increase total
capital in response to growth in our trading and investing
businesses.
74
Total shareholders equity increased
by 12% to $28.00 billion (common equity of $26.25 billion
and preferred stock of $1.75 billion) as of November 2005 from
$25.08 billion as of November 2004. During 2005, Goldman Sachs
issued 70,000 shares of preferred stock in three series as set
forth in the following table:
Preferred Stock by Series
Each share of preferred stock has a
par value of $0.01, has a liquidation preference of $25,000, is
represented by
Our stock repurchase program is
intended to help maintain our total shareholders equity at
appropriate levels and to substantially offset increases in share
count over time resulting from employee equity-based compensation.
The repurchase program has been effected primarily through regular
open-market purchases and is influenced by, among other factors,
the level of our common shareholders equity, our overall capital
position, employee equity awards granted and exercises of employee
stock options, the prevailing market price of our common stock and
general market conditions.
During 2005, we repurchased 63.7 million
shares of our common stock at a total cost of $7.11 billion,
and during 2004, we repurchased 18.7 million shares of
our common stock at a total cost of $1.81 billion. The average
price paid per share for repurchased shares was $111.57 and $96.29
for the years ended November 2005 and November 2004, respectively.
The increase in the level of repurchases in 2005 compared with 2004
primarily reflects our decision to manage the growth of our common
shareholders equity. In addition, to satisfy minimum statutory
employee tax withholding requirements related to the delivery of
shares underlying restricted stock units, we cancelled 1.6 million
restricted stock units at a total cost of $163 million
in 2005 and we cancelled 9.1 million restricted stock units at
a total cost of $870 million in 2004. As of November 2005, we
were authorized to repurchase up to 42.7 million additional
shares of stock pursuant to our repurchase program. For additional
information on our repurchase program, see Market for Registrants
Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of
Equity Securities in Part II, Item 5 of the Annual Report
on Form 10-K.
75
The following table sets forth
information on our assets, shareholders equity, leverage ratios
and book value per common share:
76
Short-Term Borrowings
Goldman Sachs obtains secured and
unsecured short-term borrowings primarily through the issuance of
promissory notes, commercial paper and bank loans. Short-term
borrowings also include the portion of long-term borrowings
maturing within one year of our financial statement date and
certain long-term borrowings that are redeemable within one year of
our financial statement date at the option of the holder.
The following table sets forth our
short-term borrowings by product:
Short-Term Borrowings
Our liquidity depends to an important
degree on our ability to refinance these borrowings on a continuous
basis. Investors who hold our outstanding promissory notes
(short-term unsecured debt that is nontransferable and in which
Goldman Sachs does not make a market) and commercial paper have no
obligation to purchase new instruments when the outstanding
instruments mature.
77
The following table sets forth our
secured and unsecured short-term borrowings:
A large portion of our secured
short-term borrowings are similar in nature to our other
collateralized financing sources such as securities sold under
agreements to repurchase. These secured short-term borrowings
provide Goldman Sachs with a more stable source of liquidity than
unsecured short-term borrowings, as they are less sensitive to
changes in our credit ratings due to underlying collateral. Our
unsecured short-term borrowings include extendible debt if the
earliest maturity occurs within one year of our financial statement
date. Extendible debt is debt that allows the holder the right to
extend the maturity date at predetermined periods during the
contractual life of the instrument. These borrowings can be, and in
the past generally have been, extended. See Risk Management
Liquidity Risk below for a discussion of the principal
liquidity policies we have in place to manage the liquidity risk
associated with our short-term borrowings. For a discussion of
factors that could impair our ability to access the capital
markets, see Certain Risk Factors That May Affect Our
Business above. See Note 4 to the consolidated financial
statements in Part II, Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K
for further information regarding our short-term
borrowings.
Credit Ratings
We rely upon the short-term and
long-term debt capital markets to fund a significant portion of our
day-to-day operations. The cost and availability of debt financing
is influenced by our credit ratings. Credit ratings are important
when we are competing in certain markets and when we seek to engage
in longer term transactions, including OTC derivatives. We believe
our credit ratings are primarily based on the credit rating
agencies assessment of our liquidity, market, credit and
operational risk management practices, the level and variability of
our earnings, our capital base, our franchise, reputation and
management, our corporate governance and the external operating
environment. See Certain Risk Factors That May Affect Our
Business above for a discussion of the risks associated with a
reduction in our credit ratings.
The following table sets forth our
unsecured credit ratings as of November 2005:
78
As of November 2005, collateral or
termination payments pursuant to bilateral agreements with certain
counterparties of approximately $384 million would have been
required in the event of a one-level reduction in our long-term
credit ratings. In evaluating our liquidity requirements, we
consider additional collateral or termination payments that would
be required in the event of further reductions in our long-term
credit ratings, as well as collateral that has not been called by
counterparties, but is available to them. For a further discussion
of our excess liquidity policies, see Risk Management
Liquidity Risk Excess Liquidity Maintenance of a Pool
of Highly Liquid Securities below.
Contractual Obligations and Contingent Commitments
Goldman Sachs has contractual
obligations to make future payments under long-term debt and
long-term noncancelable lease agreements and has contingent
commitments under a variety of commercial arrangements.
The following table sets forth our
contractual obligations as of November 2005:
Contractual Obligations
As of November 2005, our long-term
borrowings were $100.01 billion and consisted principally of
senior borrowings with maturities extending to 2035. These
long-term borrowings consisted of $15.67 billion in secured
long-term borrowings and $84.34 billion in unsecured long-term
borrowings. As of November 2005, long-term borrowings included
nonrecourse debt of $13.63 billion, consisting of $5.11 billion
issued by William Street Funding Corporation (a wholly
owned subsidiary of Group Inc. formed to raise funding to
support loan commitments to investment-grade clients made by
another wholly owned William Street entity), and $8.52 billion
issued by other consolidated entities, of which $1.33 billion
was related to our power generation facilities. Nonrecourse debt is
debt that only the issuing subsidiary or, if applicable, a
subsidiary guaranteeing the debt is obligated to repay. See Note 5
to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8
of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for further
information regarding our long-term borrowings.
79
The following table sets forth our
quarterly long-term borrowings maturity profile through fiscal 2011:
Long-Term Borrowings Maturity Profile
As of November 2005, our future
minimum rental payments, net of minimum sublease rentals, under
noncancelable leases were $4.00 billion. These lease
commitments, principally for office space, expire on various dates
through 2069. Certain agreements are subject to periodic escalation
provisions for increases in real estate taxes and other charges.
During our third fiscal quarter of
2005, we announced plans for a new world headquarters in New York
City, with initial occupancy scheduled for 2009, at an expected
cost of $2.3 billion to $2.5 billion. Goldman Sachs will
partially finance the project with tax-exempt Liberty Bonds. As of
November 2005, we borrowed approximately $1.4 billion through
the issuance of Liberty Bonds and may borrow up to an additional
$250 million through the issuance of additional Liberty Bonds before 2010. As of November 2005, we had
outstanding construction-related commitments of $47 million in
connection with this project. Included in our future minimum rental
payments under noncancelable lease agreements is $309 million
related to a 64-year ground lease for the land on which our world
headquarters will be constructed, of which $161 million is a
lump-sum payment due by June 2007. See Note 6 to the
consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of the
Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding
our leases.
Our occupancy expenses include costs
associated with office space held in excess of our current
requirements. This excess space, the cost of which is charged to
earnings as incurred, is being held for potential growth or to
replace currently occupied space that we may exit in the future. We
regularly evaluate our current and future space capacity in
relation to current and projected staffing levels. We may incur
exit costs in 2006 and thereafter to the extent we (i) reduce
our space capacity or (ii) commit to, or occupy, new properties
in the locations in which we operate and, consequently, dispose of
existing space that had been held for potential growth. These exit
costs may be material to our results of operations in a given
period.
80
The following table sets forth our
contingent commitments as of November 2005:
Contingent Commitments
Our commitments to extend credit are
agreements to lend to counterparties that have fixed termination
dates and are contingent on the satisfaction of all conditions to
borrowing set forth in the contract. In connection with our lending
activities, we had outstanding commitments of $61.12 billion as
of November 2005 compared with $27.72 billion as of November
2004. The increase primarily related to our commercial lending
activities outside the William Street credit extension program, and
such commitments were generally extended in connection with
contingent acquisition financing and other types of corporate
lending. Since these commitments may expire unused, the total
commitment amount does not necessarily reflect the actual future
cash flow requirements. We may reduce our credit risk on these
commitments by syndicating all or substantial portions of
commitments to other investors. In addition, commitments that are
extended for contingent acquisition financing are often short-term
in nature, as borrowers often replace them with other funding
sources. With respect to the William Street credit extension
program, substantially all of the commitments extended are to
investment-grade corporate borrowers. With respect to these
commitments, we have credit loss protection provided to us by SMFG,
which is generally limited to 95% of the first loss we realize on
approved loan commitments, subject to a maximum of $1.00 billion.
In addition, subject to the satisfaction of certain
conditions, upon our request, SMFG will provide protection for 70%
of the second loss on such commitments, subject to a maximum of
$1.13 billion. We also use other financial instruments to hedge
certain William Street commitments not covered by SMFG.
As of November 2005, we had
commitments to enter into forward secured financing transactions,
including certain repurchase and resale agreements and secured
borrowing and lending arrangements, of $49.93 billion.
See Note 6 to the consolidated
financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of the Annual
Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding our
commitments, contingencies and guarantees.
81
Regulation
During our second fiscal quarter of
2005, Goldman Sachs became regulated by the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC) as a Consolidated Supervised Entity
(CSE). As such, Goldman Sachs is subject to group-wide supervision
and examination by the SEC and is subject to minimum capital
requirements on a consolidated basis. As of November 2005, Goldman
Sachs was in compliance with the CSE capital requirements.
The European Unions European
Financial Groups Directive (Directive 2002/87/EC) introduced
certain changes to the way financial conglomerates and other
financial services organizations operating in Europe are regulated.
As a result of these changes, activities that are conducted in
otherwise unregulated entities are now subject to certain forms of
regulation, including consolidated supervision and capital adequacy
requirements. The measures we have taken to comply with the
directive include becoming regulated as a CSE.
In addition, many of our principal
subsidiaries are subject to separate regulation in the United
States and/or elsewhere. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Goldman Sachs
Execution & Clearing, L.P. are registered U.S. broker-dealers
and futures commissions merchants, and their primary
regulators include the SEC, the Commodity Futures Trading
Commission, the Chicago Board of Trade, the NYSE, the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and the National Futures
Association. Goldman Sachs International, a regulated U.K.
broker-dealer, is subject to regulation primarily by the Financial
Services Authority. Goldman Sachs (Japan) Ltd., a regulated
broker-dealer based in Tokyo, is subject to regulation by the
Financial Services Agency, the Tokyo Stock Exchange, the Osaka
Securities Exchange, The Tokyo International Financial Futures
Exchange, the Japan Securities Dealers Association, the Tokyo
Commodity Exchange, and the Ministry of Economy, Trade and
Industry. Several other subsidiaries of Goldman Sachs are regulated
by securities, investment advisory, banking, and other regulators
and authorities around the world, such as the Federal Financial
Supervisory Authority (BaFin) and the Bundesbank in Germany, the
Autorité des Marchés Financiers and Banque de France in France,
Banca dItalia and the Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la
Borsa (CONSOB) in Italy, the Swiss Federal Banking Commission,
the Securities and Futures Commission in Hong Kong, the Monetary
Authority of Singapore and the China Securities Regulatory
Commission. See Note 15 to the consolidated financial
statements in Part II, Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K
for further information regarding our regulated
subsidiaries. For a discussion of our potential inability to access
funds from our regulated entities, see Risk Management
Liquidity Risk Intercompany Funding below.
Risk Management
Management believes that effective
risk management is of primary importance to the success of Goldman
Sachs. Accordingly, we have a comprehensive risk management process
to monitor, evaluate and manage the principal risks we assume in
conducting our activities. These risks include market, credit,
liquidity, operational, legal and reputational exposures.
Risk Management Structure
We seek to monitor and control our
risk exposure through a variety of separate but complementary
financial, credit, operational, compliance and legal reporting
systems. In addition, a number of committees are responsible for
monitoring risk exposures and for general oversight of our risk
management process. These committees, whose responsibilities are
described below, meet regularly and consist of senior members of
both our revenue-producing units and departments that are
independent of our revenue-producing units.
82
Segregation of duties and management
oversight are fundamental elements of our risk management process.
In addition to the committees described below, functions that are
independent of the revenue-producing units, such as Compliance,
Finance, Legal, Management Controls (Internal Audit) and
Operations, perform risk management functions, which
include monitoring, analyzing and evaluating risk.
Management Committee.
All risk
control functions ultimately report to our Management Committee.
Through both direct and delegated authority, the Management
Committee approves all of our operating activities, trading risk
parameters and customer review guidelines.
Risk Committees.
The Firmwide Risk
Committee reviews the activities of existing businesses, approves
new businesses and products, approves firmwide and divisional
market risk limits, reviews business unit market risk limits,
approves market risk limits for selected sovereign markets and
business units, approves sovereign credit risk limits and credit
risk limits by ratings group, and reviews scenario analyses based
on abnormal or catastrophic market movements.
The Divisional Risk Committee sets
market risk limits for our trading activities subject to overall
firmwide risk limits, based on a number of measures, including
Value-at-Risk (VaR), stress tests and scenario analyses. Several
other committees oversee various risk, valuation, operational,
credit and business practice issues related to our asset management
business.
Business unit risk limits are
established by the various risk committees and may be further
allocated by the business unit managers to individual trading
desks. Trading desk managers have the first line of responsibility
for managing risk within prescribed limits. These managers have
in-depth knowledge of the primary sources of risk in their
respective markets and the instruments available to hedge their
exposures.
Market risk limits are monitored by
the Finance Division and are reviewed regularly by the appropriate
risk committee. Limit violations are reported to the appropriate
risk committee and business unit managers and addressed, as
necessary. Credit risk limits are also monitored by the Finance
Division and reviewed by the appropriate risk committee.
Business Practices Committee.
The
Business Practices Committee assists senior management in its
oversight of compliance, legal and operational risks and related
reputational concerns, such as potential conflicts of interest. The
Business
Practices Committee also reviews the firms business practices, policies, and
procedures for consistency with our business principles. The
Business
Practices Committee reviews these areas and makes recommendations for
improvements as necessary to mitigate potential risks and assist in
achieving adherence to our business principles.
Capital Committee.
The Capital
Committee reviews and approves transactions involving commitments
of our capital. Such capital commitments include extensions of
credit, alternative liquidity commitments, certain bond
underwritings, certain distressed debt and principal finance
activities, and certain equity-linked structured products. The
Capital Committee is also responsible for ensuring that business
and reputational standards for capital commitments are maintained
on a global basis.
Commitments Committee.
The
Commitments Committee reviews and approves underwriting and
distribution activities, primarily with respect to offerings of
equity and equity-related securities, and sets and maintains
policies and procedures designed to ensure that legal,
reputational, regulatory and business standards are maintained in
conjunction with these activities. In addition to reviewing
specific transactions, the Commitments Committee periodically
conducts strategic reviews of industry sectors and products and
establishes policies in connection with transaction practices.
Credit Policy Committee.
The Credit
Policy Committee establishes and reviews broad credit policies and
parameters that are implemented by the Credit Department.
83
Finance Committee.
The Finance
Committee establishes and ensures compliance with our liquidity
policies, approves balance sheet limits and has oversight
responsibility for liquidity risk, the size and composition of our
balance sheet and capital base, and our credit ratings. The Finance
Committee regularly reviews our balance sheet, funding position and
capitalization and makes adjustments in light of current events,
risks and exposures.
New Products Committee.
The New
Products Committee, under the oversight of the Firmwide Risk
Committee, is responsible for reviewing and approving new products
and businesses globally.
Operational Risk Committee.
The
Operational Risk Committee provides oversight of the ongoing
development and implementation of our operational risk policies,
framework and methodologies, and monitors the effectiveness of
operational risk management.
Structured Products Committee.
The
Structured Products Committee reviews and approves structured
product transactions entered into with our clients that raise
legal, regulatory, tax or accounting issues or present reputational
risk to Goldman Sachs.
Market Risk
The potential for changes in the
market value of our trading and investing positions is referred to
as market risk. Such positions result from market-making,
specialist, proprietary trading and investing, and underwriting
activities.
Categories of market risk include
exposures to interest rates, equity prices, currency rates and
commodity prices. A description of each market risk category is set
forth below:
We seek to manage these risks by
diversifying exposures, controlling position sizes and establishing
hedges in related securities or derivatives. For example, we may
hedge a portfolio of common stocks by taking an offsetting position
in a related equity-index futures contract. The ability to manage
an exposure may, however, be limited by adverse changes in the
liquidity of the security or the related hedge instrument and in
the correlation of price movements between the security and related
hedge instrument.
84
In addition to applying business
judgment, senior management uses a number of quantitative tools to
manage our exposure to market risk. These tools include:
VaR
VaR is the potential loss in value of
Goldman Sachs trading positions due to adverse market movements
over a defined time horizon with a specified confidence level.
For the VaR numbers reported below, a
one-day time horizon and a 95% confidence level were used. This
means that there is a 1 in 20 chance that daily trading net
revenues will fall below the expected daily trading net revenues by
an amount at least as large as the reported VaR. Thus, shortfalls
from expected trading net revenues on a single trading day greater
than the reported VaR would be anticipated to occur, on average,
about once a month. Shortfalls on a single day can exceed reported
VaR by significant amounts. Shortfalls can also accumulate over a
longer time horizon such as a number of consecutive trading days.
The VaR numbers below are shown
separately for interest rate, equity, currency and commodity
products, as well as for our overall trading positions. The VaR
numbers in each risk category include the underlying product
positions and related hedges that may include positions in other
product areas. For example, the hedge of a foreign exchange forward
may include an interest rate futures position, and the hedge of a
long corporate bond position may include a short position in the
related equity.
The modeling of the risk
characteristics of our trading positions involves a number of
assumptions and approximations. While management believes that
these assumptions and approximations are reasonable, there is no
standard methodology for estimating VaR, and different assumptions
and/or approximations could produce materially different VaR
estimates.
We use historical data to estimate
our VaR and, to better reflect current asset volatilities, we
generally weight historical data to give greater importance to more
recent observations. Given its reliance on historical data, VaR is
most effective in estimating risk exposures in markets in which
there are no sudden fundamental changes or shifts in market
conditions. An inherent limitation of VaR is that the distribution
of past changes in market risk factors may not produce accurate
predictions of future market risk. Different VaR methodologies and
distributional assumptions could produce a materially different
VaR. Moreover, VaR calculated for a one-day time horizon does not
fully capture the market risk of positions that cannot be
liquidated or offset with hedges within one day. Changes in VaR
between reporting periods are generally due to changes in levels of
exposure, volatilities and/or correlations among asset classes.
85
The following tables set forth the
daily VaR:
Average Daily VaR
(1)
Our average daily VaR increased to $70 million
in 2005 from $67 million in 2004. The increase was
primarily due to higher levels of exposure to commodity prices,
equity prices and interest rates, partially offset by reduced
exposures to currency rates, as well as reduced volatilities,
particularly in interest rate and equity assets.
Our average daily VaR increased to
$67 million in 2004 from $58 million in 2003, primarily
due to higher levels of exposure to equity prices, currency rates
and commodity prices, partially offset by reduced exposures to
interest rates, as well as reduced volatilities, particularly in
interest rate and equity assets.
Daily VaR
Our daily VaR increased to $83 million
as of November 2005 from $66 million as of November 2004.
The increase was primarily due to higher levels of exposure
to equity prices and interest rates, partially offset by reduced
exposures to commodity prices and currency rates, as well as
reduced volatilities in equity, currency and commodity assets.
86
The following chart presents our
daily VaR during 2005:
Daily VaR
Trading Net Revenues Distribution
Substantially all of our
inventory positions are marked-to-market on a daily basis and
changes are recorded in net revenues. The following chart sets
forth the frequency distribution of our daily trading net
revenues for substantially all inventory positions included in
VaR for the year ended November 2005:
Daily Trading Net Revenues
Daily Trading Net
Revenues
As part of our overall risk
control process, daily trading net revenues are compared with
VaR calculated as of the end of the prior business day. Trading
losses incurred on a single day did not exceed our 95% one-day
VaR during 2005.
87
Other Debt Portfolios
The market risk associated with
portfolios in our credit products business that cannot be properly
measured in VaR (primarily due to inadequate historical data on the
underlying assets in the aggregate) is measured based on a
potential 10% decline in the asset value of such portfolios. The
market values of the underlying positions are sensitive to changes
in a number of factors, including discount rates and the projected
timing and amount of future cash flows. As of November 2005, the
potential impact of a 10% decline in the asset value of these
portfolios was $669 million compared with $416 million as
of November 2004. The increase in 2005 is primarily due to new
investments in the Americas and Asia.
Nontrading Risk
SMFG.
The market risk of our
investment in the convertible preferred stock of SMFG, net of the
economic hedge on the unrestricted shares of common stock
underlying a portion of our investment, is measured using a
sensitivity analysis that estimates the potential reduction in our
net revenues associated with a 10% decline in the SMFG common stock
price. As of November 2005, the sensitivity of our investment to a
10% decline in the SMFG common stock price was $262 million
compared with $236 million as of November 2004. The change is
primarily due to an increase in the SMFG common stock price and, to
a lesser extent, the impact of the passage of time in respect of
the transfer restrictions on the underlying common stock, partially
offset by the effect of hedging the unrestricted shares of common
stock underlying our investment. This sensitivity should not be
extrapolated to other movements in the SMFG common stock price, as
the relationship between the fair value of our investment and the
SMFG common stock price is nonlinear.
Other Principal Investments.
The
market risk for financial instruments in our nontrading portfolio,
including our merchant banking investments but excluding our
investment in the convertible preferred stock of SMFG, is measured
using a sensitivity analysis that estimates the potential reduction
in our net revenues associated with a 10% decline in equity
markets. This sensitivity analysis is based on certain assumptions
regarding the relationship between changes in stock price indices
and changes in the fair value of the individual financial
instruments in our nontrading portfolio. Different assumptions
could produce materially different risk estimates. As of November 2005,
the sensitivity of our nontrading portfolio (excluding
our investment in the convertible preferred stock of SMFG) to a 10%
equity market decline was $181 million compared with $118 million
as of November 2004, primarily reflecting new private
investments.
Credit Risk
Credit risk represents the loss that
we would incur if a counterparty or an issuer of securities or
other instruments we hold fails to perform under its contractual
obligations to us, or upon a deterioration in the credit quality of
third parties whose securities or obligations we hold. To reduce
our credit exposures, we seek to enter into netting agreements with
counterparties that permit us to offset receivables and payables
with such counterparties. In addition, we attempt to further reduce
credit risk with certain counterparties by (i) entering into
agreements that enable us to obtain collateral from a counterparty
or to terminate or reset the terms of transactions after specified
time periods or upon the occurrence of credit-related events, (ii) seeking
third-party guarantees of the counterpartys
obligations, and/or (iii) using credit derivatives and other
structures and techniques.
For most businesses, counterparty
credit limits are established by the Credit Department, which is
independent of the revenue-producing departments, based on
guidelines set by the Firmwide Risk Committee and the Credit Policy
Committee. For most products, we measure and limit credit exposures
by reference to both current and potential exposure. We typically
measure potential exposure based on projected worst-case market
movements over the life of a transaction within a 95% confidence
interval. For collateralized transactions, we also evaluate
potential exposure over a shorter collection period, and give
effect to the value of collateral received. We further seek to
measure credit exposure through the use of scenario analyses,
stress tests and other quantitative
88
tools. Our global credit
management systems monitor current and potential credit exposure to
individual counterparties and on an aggregate basis to
counterparties and their affiliates. These systems also provide
management, including the Firmwide Risk and Credit Policy
Committees, with information regarding overall credit risk by
product, industry sector, country and region.
As of both November 2005 and November
2004, we held U.S. government and federal agency obligations
that represented 7% and 5% of our total assets, respectively. In
addition, most of our securities purchased under agreements to
resell are collateralized by U.S. government, federal agency
and other sovereign obligations. As of November 2005 and November
2004, we did not have credit exposure to any other counterparty
that exceeded 5% of our total assets. However, over the past
several years, the amount and duration of our credit exposures have
been increasing, due to, among other factors, the growth of our
lending and OTC derivative activities. A further discussion of our
derivative activities follows below.
Derivatives
Derivative contracts are instruments,
such as futures, forwards, swaps or option contracts, that derive
their value from underlying assets, indices, reference rates or a
combination of these factors. Derivative instruments may be
privately negotiated contracts, which are often referred to as OTC
derivatives, or they may be listed and traded on an exchange.
Substantially all of our derivative
transactions are entered into for trading purposes, to facilitate
client transactions, to take proprietary positions or as a means of
risk management. In addition to derivative transactions entered
into for trading purposes, we enter into derivative contracts to
hedge our net investment in non-U.S. operations and to manage
the interest rate and currency exposure on our long-term borrowings
and certain short-term borrowings.
Derivatives are used in many of our
businesses, and we believe that the associated market risk can only
be understood relative to all of the underlying assets or risks
being hedged, or as part of a broader trading strategy.
Accordingly, the market risk of derivative positions is managed
together with our nonderivative positions.
Fair values of our derivative
contracts are reflected net of cash paid or received pursuant to
credit support agreements and are reported on a net-by-counterparty
basis in our consolidated statements of financial condition when
management believes a legal right of setoff exists under an
enforceable netting agreement. For an OTC derivative, our credit
exposure is directly with our counterparty and continues until the
maturity or termination of such contract.
The following table sets forth the
distribution, by credit rating, of substantially all of our
exposure with respect to OTC derivatives as of November 2005, after
taking into consideration the effect of netting agreements. The
categories shown reflect our internally determined public rating
agency equivalents.
Over-the-Counter Derivative Credit Exposure
89
The following tables set forth our
OTC derivative credit exposure, net of collateral, by remaining
contractual maturity:
Exposure Net of Collateral
Derivative transactions may also
involve legal risks including the risk that they are not authorized
or appropriate for a counterparty, that documentation has not been
properly executed or that executed agreements may not be
enforceable against the counterparty. We attempt to minimize these
risks by obtaining advice of counsel on the enforceability of
agreements as well as on the authority of a counterparty to effect
the derivative transaction. In addition, certain derivative
transactions involve the risk that we may have difficulty
obtaining, or be unable to obtain, the underlying security or
obligation in order to satisfy any physical settlement requirement
or that the derivative may have been assigned to a different
counterparty without our knowledge or consent.
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity is of critical importance
to companies in the financial services sector. Most failures of
financial institutions have occurred in large part due to
insufficient liquidity resulting from adverse circumstances.
Accordingly, Goldman Sachs has in place a comprehensive set of
liquidity and funding policies that are intended to maintain
significant flexibility to address both firm-specific and broader
industry or market liquidity events. Our principal objective is to
be able to fund Goldman Sachs and to enable our core businesses to
continue to generate revenue even under adverse circumstances.
Management has implemented a number
of policies according to the following liquidity risk management
framework:
90
Excess Liquidity
Maintenance of a Pool of Highly
Liquid Securities.
Our most important liquidity policy is to
pre-fund what we estimate will be our likely cash needs during a
liquidity crisis and hold such excess liquidity in the form of
unencumbered, highly liquid securities that may be sold or pledged
to provide same-day liquidity. This Global Core Excess liquidity
is intended to allow us to meet immediate obligations without
needing to sell other assets or depend on additional funding from
credit-sensitive markets. We believe that this pool of excess
liquidity provides us with a resilient source of funds and gives us
significant flexibility in managing through a difficult funding
environment. Our Global Core Excess reflects the following
principles:
The following table sets forth the
average loan value (the estimated amount of cash that would be
advanced by counterparties against these securities) of our Global
Core Excess:
The U.S. dollar-denominated
excess is comprised of only unencumbered U.S. government and
agency securities and highly liquid mortgage securities, all of
which are Federal Reserve repo-eligible, as well as overnight cash
deposits. Our non-U.S. dollar-denominated excess is comprised
of only unencumbered French, German, United Kingdom and Japanese
government bonds and euro, British pound and Japanese yen overnight
cash deposits. We strictly limit our Global Core Excess to this
narrowly defined list of securities and cash that we believe are
highly liquid, even in a difficult funding environment.
The majority of our Global Core
Excess is structured such that it is available to meet the
liquidity requirements of our parent company, Group Inc., and all
of its subsidiaries. The remainder is held in our principal non-U.S. operating
entities, primarily to better match the currency and
timing requirements for those entities potential liquidity
obligations.
91
The size of our Global Core Excess is
determined by an internal liquidity model together with a
qualitative assessment of the condition of the financial markets
and of Goldman Sachs. Our liquidity model identifies and estimates
cash and collateral outflows over a short-term horizon in a
liquidity crisis, including, but not limited to:
Other Unencumbered Assets.
In
addition to our Global Core Excess described above, we have a
significant amount of other unencumbered securities as a result of
our business activities. These assets, which are located in the
United States, Europe and Asia, include other government bonds,
high-grade money market securities, corporate bonds and marginable
equities. We do not include these securities in our Global Core
Excess.
We maintain Global Core Excess and
other unencumbered assets in an amount that, if pledged or sold,
would provide the funds necessary to replace at least 110% of our
unsecured obligations that are scheduled to mature (or where
holders have the option to redeem) within the next 12 months.
This implies that we could fund our positions on a secured basis
for one year in the event we were unable to issue new unsecured
debt or liquidate assets. We assume conservative loan values that
are based on stress-scenario borrowing capacity and we regularly
review these assumptions asset-by-asset. The estimated aggregate
loan value of our Global Core Excess and our other unencumbered
assets averaged $125.36 billion in 2005 and $100.51 billion
in 2004.
Asset-Liability Management
Asset Quality and Balance Sheet
Composition.
We seek to maintain a highly liquid balance sheet and
substantially all of our inventory is marked-to-market daily. We
utilize aged inventory limits for certain financial instruments as
a disincentive to our businesses to hold inventory over longer
periods of time. We believe that these limits provide a
complementary mechanism for ensuring appropriate balance sheet
liquidity in addition to our standard position limits. In addition,
we periodically reduce the size of certain parts of our balance
sheet to comply with period end limits set by management. Because
of these periodic reductions and certain other factors including
seasonal activity, market conventions and periodic market
opportunities in certain of our businesses that result in larger
positions during the middle of our reporting periods, our balance
sheet fluctuates between financial statement dates and is lower at
fiscal period end than would be observed on an average basis. Over
the last six quarters, our total assets and adjusted assets at
quarter end have been, on average, 9% and 11% lower, respectively,
than amounts that would have been observed, based on a weekly
average, over that period. These differences, however, have not
resulted in material changes to our credit risk, market risk or
liquidity position because they are generally in highly liquid
assets that are typically financed on a secured basis.
92
Certain financial instruments may be
more difficult to fund on a secured basis during times of market
stress and, accordingly, we generally hold higher levels of capital
for these assets than more liquid types of financial instruments.
The table below sets forth our aggregate holdings in these
categories of financial instruments:
A large portion of these assets are
funded on a secured basis through secured funding markets or
nonrecourse financing. We focus on demonstrating a consistent
ability to fund these assets on a secured basis for extended
periods of time to reduce refinancing risk and to help ensure that
these assets have an established amount of loan value in order that
they can be funded in periods of market stress.
See Note 3 to the consolidated
financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of the Annual
Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding the
financial instruments we hold.
Appropriate Financing of Asset Base.
We seek to manage the maturity profile of our funding base such
that we should be able to liquidate our assets prior to our
liabilities coming due, even in times of prolonged or severe
liquidity stress. We generally do not rely on immediate sales of
assets (other than our Global Core Excess) to maintain liquidity in
a distressed environment. However, we recognize that orderly asset
sales may be prudent and necessary in a persistent liquidity crisis.
In order to avoid reliance on asset
sales, our goal is to ensure that we have sufficient total capital
(long-term borrowings plus total shareholders equity) to fund our
balance sheet for at least one year. We seek to maintain total
capital in excess of the aggregate of the following long-term
financing requirements:
Our total capital of $128.01 billion
and $105.78 billion as of November 2005 and November 2004,
respectively, exceeded the aggregate of these
requirements.
93
Conservative Liability Structure.
We
structure our liabilities conservatively to reduce refinancing risk
as well as the risk that we may redeem or repurchase certain of our
borrowings prior to their contractual maturity. For example, we may
repurchase Goldman Sachs commercial paper through the ordinary
course of business as a market maker. As such, we emphasize the use
of promissory notes (in which Goldman Sachs does not make a market)
over commercial paper in order to improve the stability of our
short-term unsecured financing base. We have also created internal
guidelines regarding the principal amount of debt maturing on any
one day or during any single week or year and have average maturity
targets for our unsecured debt programs.
We seek to maintain broad and
diversified funding sources globally for both secured and unsecured
funding. We have imposed various internal guidelines, including the
amount of our commercial paper that can be owned and letters of
credit that can be issued by any single investor or group of
investors. We benefit from distributing our debt issuances through
our own sales force to a large, diverse global creditor base and we
believe that our relationships with our creditors are critical to
our liquidity.
We access funding in a variety of
markets in the United States, Europe and Asia. We issue debt
through syndicated U.S. registered offerings, U.S. registered
and 144A medium-term note programs, offshore medium-term
note offerings and other bond offerings, U.S. and non-U.S. commercial
paper and promissory note issuances, and other methods.
We make extensive use of the repurchase agreement and securities
lending markets and arrange for letters of credit to be issued on
our behalf.
Additionally, unsecured debt issued
by Group Inc. does not contain provisions that would, based solely
upon an adverse change in our credit ratings, financial ratios,
earnings, cash flows or our stock price, trigger a requirement for
an early payment, collateral support, change in terms, acceleration
of maturity or the creation of an additional financial obligation.
Intercompany Funding
Subsidiary Funding Policies.
Substantially all of our unsecured funding is raised by our parent
company, Group Inc. The parent company then lends the necessary
funds to its subsidiaries, some of which are regulated, to meet
their asset financing and capital requirements. In addition, the
parent company provides its regulated subsidiaries with the
necessary capital to meet their regulatory requirements. The
benefits of this approach to subsidiary funding include enhanced
control and greater flexibility to meet the funding requirements of
our subsidiaries.
Our intercompany funding policies are
predicated on an assumption that, unless legally provided for,
funds or securities are not freely available from a subsidiary to
its parent company or other subsidiaries. In particular, many of
our subsidiaries are subject to laws that authorize regulatory
bodies to block or limit the flow of funds from those subsidiaries
to Group Inc. Regulatory action of that kind could impede access to
funds that Group Inc. needs to make payments on obligations,
including debt obligations. As such, we assume that capital or
other financing provided to our regulated subsidiaries is not
available to our parent company or other subsidiaries. In addition,
we assume that the Global Core Excess held in our principal non-U.S. operating
entities will not be available to our parent company
or other subsidiaries and therefore is available only to meet the
potential liquidity requirements of those entities.
We also manage our intercompany
exposure by requiring senior and subordinated intercompany loans to
have maturities equal to or shorter than the maturities of the
aggregate borrowings of the parent company. This policy ensures
that the subsidiaries obligations to the parent company will
generally mature in advance of the parent companys third-party
borrowings. In addition, many of our subsidiaries and affiliates
pledge collateral at loan value to the parent company to cover
their intercompany borrowings (other than subordinated debt) in
order to mitigate parent company liquidity risk.
94
Equity investments in subsidiaries
are generally funded with parent company equity capital. As of
November 2005, Group Inc.s equity investment in subsidiaries was
$25.26 billion compared with its total shareholders equity of
$28.00 billion.
Group Inc. has provided substantial
amounts of equity and subordinated indebtedness, directly or
indirectly, to its regulated subsidiaries; for example, as of
November 2005, Group Inc. had $17.04 billion of such equity and
subordinated indebtedness invested in Goldman, Sachs & Co., its
principal U.S. registered broker-dealer; $16.06 billion
invested in Goldman Sachs International, a regulated U.K.
broker-dealer; $2.41 billion invested in Goldman Sachs Execution &
Clearing, L.P., a U.S. registered broker-dealer; and
$1.98 billion invested in Goldman Sachs (Japan) Ltd., a
regulated broker-dealer based in Tokyo. Group Inc. also had $44.52 billion
of unsubordinated loans to these entities as of
November 2005, as well as significant amounts of capital invested
in and loans to its other regulated subsidiaries.
Subsidiary Foreign Exchange Policies.
Our capital invested in non-U.S. subsidiaries is generally
exposed to foreign exchange risk, substantially all of which is
hedged. In addition, we generally hedge the nontrading exposure to
foreign exchange risk that arises from transactions denominated in
currencies other than the transacting entitys functional currency.
Crisis Planning
In order to be prepared for a
liquidity event, or a period of market stress, we base our
liquidity risk management framework and our resulting funding and
liquidity policies on conservative stress-scenario planning.
In addition, we maintain a liquidity
crisis plan that specifies an approach for analyzing and responding
to a liquidity-threatening event. The plan provides the framework
to estimate the likely impact of a liquidity event on Goldman Sachs
based on some of the risks identified above and outlines which and
to what extent liquidity maintenance activities should be
implemented based on the severity of the event. It also lists the
crisis management team and internal and external parties to be
contacted to ensure effective distribution of information.
Cash Flows
As a global financial institution,
our cash flows are complex and interrelated and bear little
relation to our net earnings and net assets and, consequently, we
believe that traditional cash flow analysis is less meaningful in
evaluating our liquidity position than the excess liquidity and
asset-liability management policies described above. Cash flow
analysis may, however, be helpful in highlighting certain macro
trends and strategic initiatives in our business.
Year Ended November 2005.
Our cash
and cash equivalents increased by $5.90 billion to $10.26 billion
at the end of 2005. We raised $19.37 billion in net
cash from financing activities, primarily in long-term debt, in
light of the favorable debt financing environment, partially offset
by common stock repurchases. We used net cash of $13.48 billion
in our operating and investing activities, primarily to capitalize
on trading and investing opportunities for ourselves and our
clients.
Year Ended November 2004.
Our cash
and cash equivalents decreased by $2.72 billion to $4.37 billion
at the end of 2004. We raised $31.75 billion in net
cash from financing activities, primarily in long-term debt, in
light of the favorable debt financing environment. We used net cash
of $34.47 billion in our operating and investing activities,
primarily to capitalize on trading and investing opportunities for
ourselves and our clients, to meet additional collateral
requirements at securities exchanges and clearing organizations and
to provide additional funding support for our William Street loan
commitments program.
95
Year Ended November 2003.
Our cash
and cash equivalents increased by $2.27 billion to $7.09 billion
at the end of 2003. We raised $20.58 billion in net
cash from financing activities, primarily in long-term debt. We
used net cash of $18.32 billion in our operating and investing
activities primarily to capitalize on opportunities in our trading
and principal investing businesses, including the purchase of
investments that could be difficult to fund in periods of market
stress. We also increased our Global Core Excess, provided funding
support for our William Street loan commitments program, invested
in the convertible preferred stock of SMFG and financed the
acquisition of East Coast Power L.L.C.
Operational Risk
Operational risk relates to the risk
of loss arising from shortcomings or failures in internal
processes, people or systems, and from external events. Operational
risk can arise from many factors ranging from routine processing
errors to potentially costly incidents arising, for example, from
major systems failures. Operational risk may also cause
reputational harm. Thus, efforts to identify, manage and mitigate
operational risk must be equally sensitive to the risk of
reputational damage as well as the risk of financial loss.
We manage operational risk through
the application of long-standing, but continuously evolving,
firmwide control standards: the training, supervision and
development of our people; the active participation and commitment
of senior management in a continuous process of identifying and
mitigating key operational risks across the firm; and a framework
of strong and independent control departments that monitor
operational risk on a daily basis. Together, these elements form a
strong firmwide control culture that serves as the foundation of
our efforts to minimize events that create operational risk and the
damage they can cause.
The Operational Risk Department, an
independent risk management function, is responsible for developing
and implementing a standardized framework to identify, measure,
monitor and manage operational risk across the firm. This
framework, which evolves with the changing needs of our businesses
and regulatory guidance, takes into account internal and external
operational risk events, business environment and internal control
factors, the ongoing analysis of business-specific risk metrics and
the use of scenario analysis. While individual business units have
direct responsibility for the control and mitigation of operational
risk, this framework provides a consistent methodology for
identifying and monitoring operational risk factors at the business
unit and firmwide level.
Recent Accounting Developments
In December 2004, the Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued a revision to SFAS No. 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, SFAS No. 123-R,
Share-Based Payment. SFAS No. 123-R
establishes standards of accounting for transactions in which an
entity exchanges its equity instruments for goods and services. SFAS No. 123-R
focuses primarily on accounting for transactions
in which an entity obtains employee services in share-based payment
transactions. Two key differences between SFAS No. 123 and
SFAS No. 123-R relate to attribution of compensation costs
to reporting periods and accounting for award forfeitures. SFAS No. 123-R
generally requires the immediate expensing of
equity-based awards granted to retirement-eligible employees.
However, awards granted subject to a substantive non-compete
agreement are generally expensed over the non-compete period. SFAS No. 123-R
also requires expected forfeitures to be
included in determining stock-based employee compensation expense.
See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II,
Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, Significant
Accounting Policies Stock-Based Compensation for a
discussion of how we currently account for equity-based awards
granted to retirement-eligible employees and forfeitures. We will
adopt SFAS No. 123-R in the first quarter of fiscal 2006.
Management is currently evaluating the effect of adoption of SFAS No. 123-R
on our results of operations with respect to
awards granted to retirement-eligible employees that are subject to
a non-compete agreement.
96
The following table sets forth the
pro forma net earnings that would have been reported for each year
if equity-based awards granted to retirement-eligible employees had
been expensed over the non-compete period and if expected
forfeitures had been accrued as required by SFAS No. 123-R:
In June 2005, the EITF reached
consensus on Issue No. 04-5, Determining Whether a General
Partner, or the General Partners as a Group, Controls a Limited
Partnership or Similar Entity When the Limited Partners Have
Certain Rights, which requires general partners (or managing
members in the case of limited liability companies) to consolidate
their partnerships or to provide limited partners with rights to
remove the general partner or to terminate the partnership. Goldman
Sachs, as the general partner of numerous merchant banking and
asset management partnerships, is required to adopt the provisions
of EITF 04-5 (i) immediately for partnerships formed or
modified after June 29, 2005 and (ii) in the first quarter
of fiscal 2007 for partnerships formed on or before June 29,
2005 that have not been modified. We generally expect to provide
limited partners in these funds with rights to remove Goldman Sachs
or rights to terminate the partnerships and, therefore, do not
expect that EITF 04-5 will have a material effect on our
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Quantitative and qualitative
disclosure about market risk is set forth under Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Risk Management in Part II, Item 7 of the
Annual Report on Form 10-K.
97
INDEX
98
Managements Report on Internal Control over
Management of The Goldman Sachs
Group, Inc., together with its consolidated subsidiaries (the
firm), is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate
internal control over financial reporting. The firms internal
control over financial reporting is a process designed under the
supervision of the firms principal executive and principal
financial officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the
firms financial statements for external reporting purposes in
accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
As of the end of the firms 2005
fiscal year, management conducted an assessment of the
effectiveness of the firms internal control over financial
reporting based on the framework established in
Internal Control
Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this
assessment, management has determined that the firms internal
control over financial reporting as of November 25, 2005 was
effective.
Our internal control over financial
reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and
fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide
reasonable assurances that transactions are recorded as necessary
to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that
receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with
authorizations of management and the directors of the firm; and
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the
firms assets that could have a material effect on our financial
statements.
Managements assessment of the
effectiveness of the firms internal control over financial
reporting as of November 25, 2005 has been audited by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public
accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing on pages 100
and 101, which expresses unqualified opinions on managements
assessment and on the effectiveness of the firms internal control
over financial reporting as of November 25, 2005.
99
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and the Shareholders of
We have completed integrated audits
of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.s 2005 and 2004 consolidated
financial statements and of its internal control over financial
reporting as of November 25, 2005 and an audit of its 2003
consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards
of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
Our opinions on The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.s 2005, 2004, and 2003
consolidated financial statements and on its internal control over
financial reporting as of November 25, 2005, based on our
audits, are presented below.
Consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule
In our opinion, the consolidated
financial statements listed in the accompanying index present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The
Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) at
November 25, 2005 and November 26, 2004, and the results of
its operations and its cash flows for each of the three fiscal
years in the period ended November 25, 2005 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement
schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all
material respects, the information set forth therein when read in
conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.
These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is
to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial
statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of
these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Internal control over financial reporting
Also, in our opinion, managements
assessment, included in Managements Report on Internal Control
over Financial Reporting appearing on page 99, that the Company
maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as
of November 25, 2005 based on criteria established in
Internal
Control Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), is
fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those criteria.
Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all
material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of November 25, 2005, based on criteria
established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework
issued
by the COSO. The Companys management is responsible for
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and
for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on
managements assessment and on the effectiveness of the Companys
internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We
conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in
accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we
plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control
over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, evaluating managements
assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating
effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other
procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.
100
A companys internal control over
financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A
companys internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of
records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect
the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as
necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that
receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the companys assets that could have a material
effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations,
internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness
to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ P
ricewaterhouse
C
oopers
LLP
New York, New York
101
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
102
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
103
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
104
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
105
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
106
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (Group
Inc.), a Delaware corporation, together with its consolidated
subsidiaries (collectively, the firm), is a leading global
investment banking, securities and investment management firm that
provides a wide range of services worldwide to a substantial and
diversified client base that includes corporations, financial
institutions, governments and high-net-worth individuals.
The firms activities are divided
into three segments:
Basis of Presentation
These consolidated financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles that require management to make certain
estimates and assumptions. The most important of these estimates
and assumptions relate to fair value measurements, the accounting
for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets and the provision
for potential losses that may arise from litigation and regulatory
proceedings and tax audits. Although these and other estimates and
assumptions are based on the best available information, actual
results could be materially different from these estimates.
These consolidated financial
statements include the accounts of Group Inc. and all other
entities in which the firm has a controlling financial interest.
All material intercompany transactions and balances have been
eliminated.
The firm determines whether it has a
controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating
whether the entity is a voting interest entity, a variable interest
entity (VIE) or a qualifying special-purpose entity (QSPE) under
generally accepted accounting principles.
107
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
condition
for a controlling financial interest in an entity is ownership of a majority voting
interest. Accordingly, the firm consolidates voting interest entities in which it
has a majority voting interest.
The firm determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE by first performing a
qualitative analysis of the VIE that includes a review of, among other factors, its capital
structure, contractual terms, which interests create or absorb variability, related party
relationships and the design of the VIE. Where qualitative analysis is not conclusive, the
firm performs a quantitative analysis. For purposes of allocating a VIEs expected losses
and expected residual returns to its variable interest holders, the firm utilizes the top
down method. Under that method, the firm calculates its share of the VIEs expected losses
and expected residual returns using the specific cash flows that would be allocated to it,
based on contractual arrangements and/or the firms position in the capital structure of the
VIE, under various probability-weighted scenarios.
108
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP,
INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
Unless otherwise stated herein, all
references to November 2005, November 2004 and November 2003 refer
to the firms fiscal years ended, or the dates, as the context
requires, November 25, 2005, November 26, 2004 and November 28,
2003, respectively. Certain reclassifications have been
made to previously reported amounts to conform to the current
presentation.
Revenue Recognition
Investment Banking.
Underwriting
revenues and fees from mergers and acquisitions and other financial
advisory assignments are recognized in the consolidated statements
of earnings when the services related to the underlying transaction
are completed under the terms of the engagement. Expenses
associated with such transactions are deferred until the related
revenue is recognized or the engagement is otherwise concluded.
Underwriting revenues are presented net of related expenses.
Expenses associated with financial advisory transactions are
recorded as non-compensation expenses, net of client reimbursements.
Financial Instruments.
Total
financial instruments owned, at fair value and Financial
instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value are
reflected in the consolidated statements of financial condition on
a trade-date basis and consist of financial instruments carried at
fair value or amounts that approximate fair value, with related
unrealized gains or losses recognized in the consolidated
statements of earnings. The fair value of a financial instrument is
the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current
transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or
liquidation sale.
In determining fair value, the firm
separates its financial instruments into three categories
cash (i.e., nonderivative) trading instruments, derivative
contracts and principal investments.
Certain cash trading instruments trade infrequently and have little or no price
transparency. Such instruments may include certain high-yield debt, corporate bank loans,
mortgage whole loans and distressed debt. The firm values these instruments initially at
cost and generally does not adjust valuations unless there is substantive evidence
supporting a change in the value of the underlying instrument or valuation assumptions (such
as similar market transactions, changes in financial ratios or changes in the credit ratings
of the underlying companies). Where there is evidence supporting a change in the value, the
firm uses valuation methodologies such as the present value of known or estimated cash flows.
Cash trading instruments owned by the firm (long positions) are marked to bid prices and
instruments sold but not yet purchased (short positions) are marked to offer prices. If
liquidating a position is expected to affect its prevailing market price, the valuation is
adjusted generally based on market evidence or predetermined policies. In certain
circumstances, such as for highly illiquid positions, managements estimates are used to
determine this adjustment.
109
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP,
INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
determined from quoted market prices. OTC
derivatives are valued using valuation models. The firm uses a variety of valuation
models including the present value of known or estimated cash flows and
option-pricing models. The valuation models used to derive the fair values of the
firms OTC derivatives require inputs including contractual terms, market prices,
yield curves, credit curves, measures of volatility, prepayment rates and
correlations of such inputs. The selection of a model to value an OTC derivative
depends upon the contractual terms of, and specific risks inherent in, the
instrument as well as the availability of pricing information in the market. The
firm generally uses similar models to value similar instruments. Where possible, the
firm verifies the values produced by its pricing models to market transactions. For
OTC derivatives that trade in liquid markets, such as generic forwards, swaps and
options, model selection does not involve significant judgment because market prices
are readily available. For OTC derivatives that trade in less liquid markets, model
selection requires more judgment because such instruments tend to be more complex
and pricing information is less available in these markets. Price
transparency is inherently more limited for more complex structures
because they often combine one or more product types, requiring
additional inputs such as correlations and volatilities. As markets continue to
develop and more pricing information becomes available, the firm continues to review
and refine the models it uses.
At the inception of an OTC derivative contract (day one), the firm values the contract at
the model value if the firm can verify all of the significant model inputs to observable
market data and verify the model to market transactions. When appropriate, valuations are
adjusted to reflect various factors such as liquidity, bid/offer spreads and credit
considerations. These adjustments are generally based on market evidence or predetermined
policies. In certain circumstances, such as for highly illiquid positions, managements
estimates are used to determine these adjustments.
Where the firm cannot verify all of the significant model inputs to observable market data
and verify the model to market transactions, the firm values the contract at the transaction
price at inception and, consequently, records no day one gain or loss in accordance with
Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 02-3, Issues Involved in Accounting for
Derivative Contracts Held for Trading Purposes and Contracts Involved in Energy Trading and
Risk Management Activities.
Following day one, the firm adjusts the inputs to its valuation models only to the extent
that changes in these inputs can be verified by similar market transactions, third-party
pricing services and/or broker quotes, or can be derived from other substantive evidence
such as empirical market data. In circumstances where the firm cannot verify the model to
market transactions, it is possible that a different valuation model could produce a
materially different estimate of fair value.
The firms private principal investments, by their nature, have little or no price
transparency. Such investments are initially carried at cost as an approximation of fair
value. Adjustments to carrying value are made if there are third-party transactions
evidencing a change in value. Downward adjustments are also made, in the absence of
third-party transactions, if it is determined that the expected realizable value of the
investment is less than the carrying value. In reaching that determination, many factors are
considered including, but not limited to, the operating cash flows and financial performance
of the companies or properties relative to budgets or projections, trends within sectors
and/or regions, underlying business
110
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP,
INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
models, expected exit timing and strategy, and any
specific rights or terms associated with the investment, such as conversion features and
liquidation preferences.
The firms public principal investments, which tend to be large, concentrated holdings that
result from initial public offerings or other corporate transactions, are valued using
quoted market prices discounted based on predetermined written policies for
nontransferability and illiquidity.
The firms investment in the convertible preferred stock of SMFG is carried at fair value,
which is derived from a model that incorporates SMFGs common stock price and credit
spreads, the impact of nontransferability and illiquidity, and the downside protection on
the conversion strike price. The firms investment in the convertible preferred stock of
SMFG is generally nontransferable, but is freely convertible into SMFG common stock.
Restrictions on the firms ability to hedge or sell one-third of the common stock underlying
its investment in SMFG lapsed in February 2005. As of November 2005, the firm was fully
hedged with respect to these unrestricted shares. Under the firms initial agreement with
SMFG, restrictions on the firms ability to hedge or sell the remaining shares of common
stock underlying its investment in SMFG lapse in equal installments on February 7, 2006
and February 7, 2007. In connection with a public offering by SMFG of its common stock,
the firm has separately agreed with SMFG that the restrictions that were to lapse on February 7,
2006 will instead lapse on March 9, 2006. Effective February 1, 2006, the
conversion price of the firms SMFG preferred stock into shares of SMFG common stock is
¥320,900. This price is subject to downward adjustment if the price of SMFG common stock at
the time of conversion is less than the conversion price (subject to a floor of ¥105,800).
In general, transfers of financial
assets are accounted for as sales under SFAS No. 140 when
the firm has relinquished control over the transferred assets. For
transfers accounted for as sales, any related gains or losses are
recognized in net revenues. Transfers that are not accounted for as
sales are accounted for as collateralized financing arrangements,
with the related interest expense recognized in net revenues over
the lives of the transactions.
Collateralized Financing Arrangements.
Collateralized financing arrangements consist of repurchase
agreements and securities borrowed and loaned. Interest income or
expense on repurchase agreements and securities borrowed and loaned
is recognized in net revenues over the life of the transaction.
111
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP,
INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
Power Generation.
Power generation
revenues associated with the firms consolidated power generation
facilities are included in Trading and principal investments in
the consolidated statements of earnings when power is delivered.
Cost of power generation in the consolidated statement of
earnings includes all of the direct costs of these facilities
(e.g., fuel, operations and maintenance), as well as the
depreciation and amortization associated with the facility and
related contractual assets.
The following table sets forth the
power generation revenues and costs directly associated with the
firms consolidated power generation facilities:
Commissions.
Commission revenues from
executing and clearing client transactions on stock, options and
futures markets worldwide are recognized in Trading and principal
investments in the consolidated statements of earnings on a trade
date basis.
Merchant Banking Overrides.
The firm
is entitled to receive merchant banking overrides (i.e., an
increased share of a funds income and gains) when the return on
the funds investments exceeds certain threshold returns. Overrides
are based on investment performance over the life of each merchant
banking fund, and future investment underperformance may require
amounts of override previously distributed to the firm to be
returned to the funds. Accordingly, overrides are recognized in the
consolidated statements of earnings only when all material
contingencies have been resolved. Overrides are included in
Trading and principal investments in the consolidated statements
of earnings.
Asset Management.
Management fees are
recognized over the period that the related service is provided
based upon average net asset values. In certain circumstances, the
firm is also entitled to receive asset management incentive fees
based on a percentage of a funds return or when the return on
assets under management exceeds specified benchmark returns or
other performance targets. Incentive fees are generally based on
investment performance over a 12-month period and are subject to
adjustment prior to the end of the measurement period. Accordingly,
incentive fees are recognized in the consolidated statements of
earnings when the measurement period ends. Asset management fees
and incentive fees are included in Asset management and securities
services in the consolidated statements of earnings.
Stock-Based Compensation
Effective for fiscal 2003, the firm
began to account for stock-based employee compensation in
accordance with the fair-value method prescribed by SFAS No. 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, as amended by
SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
Transition and Disclosure, using the prospective adoption
method. Under this method of adoption, compensation expense is
recognized over the relevant service period based on the fair value
of stock options and restricted stock units granted for fiscal 2003
and future years. No unearned
112
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP,
INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
compensation is included in
Shareholders equity for such stock options and restricted stock
units granted. Rather, such stock options and restricted stock
units are included in Shareholders equity under SFAS No. 123
when services required from employees in exchange for the
awards are rendered and expensed.
Compensation expense resulting from
stock options and restricted stock units granted for the year ended
November 29, 2002 and prior years is accounted for under the
intrinsic-value-based method prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, as permitted by SFAS No. 123.
Therefore, no compensation expense is recognized
for unmodified stock options issued for years prior to fiscal 2003
that had no intrinsic value on the date of grant. Compensation
expense for restricted stock units issued for the years prior to
fiscal 2003 was, and continues to be, recognized over the relevant
service periods using amortization schedules based on the
applicable vesting provisions.
Employees who meet the retirement
criteria are subject to a non-compete agreement from the date of
retirement through the date that shares underlying the awards are
delivered. Equity awards granted to employees who have satisfied
the retirement eligibility criteria are expensed over the stated
service period for the award. In the event a retirement-eligible
employee retires, any unamortized grant date value is immediately
expensed. A reduction to compensation expense is recorded upon
forfeiture related to employees who meet the retirement criteria
and violate their non-compete agreements.
The firm pays cash dividend
equivalents on outstanding restricted stock units. Dividend
equivalents paid on restricted stock units accounted for under SFAS No. 123
are charged to retained earnings when paid.
Dividend equivalents paid on restricted stock units that are later
forfeited by employees are reclassified to compensation expense
from retained earnings. Dividend equivalents paid on restricted
stock units granted for the year ended November 29, 2002 and
prior years, accounted for under APB Opinion No. 25, are
charged to compensation expense.
113
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
If the firm were to recognize
compensation expense over the relevant service period under the
fair value method of SFAS No. 123 with respect to stock
options granted for the year ended November 29, 2002 and all
prior years, net earnings would have decreased, resulting in pro
forma net earnings and earnings per common share (EPS) as set
forth below:
Goodwill
Goodwill is the cost of acquired
companies in excess of the fair value of identifiable net assets at
acquisition date. In accordance with SFAS No. 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, goodwill is tested at least
annually for impairment. An impairment loss is triggered if the
estimated fair value of an operating segment is less than its
estimated net book value. Such loss is calculated as the difference
between the estimated fair value of goodwill and its carrying value.
Identifiable Intangible Assets
Identifiable intangible assets, which
consist primarily of customer lists, above-market power contracts
and specialist rights, are amortized over their estimated useful
lives. Identifiable intangible assets are tested for potential
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that
an assets or asset groups carrying value may not be fully
recoverable in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting
for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. An impairment
loss, calculated as the difference between the estimated fair value
and the carrying value of an asset or asset group, is recognized if
the sum of the estimated undiscounted cash flows relating to the
asset or asset group is less than the corresponding carrying value.
Property, Leasehold Improvements and Equipment
Property, leasehold improvements and
equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization, are
included in Other assets in the consolidated statements of
financial condition.
Property and equipment placed in
service prior to December 1, 2001 are depreciated under the
accelerated cost recovery method. Property and equipment placed in
service on or after December 1, 2001 are depreciated on a
straight-line basis over the useful life of the asset.
114
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
Leasehold
improvements for which the useful life of the improvement is
shorter than the term of the lease are amortized under the
accelerated cost recovery method if placed in service prior to
December 1, 2001. All other leasehold improvements are
amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the
improvement or the term of the lease, whichever is shorter. Certain
costs of software developed or obtained for internal use are
amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the
software.
Property, leasehold improvements and
equipment are tested for potential impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances suggest that an assets or asset groups
carrying value may not be fully recoverable in accordance with SFAS No. 144.
An impairment loss, calculated as the difference
between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of an asset
or asset group, is recognized if the sum of the expected
undiscounted cash flows relating to the asset or asset group is
less than the corresponding carrying value.
The firms operating leases include
space held in excess of current needs. Rent expense relating to
space held for growth is included in Occupancy in the
consolidated statements of earnings. In accordance with SFAS No. 146,
Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal
Activities, the firm records a liability, based on the remaining
lease rentals reduced by any potential or existing sublease
rentals, for leases where the firm has ceased using the space and
management has concluded that the firm will not derive any future
economic benefits. Costs to terminate a lease before the end of its
term are recognized and measured at fair value upon termination.
Foreign Currency Translation
Assets and liabilities denominated in
non-U.S. currencies are translated at rates of exchange
prevailing on the date of the consolidated statement of financial
condition, and revenues and expenses are translated at average
rates of exchange for the fiscal year. Gains or losses on
translation of the financial statements of a non-U.S. operation,
when the functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar,
are included, net of hedges and taxes, on the consolidated
statements of comprehensive income. The firm seeks to reduce its
net investment exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates
through the use of foreign currency forward contracts and foreign
currency-denominated debt. For foreign currency forward contracts,
hedge effectiveness is assessed based on changes in forward
exchange rates; accordingly, forward points are reflected as a
component of the currency translation adjustment in the
consolidated statements of comprehensive income. For foreign
currency-denominated debt, hedge effectiveness is assessed based on
changes in spot rates. Foreign currency remeasurement gains or
losses on transactions in nonfunctional currencies are included in
the consolidated statements of earnings.
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities
are recognized for temporary differences between the financial
reporting and tax bases of the firms assets and liabilities.
Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets
to the amount that more likely than not will be realized. The
firms tax assets and liabilities are presented as a component of
Other assets and Other liabilities and accrued expenses,
respectively, in the consolidated statements of financial
condition. Tax provisions are computed in accordance with SFAS No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes. Contingent liabilities
related to income taxes are recorded when the criteria for loss
recognition under SFAS No. 5, Accounting for
Contingencies, as amended, have been met.
115
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
Earnings Per Common Share
Basic EPS is calculated by dividing
net earnings applicable to common shareholders by the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding. Common shares
outstanding includes common stock and restricted stock units for
which no future service is required as a condition to the delivery
of the underlying common stock. Diluted EPS includes the
determinants of basic EPS and, in addition, reflects the dilutive
effect of the common stock deliverable pursuant to stock options
and to restricted stock units for which future service is required
as a condition to the delivery of the underlying common stock.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The firm defines cash equivalents as
highly liquid overnight deposits held in the ordinary course of
business.
Recent Accounting Developments
In December 2004, the FASB issued a
revision to SFAS No. 123, SFAS No. 123-R,
Share-Based Payment. SFAS No. 123-R establishes standards of
accounting for transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity
instruments for goods and services. SFAS No. 123-R focuses
primarily on accounting for transactions in which an entity obtains
employee services in share-based payment transactions. Two key
differences between SFAS No. 123 and SFAS No. 123-R
relate to attribution of compensation costs to reporting periods
and accounting for award forfeitures. SFAS No. 123-R generally
requires the immediate expensing of equity-based awards granted to
retirement-eligible employees. However, awards granted subject to a
substantive non-compete agreement are generally expensed over the
non-compete period. SFAS No. 123-R also requires expected
forfeitures to be included in determining stock-based employee
compensation expense (see Stock-Based Compensation above
for a discussion of how the firm currently accounts for
equity-based awards granted to retirement-eligible employees and
forfeitures). The firm will adopt SFAS No. 123-R in the
first quarter of fiscal 2006. Management is currently evaluating
the effect of adoption of SFAS No. 123-R on the firms
results of operations with respect to awards granted to
retirement-eligible employees that are subject to a non-compete
agreement.
The following table sets forth the
pro forma net earnings that would have been reported for each year
if equity-based awards granted to retirement-eligible employees had
been expensed over the non-compete period and if expected
forfeitures had been accrued as required by SFAS No. 123-R:
116
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
In June 2005, the EITF reached
consensus on Issue No. 04-5, Determining Whether a General
Partner, or the General Partners as a Group, Controls a Limited
Partnership or Similar Entity When the Limited Partners Have
Certain Rights, which requires general partners (or managing
members in the case of limited liability companies) to consolidate
their partnerships or to provide limited partners with rights to
remove the general partner or to terminate the partnership. The
firm, as the general partner of numerous merchant banking and asset
management partnerships, is required to adopt the provisions of EITF 04-5
(i) immediately for partnerships formed or modified
after June 29, 2005 and (ii) in the first quarter of fiscal
2007 for partnerships formed on or before June 29, 2005 that
have not been modified. The firm generally expects to provide
limited partners in these funds with rights to remove the firm or
rights to terminate the partnerships and, therefore, does not
expect that EITF 04-5 will have a material effect on the firms
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The following table sets forth the
firms financial instruments owned, at fair value, including those
pledged as collateral, and financial instruments sold, but not yet
purchased, at fair value:
117
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
Credit Concentrations
Credit concentrations may arise from
trading, underwriting and securities borrowing activities and may
be impacted by changes in economic, industry or political factors.
As of November 2005 and November 2004, the firm held U.S. government
and federal agency obligations that represented 7% and
5% of the firms total assets, respectively. In addition, most of
the firms securities purchased under agreements to resell are
collateralized by U.S. government, federal agency and other
sovereign obligations. As of November 2005 and November 2004, the
firm did not have credit exposure to any other counterparty that
exceeded 5% of the firms total assets.
Derivative Activities
Derivative contracts are instruments,
such as futures, forwards, swaps or option contracts that derive
their value from underlying assets, indices, reference rates or a
combination of these factors. Derivative instruments may be
privately negotiated contracts, which are often referred to as OTC
derivatives, or they may be listed and traded on an exchange.
Derivatives may involve future commitments to purchase or sell
financial instruments or commodities, or to exchange currency or
interest payment streams. The amounts exchanged are based on the
specific terms of the contract with reference to specified rates,
securities, commodities, currencies or indices.
Certain cash instruments, such as
mortgage-backed securities, interest-only and principal-only
obligations, and indexed debt instruments, are not considered
derivatives even though their values or contractually required cash
flows are derived from the price of some other security or index.
However, certain commodity-related contracts are included in the
firms derivatives disclosure, as these contracts may be settled in
cash or are readily convertible into cash.
Substantially all of the firms
derivative transactions are entered into for trading purposes, to
facilitate client transactions, to take proprietary positions or as
a means of risk management. Risk exposures are managed through
diversification, by controlling position sizes and by establishing
hedges in related securities or derivatives. For example, the firm
may hedge a portfolio of common stock by taking an offsetting
position in a related equity-index futures contract. Gains and
losses on derivatives used for trading purposes are generally
included in Trading and principal investments in the consolidated
statements of earnings.
In addition to derivative
transactions entered into for trading purposes, the firm enters
into derivative contracts to hedge its net investment in non-U.S. operations
(see Note 2 for further information regarding
the firms policy on foreign currency translation) and to manage
the interest rate and currency exposure on its long-term borrowings
and certain short-term borrowings. To manage exposure on its
borrowings, the firm uses derivatives to effectively convert a
substantial portion of its long-term borrowings into U.S. dollar-based
floating rate obligations. The firm applies fair value
hedge accounting to derivative contracts that hedge the benchmark
interest rate (i.e., London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)) on its
fixed rate long-term borrowings. The firm also applies cash flow
hedge accounting to derivative contracts that hedge changes in
interest rates associated with floating rate long-term borrowings
related to its power generation facilities.
118
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
Fair values of the firms derivative
contracts are reflected net of cash paid or received pursuant to
credit support agreements and are reported on a net-by-counterparty
basis in the firms consolidated statements of financial condition
when management believes a legal right of setoff exists under an
enforceable netting agreement. The fair value of derivative
financial instruments, computed in accordance with the firms
netting policy, is set forth below:
Securitization Activities
The firm securitizes commercial and
residential mortgages, home equity and auto loans, government and
corporate bonds and other types of financial assets. The firm acts
as underwriter of the beneficial interests that are sold to
investors. The firm derecognizes financial assets transferred in
securitizations provided it has relinquished control over such
assets. Transferred assets are accounted for at fair value prior to
securitization. Net revenues related to these underwriting
activities are recognized in connection with the sales of the
underlying beneficial interests to investors.
The firm may retain interests in
securitized financial assets. Retained interests are accounted for
at fair value and included in Total financial instruments owned,
at fair value in the consolidated statements of financial
condition.
During the years ended November 2005
and November 2004, the firm securitized $92.00 billion and
$62.93 billion, respectively, of financial assets, including
$65.18 billion and $47.46 billion, respectively, of
residential mortgage-backed securities. Cash flows received on
retained interests were approximately $908 million and $984 million
for the years ended November 2005 and November 2004,
respectively.
As of November 2005 and November
2004, the firm held $6.07 billion and $4.33 billion of
retained interests, respectively, including $5.62 billion and
$4.11 billion, respectively, held in QSPEs. The fair value of
retained interests valued using quoted market prices in active
markets was $1.34 billion and $949 million as of November
2005 and November 2004, respectively.
119
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
The following table sets forth the
weighted average key economic assumptions used in measuring
retained interests for which fair value is based on alternative
pricing sources with reasonable, little or no price transparency
and the sensitivity of those fair values to immediate adverse
changes of 10% and 20% in those assumptions:
The preceding table does not give
effect to the offsetting benefit of other financial instruments
that are held to hedge risks inherent in these retained interests.
Changes in fair value based on a 10% adverse variation in
assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the
relationship of the change in assumptions to the change in fair
value is not usually linear. In addition, the impact of a change in
a particular assumption is calculated independently of changes in
any other assumption. In practice, simultaneous changes in
assumptions might magnify or counteract the sensitivities disclosed
above.
In addition to the retained interests
described above, the firm also held interests in residential
mortgage QSPEs purchased in connection with secondary market-making
activities. These purchased interests approximated $5 billion
as of both November 2005 and November 2004.
In connection with the issuance of
asset-repackaged notes to investors, the firm had derivative
receivables from QSPEs, to which the firm has transferred assets,
with a fair value of $108 million and $126 million as of
November 2005 and November 2004, respectively. These receivables
are collateralized by a first-priority interest in the assets held
by each QSPE.
120
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
Variable Interest Entities (VIEs)
The firm, in the ordinary course of
its business, retains interests in VIEs in connection with its
securitization activities. The firm also purchases and sells
variable interests in VIEs, which primarily issue mortgage-backed
and other asset-backed securities and collateralized debt
obligations (CDOs), in connection with its market-making activities
and makes investments in and loans to VIEs that hold performing and
nonperforming debt, equity, real estate, power-related and other
assets. In addition, the firm utilizes VIEs to provide investors
with credit-linked and asset-repackaged notes designed to meet
their objectives.
VIEs generally purchase assets by
issuing debt and equity instruments. In certain instances, the firm
provides guarantees to VIEs or holders of variable interests in
VIEs. In such cases, the maximum exposure to loss included in the
tables set forth below is the notional amount of such guarantees.
Such amounts do not represent anticipated losses in connection with
these guarantees.
The firms variable interests in VIEs
include senior and subordinated debt; limited and general
partnership interests; preferred and common stock; interest rate,
foreign currency, equity, commodity and credit derivatives;
guarantees; and residual interests in mortgage-backed and
asset-backed securitization vehicles and CDOs. The firms exposure
to the obligations of VIEs is generally limited to its interests in
these entities.
The following table sets forth the
firms total assets and maximum exposure to loss associated with
its significant variable interests in consolidated VIEs where the
firm does not hold a majority voting interest:
121
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
The following tables set forth total
assets in nonconsolidated VIEs in which the firm holds significant
variable interests and the firms maximum exposure to loss
associated with these interests:
122
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
Secured Borrowing and Lending Activities
The firm obtains secured short-term
financing principally through the use of repurchase agreements,
securities lending agreements and other financings. In these
transactions, the firm receives cash or securities in exchange for
other securities, including U.S. government, federal agency and
sovereign obligations, corporate debt and other debt obligations,
equities and convertibles, letters of credit and other assets.
The firm obtains securities as
collateral principally through the use of resale agreements,
securities borrowing agreements, derivative transactions, customer
margin loans and other secured borrowing activities to finance
inventory positions, to meet customer needs and to satisfy
settlement requirements. In many cases, the firm is permitted to
sell or repledge securities held as collateral. These securities
may be used to secure repurchase agreements, to enter into
securities lending or derivative transactions, or to cover short
positions. As of November 2005 and November 2004, the fair value of
securities received as collateral by the firm that it was permitted
to sell or repledge was $629.94 billion and $511.98 billion,
respectively, of which the firm sold or repledged $550.33 billion
and $451.79 billion, respectively.
The firm also pledges securities it
owns. Counterparties may or may not have the right to sell or
repledge the securities. Securities owned and pledged to
counterparties that have the right to sell or repledge are reported
as Financial instruments owned and pledged as collateral, at fair
value in the consolidated statements of financial condition and
were $38.98 billion and $27.92 billion as of November 2005
and November 2004, respectively. Securities owned and pledged in
connection with repurchase and securities lending agreements to
counterparties that did not have the right to sell or repledge are
included in Financial instruments owned, at fair value in the
consolidated statements of financial condition and were $93.90 billion
and $46.86 billion as of November 2005 and November 2004,
respectively.
In addition to repurchase and
securities lending agreements, the firm also pledges securities and
other assets it owns to counterparties that do not have the right
to sell or repledge, in order to collateralize secured short-term
and long-term borrowings. In connection with these transactions,
the firm pledged assets of $27.84 billion and $22.81 billion
as collateral as of November 2005 and November 2004,
respectively. See Note 4 and Note 5 for further information
regarding the firms secured short-term and long-term borrowings.
123
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
The firm obtains secured and
unsecured short-term borrowings primarily through the issuance of
promissory notes, commercial paper and bank loans. As of November
2005 and November 2004, secured short-term borrowings were $7.97 billion
and $8.56 billion, respectively. Unsecured
short-term borrowings were $47.25 billion and $46.40 billion
as of November 2005 and November 2004, respectively.
Short-term borrowings also include the portion of long-term
borrowings maturing within one year of the financial statement date
and certain long-term borrowings that are redeemable within one
year of the financial statement date at the option of the holder.
The carrying value of these short-term obligations approximates
fair value due to their short-term nature.
Short-term borrowings are set forth
below:
The firm obtains secured and
unsecured long-term borrowings, which consist principally of senior
borrowings with maturities extending to 2035. As of November 2005
and November 2004, secured long-term borrowings were $15.67 billion
and $12.09 billion, respectively. Unsecured long-term
borrowings were $84.34 billion and $68.61 billion as of
November 2005 and November 2004, respectively.
Long-term borrowings are set forth
below:
124
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
Long-term borrowings include
nonrecourse debt issued by the following subsidiaries, as set forth
in the table below. Nonrecourse debt is debt that only the issuing
subsidiary or, if applicable, a subsidiary guaranteeing the debt is
obligated to repay.
Long-term borrowings by fiscal
maturity date are set forth below:
The firm enters into derivative
contracts, such as interest rate futures contracts, interest rate
swap agreements, currency swap agreements, equity-linked and
indexed contracts, to effectively convert a substantial portion of
its long-term borrowings into U.S. dollar-based floating rate
obligations. Accordingly, the aggregate carrying value of these
long-term borrowings and related hedges approximates fair value.
The effective weighted average
interest rates for long-term borrowings, after hedging activities,
are set forth below:
125
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
Deferrable Interest Junior Subordinated Debentures
In February 2004, Goldman Sachs
Capital I (the Trust), a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust,
was formed by the firm for the exclusive purposes of (i) issuing
$2.75 billion of guaranteed preferred beneficial
interests and $85 million of common beneficial interests in the
Trust, (ii) investing the proceeds from the sale to purchase
junior subordinated debentures from Group Inc. and (iii) engaging
in only those other activities necessary or incidental to
these purposes. The preferred beneficial interests were purchased
by third parties, and, as of November 2005, the firm held all of
the common beneficial interests.
The Trust is a wholly owned finance
subsidiary of the firm for legal and regulatory purposes. However,
for accounting purposes, under FIN No. 46-R, the Trust is
not a consolidated subsidiary of the firm because the firms
ownership of the common beneficial interest is not considered at
risk, since the Trusts principal asset is the $2.84 billion of
junior subordinated debentures issued by the firm. The firm pays
interest semiannually on these debentures at an annual rate of
6.345% and the debentures mature on February 15, 2034. The
coupon rate and payment dates applicable to the beneficial
interests are the same as the interest rate and payment dates
applicable to the debentures. See Note 6 for further
information regarding the firms guarantee of the preferred
beneficial interests issued by the Trust.
The firm has the right, from time to
time, to defer payment of interest on the junior subordinated
debentures, and, therefore, cause payment of dividends on the
Trusts preferred beneficial interests to be deferred, in each case
for up to ten consecutive semiannual periods, and during any such
extension period Group Inc. will not be permitted to, among other
things, pay dividends on or make certain repurchases of its common
stock. The Trust is not permitted to pay any distributions on the
common beneficial interests held by the firm unless all dividends
payable on the preferred beneficial interests have been paid in
full.
Commitments
Forward Secured Financings.
The firm
had commitments to enter into forward secured financing
transactions, including certain repurchase and resale agreements
and secured borrowing and lending arrangements, of $49.93 billion
and $48.32 billion as of November 2005 and November 2004,
respectively.
Commitments to Extend Credit.
In
connection with its lending activities, the firm had outstanding
commitments of $61.12 billion and $27.72 billion as of
November 2005 and November 2004, respectively. The firms
commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to
counterparties that have fixed termination dates and are contingent
on the satisfaction of all conditions to borrowing set forth in the
contract. Since these commitments may expire unused, the total
commitment amount does not necessarily reflect the actual future
cash flow requirements. The firm accounts for these commitments at
fair value.
126
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
The following table summarizes the
firms commitments to extend credit at November 2005 and November
2004.
Commitments to Extend Credit
Letters of Credit.
The firm provides
letters of credit issued by various banks to counterparties in lieu
of securities or cash to satisfy various collateral and margin
deposit requirements. Letters of credit outstanding were $9.23 billion
and $11.15 billion as of November 2005 and November
2004, respectively.
127
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
Merchant Banking Commitments.
The
firm acts as an investor in merchant banking transactions, which
includes making long-term investments in equity and debt securities
in privately negotiated transactions, corporate acquisitions and
real estate transactions. In connection with these activities, the
firm had commitments to invest up to $3.54 billion and $1.04 billion
in corporate and real estate investment funds as of
November 2005 and November 2004, respectively.
Construction-Related Commitments.
During the third fiscal quarter of 2005, the firm announced plans
for a new world headquarters in New York City, with initial
occupancy scheduled for 2009, at an expected cost of $2.3 billion
to $2.5 billion. The firm will partially finance the
project with tax-exempt Liberty Bonds. As of November 2005, the
firm borrowed approximately $1.4 billion through the issuance
of Liberty Bonds and may borrow up to an additional $250 million
through the issuance of additional Liberty Bonds before
2010. As of November 2005, the firm had outstanding
construction-related commitments of $47 million in connection
with this project. Included in the firms future minimum rental
payments under noncancelable lease agreements (included below) is
$309 million related to a 64-year ground lease for the land on
which the firms world headquarters will be constructed, of which
$161 million is a lump-sum payment due by June 2007.
In addition, the firm had other
construction-related commitments of $98 million and $107 million
as of November 2005 and November 2004, respectively.
Other.
In August 2005, the firm
entered into an agreement to acquire the variable annuity and
variable life insurance business of The Hanover Insurance Group,
Inc. (formerly Allmerica Financial Corporation), including its
wholly owned life insurance subsidiary, Allmerica Financial Life
Insurance and Annuity Company. The transaction closed on December 30,
2005 at a purchase price of approximately $271 million
upfront and an estimated $34 million over three years, subject
to final adjustments.
The firm had other purchase
commitments of $773 million and $242 million as of November 2005
and November 2004, respectively.
Leases.
The firm has contractual
obligations under long-term noncancelable lease agreements,
principally for office space, expiring on various dates through
2069. Certain agreements are subject to periodic escalation
provisions for increases in real estate taxes and other charges.
Future minimum rental payments, net of minimum sublease rentals,
and rent charged to operating expense for the last three years are
set forth below:
128
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
Contingencies
The firm is involved in a number of
judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings concerning matters
arising in connection with the conduct of its businesses.
Management believes, based on currently available information, that
the results of such proceedings, in the aggregate, will not have a
material adverse effect on the firms financial condition, but may
be material to the firms operating results for any particular
period, depending, in part, upon the operating results for such
period. Given the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of
the firms litigation and regulatory matters, particularly in cases
or proceedings in which substantial or indeterminate damages or
fines are sought, the firm cannot estimate losses or ranges of
losses for cases or proceedings where there is only a reasonable
possibility that a loss may be incurred.
Guarantees
The firm enters into various
derivative contracts that meet the definition of a guarantee under
FIN No. 45, Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure
Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of
Indebtedness of Others. Such derivative contracts include credit
default swaps, written equity and commodity put options, written
currency contracts and interest rate caps, floors and swaptions. FIN No. 45
does not require disclosures about derivative
contracts if such contracts may be cash settled and the firm has no
basis to conclude it is probable that the counterparties held, at
inception, the underlying instruments related to the derivative
contracts. The firm has concluded that these conditions have been
met for certain large, internationally active commercial and
investment bank end users and certain other users. Accordingly, the
firm has not included such contracts in the tables below.
The firm, in its capacity as an
agency lender, indemnifies most of its securities lending customers
against losses incurred in the event that borrowers do not return
securities and the collateral held is insufficient to cover the
market value of the securities borrowed. In connection with certain
asset sales and securitization transactions, the firm guarantees
the collection of contractual cash flows. In connection with its
merchant banking activities, the firm may issue loan guarantees to
secure financing. In addition, the firm provides letters of credit
and other guarantees, on a limited basis, to enable clients to
enhance their credit standing and complete transactions.
129
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
In connection with the firms
establishment of the Trust, Group Inc. effectively provided for the
full and unconditional guarantee of the beneficial interests in the
Trust held by third parties. Timely payment by Group Inc. of
interest on the junior subordinated debentures and other amounts
due and performance of its other obligations under the transaction
documents will be sufficient to cover payments due by the Trust on
its beneficial interests. As a result, management believes that it
is unlikely the firm will have to make payments related to the
Trust other than those required under the junior subordinated
debentures and in connection with certain expenses incurred by the
Trust.
The following tables set forth
certain information about the firms derivative contracts that meet
the definition of a guarantee and certain other guarantees as of
November 2005 and November 2004:
130
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
In the normal course of its business,
the firm indemnifies and guarantees certain service providers, such
as clearing and custody agents, trustees and administrators,
against specified potential losses in connection with their acting
as an agent of, or providing services to, the firm or its
affiliates. The firm also indemnifies some clients against
potential losses incurred in the event specified third-party
service providers, including sub-custodians and third-party
brokers, improperly execute transactions. In addition, the firm is
a member of payment, clearing and settlement networks as well as
securities exchanges around the world that may require the firm to
meet the obligations of such networks and exchanges in the event of
member defaults. In connection with its prime brokerage and
clearing businesses, the firm agrees to clear and settle on behalf
of its clients the transactions entered into by them with other
brokerage firms. The firms obligations in respect of such
transactions are secured by the assets in the clients account as
well as any proceeds received from the transactions cleared and
settled by the firm on behalf of the client. In connection with
joint venture investments, the firm may issue loan guarantees under
which it may be liable in the event of fraud, misappropriation,
environmental liabilities and certain other matters involving the
borrower. The firm is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum
payout under these guarantees and indemnifications. However,
management believes that it is unlikely the firm will have to make
any material payments under these arrangements, and no liabilities
related to these guarantees and indemnifications have been
recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition as
of November 2005 and November 2004.
The firm provides representations and
warranties to counterparties in connection with a variety of
commercial transactions and occasionally indemnifies them against
potential losses caused by the breach of those representations and
warranties. The firm may also provide indemnifications protecting
against changes in or adverse application of certain U.S. tax
laws in connection with ordinary-course transactions such as
securities issuances, borrowings or derivatives. In addition, the
firm may provide indemnifications to some counterparties to protect
them in the event additional taxes are owed or payments are
withheld, due either to a change in or an adverse application of
certain non-U.S. tax laws. These indemnifications generally are
standard contractual terms and are entered into in the normal
course of business. Generally, there are no stated or notional
amounts included in these indemnifications, and the contingencies
triggering the obligation to indemnify are not expected to occur.
The firm is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum payout
under these guarantees and indemnifications. However, management
believes that it is unlikely the firm will have to make any
material payments under these arrangements, and no liabilities
related to these arrangements have been recognized in the
consolidated statements of financial condition as of November 2005
and November 2004.
Dividends declared per common share
were $1.00 in fiscal 2005, $1.00 in fiscal 2004 and $0.74 in fiscal
2003. On December 14, 2005, the Board of Directors of Group
Inc. (the Board) declared a dividend of $0.25 per share to be
paid on February 23, 2006 to common shareholders of record on
January 24, 2006.
131
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
During fiscal 2005, the firm issued
70,000 shares of preferred stock in three series as set forth
in the following table:
Preferred Stock by Series
Each share of preferred stock has a
par value of $0.01, has a liquidation preference of $25,000, is
represented by 1,000 depositary shares and is redeemable at the
firms option at a redemption price equal to $25,000 plus declared
and unpaid dividends. The firms ability to declare or pay
dividends on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, its common
stock is subject to certain restrictions in the event that the firm
fails to pay or set aside full dividends on the preferred stock for
the latest completed dividend period. All preferred stock also has
a preference over the firms common stock upon liquidation.
Dividends declared per share of Series A
preferred stock were $578.72 in fiscal 2005. On December 14,
2005, the Board declared a dividend per preferred share of
$323.28, $430.56 and $353.68 for Series A, Series B and
Series C preferred stock, respectively, to be paid on February 10,
2006 to preferred shareholders of record on January 26,
2006.
During fiscal 2005, the firm
repurchased 63.7 million shares of its common stock at a total
cost of $7.11 billion, and during fiscal 2004, the firm
repurchased 18.7 million shares of its common stock at a total
cost of $1.81 billion. The average price paid per share for
repurchased shares was $111.57 and $96.29 for the years ended
November 2005 and November 2004, respectively. In addition, to
satisfy minimum statutory employee tax withholding requirements
related to the delivery of shares underlying restricted stock
units, the firm cancelled 1.6 million restricted stock units at
a total cost of $163 million in fiscal 2005, and it cancelled
9.1 million restricted stock units at a total cost of $870 million
in fiscal 2004.
The following table sets forth the
firms accumulated other comprehensive income by type:
132
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
The computations of basic and diluted
earnings per common share are set forth below:
Goodwill
As of November 2005 and November
2004, goodwill of $3.15 billion and $3.18 billion,
respectively, was included in Other assets in the consolidated
statements of financial condition.
133
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
Identifiable Intangible Assets
The following table sets forth the
gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization and net carrying
amount of identifiable intangible assets:
Identifiable intangible assets are
amortized over their estimated useful lives. The weighted average
remaining life of the firms identifiable intangibles is
approximately 16 years. There were no identifiable intangible
assets that were considered to be indefinite-lived and, therefore,
not subject to amortization.
Amortization expense associated with
identifiable intangible assets was $165 million for the fiscal
year ended November 2005, including amortization associated with
the firms consolidated power generation facilities reported within
Cost of power generation in the consolidated statements of
earnings. Amortization expense associated with identifiable
intangible assets was $125 million and $319 million
(including $188 million of impairment charges) for the fiscal
years ended November 2004 and November 2003, respectively.
134
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
Estimated future amortization expense
for existing identifiable intangible assets is set forth below:
Other Assets
Other assets are generally less
liquid, nonfinancial assets. The following table sets forth the
firms other assets by type:
Other Liabilities
Other liabilities and accrued
expenses primarily includes compensation and benefits, minority
interest in certain consolidated entities, litigation liabilities,
tax-related payables, deferred revenue and other payables. The
following table sets forth the firms other liabilities and accrued
expenses by type:
The firm sponsors various pension
plans and certain other postretirement benefit plans, primarily
healthcare and life insurance. The firm also provides certain
benefits to former or inactive employees prior to retirement. A
summary of these plans is set forth below.
135
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
Defined Benefit Pension Plans and Postretirement Plans
The firm maintains a defined benefit
pension plan for substantially all U.S. employees hired prior
to November 1, 2003. As of November 2004, this plan has been
closed to new participants and no further benefits will be accrued
to existing participants. Employees of certain non-U.S.
subsidiaries participate in various local defined benefit pension
plans. These plans generally provide benefits based on years of
credited service and a percentage of the employees eligible
compensation. In addition, the firm has unfunded postretirement
benefit plans that provide medical and life insurance for eligible
retirees and their dependents covered under the U.S. benefits
program.
The following table provides a
summary of the changes in the plans benefit obligations and the
fair value of assets for November 2005 and November 2004 and a
statement of the funded status of the plans as of November 2005 and
November 2004:
The accumulated benefit obligation
for all defined benefit pension plans was $795 million and $742 million
as of November 2005 and November 2004, respectively.
136
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
For plans in which the accumulated
benefit obligation exceeded plan assets, the aggregate projected
benefit obligation and accumulated benefit obligation was $135 million
and $126 million, respectively, as of November 2005,
and $184 million and $154 million, respectively, as of
November 2004. The fair value of plan assets for each of these
plans was $64 million and $104 million as of November 2005
and November 2004, respectively.
The components of pension
(income)/expense and postretirement expense are set forth below:
137
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
The weighted average assumptions used
to develop net periodic pension cost and the actuarial present
value of the projected benefit obligation are set forth below.
These assumptions represent a weighted average of the assumptions
used for the U.S. and non-U.S. plans and are based on the
economic environment of each applicable country.
Generally, the firm determined the
discount rates for its defined benefit plans by referencing indices
for long-term, high-quality bonds and ensuring that the discount
rate does not exceed the yield reported for those indices after
adjustment for the duration of the plans liabilities.
The firms approach in determining
the long-term rate of return for plan assets is based upon
historical financial market relationships that have existed over
time with the presumption that this trend will generally remain
constant in the future.
For measurement purposes, an annual
growth rate in the per capita cost of covered healthcare benefits
of 11.46% was assumed for the fiscal year ending November 2006. The
rate was assumed to decrease ratably to 5.00% for the fiscal year
ending November 2015 and remain at that level thereafter.
The assumed cost of healthcare has an
effect on the amounts reported for the firms postretirement plans.
A 1% change in the assumed healthcare cost trend rate would have
the following effects:
138
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
The following table sets forth the
composition of plan assets for the U.S. and non-U.S. defined
benefit pension plans by asset category:
The investment approach of the firms
U.S. and major non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans involves
employing a sufficient level of flexibility to capture investment
opportunities as they occur, while maintaining reasonable
parameters to ensure that prudence and care are exercised in the
execution of the investment programs. The plans employ a total
return on investment approach, whereby a mix, which is broadly
similar to the actual asset allocation as of November 2005, of
equity securities, debt securities and other assets, is targeted to
maximize the long-term return on assets for a given level of risk.
Investment risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis by
the firms Retirement Committee through periodic portfolio reviews,
meetings with investment managers and annual liability measurements.
The firm will contribute a minimum of
$13 million to its pension plans and $7 million to its
postretirement plans in fiscal 2006.
The following table sets forth
benefits projected to be paid from the firms U.S. and non-U.S. defined
benefit pension and postretirement plans (net of Medicare
subsidy receipts) and reflects expected future service, where
appropriate:
Defined Contribution Plans
The firm contributes to
employer-sponsored U.S. and non-U.S. defined contribution
plans. The firms contribution to these plans was $305 million,
$189 million and $199 million for the years ended November
2005, November 2004 and November 2003, respectively.
The firm previously maintained a
nonqualified defined contribution plan for certain senior employees
which held shares of common stock. All shares were distributed to
participants and there were no remaining assets in the plan as of
January 2005. Plan expense was immaterial for the years ended
November 2005, November 2004 and November 2003.
139
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
Stock Incentive Plan
The firm sponsors a stock incentive
plan, The Goldman Sachs Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan
(the Amended SIP), which provides for grants of incentive stock
options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights,
dividend equivalent rights, restricted stock, restricted stock
units and other stock-based awards. In the second quarter of fiscal
2003, the Amended SIP was approved by the firms shareholders,
effective for grants after April 1, 2003, and no further awards
were or will be made under the original plan after that date,
although awards granted under the original plan prior to that date
remain outstanding.
The total number of shares of common
stock that may be issued under the Amended SIP through fiscal 2008
may not exceed 250 million shares and, in each fiscal year
thereafter, may not exceed 5% of the issued and outstanding shares
of common stock, determined as of the last day of the immediately
preceding fiscal year, increased by the number of shares available
for awards in previous fiscal years but not covered by awards
granted in such years. As of November 2005 and November 2004, 196.6 million
and 218.9 million shares, respectively, were
available for grant under the Amended SIP, after taking into
account stock-based compensation awards that were issued subsequent
to year end, as part of year-end compensation.
Other Compensation Arrangements
In November 2004, the firm adopted
new deferred compensation plans for eligible employees for fiscal
2005. In general, under the plans, participants are able to defer
payment of a portion of their cash year-end compensation. During
the deferral period, participants are able to nominally invest
their deferrals in certain alternatives available under the plans.
Generally, under current tax law, participants are not subject to
income tax on amounts deferred or on any notional investment
earnings until the returns are distributed, and the firm is not
entitled to a corresponding tax deduction until the amounts are
distributed. The firm has recognized compensation expense for the
amounts deferred under these plans. As of November 2005, $134 million
related to these plans was included in Other liabilities
and accrued expenses in the consolidated statements of financial
condition.
In November 2004, the firm adopted a
discount stock program through which eligible senior executives may
acquire restricted stock units in fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006 under
the firms Amended SIP at an effective 25% discount. The 25%
discount is effected by an additional grant of restricted stock
units equal to one-third of the number of restricted stock units
purchased by qualifying participants. The purchased restricted
stock units are 100% vested when granted, but the shares underlying
them are not able to be sold or transferred (other than to satisfy
tax obligations) before the third anniversary of the grant date.
The shares underlying the restricted stock units that are granted
in order to effect the 25% discount will generally vest in equal
installments on the second and third anniversaries following the
grant date and will not be transferable before the third
anniversary of the grant date. Compensation expense related to
these restricted stock units is recognized over the vesting period.
The total value of restricted stock units granted in fiscal 2005 in
order to effect the 25% discount was $79 million.
Restricted Stock Units
The firm issued restricted stock
units to employees under the Amended SIP, primarily in connection
with year-end compensation and acquisitions. Of the total
restricted stock units outstanding as of November 2005 and November
2004, (i) 30.1 million units and 24.9 million units,
respectively, required future service as a condition to the
delivery of the underlying shares of common stock and (ii) 25.0 million
units and 13.0 million units, respectively, did
not require future service.
140
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
In all cases, delivery of the
underlying shares of common stock is conditioned on the grantees
satisfying certain other requirements outlined in the award
agreements. The activity related to these restricted stock units is
set forth below:
Total employee stock compensation
expense, net of forfeitures, was $1.76 billion, $1.22 billion
and $711 million for the years ended November 2005,
November 2004 and November 2003, respectively.
Stock Options
As of November 2004, all stock
options granted to employees in May 1999 in connection with the
firms initial public offering are fully vested and exercisable.
Stock options granted to employees subsequent to the firms initial
public offering generally vest as outlined in the applicable stock
option agreement and first become exercisable on the third
anniversary of the grant date. Year-end stock options for 2005
become exercisable in January 2009 and expire on November 27,
2015. Shares received on exercise prior to January 2010 will not be
transferable until January 2010. All employee stock option
agreements provide that vesting is accelerated in certain
circumstances, such as upon retirement, death and extended absence.
In general, all stock options expire on the tenth anniversary of
the grant date, although they may be subject to earlier termination
or cancellation in certain circumstances in accordance with the
terms of the Amended SIP and the applicable stock option agreement.
The dilutive effect of the firms outstanding stock options is
included in Average common shares outstanding Diluted in
the consolidated statements of earnings.
141
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
The activity related to these stock
options is set forth below:
The options outstanding as of
November 2005 are set forth below:
The weighted average fair value of
options granted for fiscal 2005, fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003 was
$32.91 per option, $32.22 per option and $31.31 per
option, respectively. Fair value was estimated as of the grant date
based on a binomial option-pricing model using the following
weighted average assumptions:
142
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
The fair value of options granted in
fiscal 2005 reflects an additional discount for sales restrictions
on the shares of common stock underlying such options that apply
until January 2010. The expected life of the options granted in
fiscal 2005 has been extended to 7.5 years to reflect the
estimated impact of the sales restrictions on the expected life of
the awards.
The firm has formed numerous
nonconsolidated investment funds with third-party investors. The
firm generally acts as the investment manager for these funds and,
as such, is entitled to receive management fees and, in certain
cases, advisory fees, incentive fees or overrides from these funds.
These fees amounted to $2.08 billion, $1.72 billion and
$1.17 billion for the years ended November 2005, November 2004
and November 2003, respectively. As of November 2005 and November
2004, the fees receivable from these funds were $388 million
and $445 million, respectively. Additionally, the firm may
invest alongside the third-party investors in certain funds. The
aggregate carrying value of the firms interests in these funds was
$2.17 billion and $1.72 billion as of November 2005 and
November 2004, respectively. In addition, the firm had commitments
to invest up to $3.54 billion and $1.04 billion in these
funds as of November 2005 and November 2004, respectively. In the
normal course of business, the firm may also engage in other
activities with these funds, including among
others, securities lending, trade execution, trading and custody.
The components of the net tax expense
reflected in the consolidated statements of earnings are set forth
below:
Deferred income taxes reflect the net
tax effects of temporary differences between the financial
reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. These temporary
differences result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years
and are measured using the tax rates and laws that will be in
effect when such differences are expected to reverse.
143
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
Significant components of the firms
deferred tax assets and liabilities are set forth below:
The firm permanently reinvests
eligible earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries and, accordingly,
does not accrue any U.S. income taxes that would arise if such
earnings were repatriated. As of November 2005, this policy
resulted in an unrecognized net deferred tax liability of $172 million
attributable to reinvested earnings of $2.4 billion.
Additionally, during fiscal 2005, the
valuation allowance was decreased by $15 million, primarily due
to the utilization of certain state and local tax credits. Acquired
federal net operating loss carryforwards of $24 million as of
November 2005 and $88 million as of November 2004 are subject
to annual limitations on utilization and will begin to expire in
2020. Acquired state and local net operating loss carryforwards of
$328 million as of November 2005 and $436 million as of
November 2004 are subject to annual limitations on utilization.
Acquired alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $7 million
as of November 2005 and $32 million as of November 2004
are subject to annual limitations on utilization, but can be
carried forward indefinitely.
The firm is subject to examination by
the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and other tax authorities in
certain countries, such as Japan and the United Kingdom, and states
in which the firm has significant business operations, such as New
York. The IRS is currently examining the firms 2003 and 2004
fiscal years. During fiscal 2005, the IRS concluded its examination
of 1999 through 2002, and New York State and City substantially
concluded their examinations covering periods through fiscal year
2003. The firm regularly assesses the likelihood of additional
assessments by each jurisdiction to which the firm pays taxes
resulting from the impact of current and future examinations. Tax
reserves have been established, which the firm believes are
adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments.
The resolution of tax matters is not expected to have a material
effect on the firms financial condition but may be material to the
firms operating results for a particular period, depending, in
part, upon the operating results for that period and the firms
effective tax rate for that period.
144
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
A reconciliation of the U.S. federal
statutory income tax rate to the firms effective income
tax rate is set forth below:
Tax benefits of approximately $272 million
in November 2005, $330 million in November 2004
and $103 million in November 2003, related to the delivery of
restricted stock units and the exercise of options, were credited
directly to Additional paid-in capital in the consolidated
statements of financial condition and changes in shareholders
equity.
During the firms second fiscal
quarter of 2005, the firm became regulated by the U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission (SEC) as a Consolidated
Supervised Entity (CSE). As such, it is subject to group-wide
supervision and examination by the SEC and is subject to minimum
capital requirements on a consolidated basis. As of November 2005,
the firm was in compliance with the CSE capital requirements.
The firms principal U.S. regulated
subsidiaries include Goldman, Sachs & Co. (GS&Co.)
and Goldman Sachs Execution & Clearing, L.P. (GSEC). GS&Co. and
GSEC are registered U.S. broker-dealers and futures commission
merchants subject to Rule 15c3-1 of the SEC and Rule 1.17
of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, which specify uniform
minimum net capital requirements, as defined, for their
registrants. GS&Co. and GSEC have elected to compute their minimum
capital requirements in accordance with the Alternative Net
Capital Requirement as permitted by Rule 15c3-1. As of
November 2005, GS&Co. and GSEC had net capital in excess of their
minimum capital requirements. In addition to its alternative
minimum net capital requirements, GS&Co. is also required to hold
tentative net capital in excess of $1 billion and net capital
in excess of $500 million in accordance with the market and
credit risk standards of Appendix E of Rule 15c3-1. GS&Co.
is also required to notify the SEC in the event that its tentative
net capital is less than $5 billion. As of November 2005,
GS&Co. had tentative net capital and net capital in excess of both
the minimum and the notification requirements.
The firms principal international
regulated subsidiaries include Goldman Sachs International (GSI)
and Goldman Sachs (Japan) Ltd. (GSJL). GSI, a regulated U.K.
broker-dealer, is subject to the capital requirements of the U.K.s
Financial Services Authority, and GSJL, a regulated broker-dealer
based in Tokyo, is subject to the capital requirements of Japans
Financial Services Agency. As of November 2005 and November 2004,
GSI and GSJL were in compliance with their local capital adequacy
requirements.
145
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
Certain other subsidiaries of the
firm are also subject to capital adequacy requirements promulgated
by authorities of the countries in which they operate. As of
November 2005 and November 2004, these subsidiaries were in
compliance with their local capital adequacy requirements.
In reporting to management, the
firms operating results are categorized into the following three
segments: Investment Banking, Trading and Principal Investments,
and Asset Management and Securities Services.
Basis of Presentation
In reporting segments, certain of the
firms business lines have been aggregated where they have similar
economic characteristics and are similar in each of the following
areas: (i) the nature of the services they provide, (ii) their
methods of distribution, (iii) the types of clients they
serve and (iv) the regulatory environments in which they
operate.
The cost drivers of the firm taken as
a whole compensation, headcount and levels of business
activity are broadly similar in each of the firms business
segments. Compensation expenses within the firms segments reflect,
among other factors, the overall performance of the firm as well as
performance of individual business units. Consequently, pre-tax
margins in one segment of the firms business may be significantly
affected by the performance of the firms other business segments.
The firm allocates revenues and
expenses among the three segments. Due to the integrated nature of
the business segments, estimates and judgments have been made in
allocating certain revenue and expense items. Transactions between
segments are based on specific criteria or approximate third-party
rates. Total operating expenses include corporate items that have
not been allocated to individual business segments. The allocation
process is based on the manner in which management views the
business of the firm.
The segment information presented in
the table below is prepared according to the following
methodologies:
146
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
Segment Operating Results
Management believes that the
following information provides a reasonable representation of each
segments contribution to consolidated pre-tax earnings and total
assets:
147
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
Geographic Information
Due to the highly integrated nature
of international financial markets, the firm manages its businesses
based on the profitability of the enterprise as a whole.
Accordingly, management believes that profitability by geographic
region is not necessarily meaningful.
The firms revenues and
expenses are generally allocated based on the country of domicile of
the legal entity providing the service.
The following table sets forth the
total net revenues and pre-tax earnings of the firm and its
consolidated subsidiaries by geographic region allocated on the
basis described above:
148
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
In January 2006, the firm entered
into a definitive agreement to invest $2.58 billion in the
Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited (ICBC), with
investment funds managed by the firm assuming a substantial portion
of the firms economic interest. In addition, the firm and ICBC
have entered into a strategic cooperation agreement under which the
firm will assist ICBC in developing further ICBCs corporate
governance, risk management and internal controls, as well as
providing expertise to enhance ICBCs capabilities in treasury,
asset management, corporate and investment banking, nonperforming
loans disposal and product innovation. The transactions are
expected to close by May 2006, subject to receipt of regulatory
approvals and other closing conditions.
149
SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Quarterly Results (unaudited)
The following represents the firms
unaudited quarterly results for fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004. These
quarterly results were prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles and reflect all adjustments that
are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement
of the results. These adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.
150
SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Common Stock Price Range
The following table sets forth, for
the fiscal quarters indicated, the high and low sales prices per
share of the firms common stock as reported by the Consolidated
Tape Association.
As of
January 30, 2006, there were
approximately 6,159 holders of record of the firms common
stock.
On January 30, 2006, the last
reported sales price for the firms common stock on the New York
Stock Exchange was $139.87 per share.
151
SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Selected Financial Data
152
There were no changes in or
disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial
disclosure during the last two fiscal years.
As of the end of the period covered
by this report, an evaluation was carried out by Goldman Sachs
management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based upon that evaluation, our
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that
these disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the
end of the period covered by this report. In addition, no change in
our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) occurred
during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended November 25,
2005 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Managements Report on Internal
Control over Financial Reporting and the Report of Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm thereon are set forth in Part II,
Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Item 5.
Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Table of Contents
Total Number of
Maximum Number
Average
Shares Purchased
of Shares That May
Total Number
Price
as Part of Publicly
Yet Be Purchased
of Shares
Paid per
Announced Plans
Under the Plans or
Period
Purchased
(2)
Share
or Programs
(3)
Programs
(3)
September 30, 2005)
4,745,300
$
119.48
4,745,300
58,426,179
October 28, 2005)
13,184,100
$
119.22
13,184,100
45,242,079
November 25, 2005)
2,528,700
$
128.65
2,528,700
42,713,379
20,458,100
$
120.45
20,458,100
(1)
Goldman Sachs did not repurchase shares of
its common stock as part of the repurchase program
during a self-imposed black-out period from the
last two weeks of the fiscal quarter through the date
of the earnings release for the quarter.
(2)
No shares were purchased other than through
our publicly announced repurchase program during the
fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended November 25,
2005.
(3)
On March 21, 2000, we announced that our
board of directors had approved a repurchase program,
pursuant to which up to 15 million shares of our
common stock may be repurchased. This repurchase
program was increased by an aggregate of 160 million shares by resolutions of our board of
directors adopted on June 18, 2001, March 18, 2002,
November 20, 2002,
January 30, 2004, January 25, 2005
and September 16, 2005. The repurchase
program is intended to help maintain our total
shareholders equity at appropriate levels and to
substantially offset increases in share count over
time resulting from employee equity-based
compensation. The repurchase program has been
effected primarily through regular open-market
purchases, and is influenced by, among other factors,
the level of our common shareholders equity, our
overall capital position, employee equity awards
granted and exercises of employee stock options, the
prevailing market price of our common stock and
general market conditions. The total remaining
authorization under the repurchase program was
29,495,079 shares as of January 30, 2006. The
repurchase program has no set expiration or
termination date.
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
Table of Contents
Item 7.
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Page
No.
47
48
49
50
53
53
58
60
61
61
66
73
73
74
74
77
78
79
82
82
82
84
88
89
90
96
96
Table of Contents
Investment Banking.
We provide a broad range of investment banking services to a
diverse group of corporations, financial institutions, governments and individuals.
Trading and Principal Investments.
We facilitate client transactions with a
diverse group of corporations, financial institutions, governments and individuals
and take proprietary positions through market making in, trading of and investing in
fixed income and equity products, currencies, commodities and derivatives on such
products. In addition, we engage in specialist and market-making activities on
equities and options exchanges and we clear client transactions on major stock,
options and futures exchanges worldwide. In connection with our merchant banking and
other investing activities, we make principal investments directly and through funds
that we raise and manage.
Asset Management and Securities Services.
We provide investment advisory and
financial planning services and offer investment products across all major asset
classes to a diverse group of institutions and individuals worldwide, and provide
prime brokerage services, financing services and securities lending services to
mutual funds, pension funds, hedge funds, foundations and high-net-worth individuals
worldwide.
Table of Contents
(1)
Return on average tangible common shareholders equity is computed by
dividing net earnings applicable to common shareholders by average monthly
tangible common shareholders equity. See Results of Operations
Financial Overview below for further information regarding our calculation
of return on average tangible common shareholders equity.
(2)
Our investment banking backlog represents an estimate of our future net
revenues from investment banking transactions where we believe that future
revenue realization is more likely than not.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
We have been operating in a low interest rate market for the past several years.
Increasing or high interest rates and/or widening credit spreads, especially if such
changes are rapid, may create a less favorable environment for certain of our
businesses.
We have been committing increasing amounts of capital in many of our businesses
and generally maintain large trading, specialist and investing positions. Market
fluctuations and volatility may adversely affect the value of those positions,
including, but not limited to, our interest rate and credit products, currency,
commodity and equity positions and our merchant banking investments, or may reduce
our willingness to enter into new transactions. From time to time, we have incurred
significant trading losses in periods of market turbulence. Conversely, certain of
our trading businesses depend on market volatility to provide trading and arbitrage
opportunities, and decreases in volatility may reduce these opportunities and
adversely affect the results of these businesses.
Industry-wide declines in the size and number of underwritings and mergers and
acquisitions may have an adverse effect on our revenues and, because we may be
unable to reduce expenses correspondingly, our profit margins. In particular,
because a significant portion of our investment banking revenues are derived from
our participation in large transactions, a
Table of Contents
decrease in the number of large
transactions due to uncertain or unfavorable market conditions may adversely affect
our investment banking business.
Pricing and other competitive pressures have continued, even as the volume and
number of investment banking transactions have increased. In addition, the trend in
the underwriting business toward multiple book runners and co-managers handling
transactions, where previously there would have been a single book runner, may
adversely affect our business and reduce our revenues.
Reductions in the level of the equity markets also tend to reduce the value of our
clients portfolios, which in turn may reduce the fees we earn for managing assets.
Even in the absence of uncertain or unfavorable economic or market conditions,
investment performance by our asset management business below the performance of
benchmarks or competitors could result in a decline in assets under management and
in the incentive and management fees we receive.
Concentration of risk increases the potential for significant losses in our
market-making, proprietary trading and investing, block trading, merchant banking,
underwriting and lending businesses. This risk may increase to the extent we expand
our proprietary trading and investing businesses or commit capital to facilitate
customer-driven business. For example, large blocks of securities are increasingly
being sold in block trades rather than on a marketed basis, which increases the risk
that Goldman Sachs may be unable to resell the purchased securities at favorable
prices and may incur significant losses as a result. Moreover, because of
concentration of risk, we may suffer losses even when economic and market conditions
are generally favorable for others in the industry. We also regularly enter into
large transactions as part of our trading businesses. The number and size of such
transactions may affect our results of operations in a given period.
The volume of transactions that we execute for our clients and as a specialist or
market maker may decline, which would reduce the revenues we receive from
commissions and spreads. In addition, competitive pressures and other industry
factors, including the increasing use by our clients of low-cost electronic trading,
could cause a reduction in commissions and spreads. In our specialist businesses, we
are obligated by stock exchange rules to maintain an orderly market, including by
purchasing shares in a declining market. This may result in trading losses and an
increased need for liquidity. Weakness in global equity markets and the trading of
securities in multiple markets and on multiple exchanges could adversely impact our
trading businesses and impair the value of our goodwill and identifiable intangible
assets. In addition, competitive pressures have been particularly intense in the
context of block trades. For a further discussion of our goodwill and identifiable
intangible assets, see Critical Accounting Policies Goodwill and
Identifiable Intangible Assets below.
While we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation
techniques, those techniques and the judgments that accompany their application
cannot anticipate every economic and financial outcome or the specifics and timing
of such outcomes. Thus, we may, in the course of our activities, incur losses.
Table of Contents
Use of Estimates below.
Table of Contents
(in millions)
As of November
2005
2004
Financial
Financial
Financial
Instruments Sold,
Financial
Instruments Sold,
Instruments
But Not Yet
Instruments
But Not Yet
Owned, At
Purchased, At
Owned, At
Purchased, At
Fair Value
Fair Value
Fair Value
Fair Value
$
210,042
$
89,735
$
143,376
$
68,096
58,532
57,829
62,495
64,001
6,526
(1)
1,507
(2)
4,654
(1)
$
275,100
$
149,071
$
210,525
$
132,097
(1)
Excludes assets for which Goldman Sachs is not at
risk (e.g., assets related to consolidated employee-owned
merchant banking funds) of $1.93 billion and $1.28 billion
as of November 2005 and November 2004,
respectively.
(2)
Represents an economic hedge on the unrestricted
shares of common stock underlying our investment in the
convertible preferred stock of SMFG. For a further
discussion of our investment in SMFG, see Principal
Investments below.
Table of Contents
(in millions)
As of November
2005
2004
Financial
Financial
Financial
Instruments Sold,
Financial
Instruments Sold,
Instruments
But Not Yet
Instruments
But Not Yet
Owned, At
Purchased, At
Owned, At
Purchased, At
Fair Value
Fair Value
Fair Value
Fair Value
$
198,233
$
89,565
$
130,908
$
67,948
11,809
170
12,468
148
$
210,042
$
89,735
$
143,376
$
68,096
Table of Contents
(in millions)
As of November
2005
2004
Assets
Liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
$
10,869
$
9,083
$
5,464
$
5,905
47,663
48,746
57,031
58,096
$
58,532
(1)
$
57,829
(2)
$
62,495
(1)
$
64,001
(2)
(1)
Net of cash received pursuant to credit support
agreements of $22.61 billion and $18.65 billion
as of November 2005 and November 2004, respectively.
(2)
Net of cash paid pursuant to credit support
agreements of $16.10 billion and $5.45 billion as
of November 2005 and November 2004, respectively.
Table of Contents
(in millions)
As of November 2005
Assets
0 - 6
6 - 12
1 - 5
5 - 10
10 Years
Contract Type
Months
Months
Years
Years
or Greater
Total
$
1,898
$
467
$
4,634
$
5,310
$
5,221
$
17,530
5,825
1,031
1,843
919
1,046
10,664
3,772
1,369
8,130
1,374
120
14,765
1,168
1,171
832
1,403
130
4,704
$
12,663
$
4,038
$
15,439
$
9,006
$
6,517
$
47,663
Liabilities
0 - 6
6 - 12
1 - 5
5 - 10
10 Years
Contract Type
Months
Months
Years
Years
or Greater
Total
$
1,956
$
590
$
5,327
$
3,142
$
4,970
$
15,985
6,295
575
3,978
436
924
12,208
3,852
2,080
5,904
1,865
162
13,863
1,308
1,068
2,079
1,993
242
6,690
$
13,411
$
4,313
$
17,288
$
7,436
$
6,298
$
48,746
As of November 2004
Assets
0 - 6
6 - 12
1 - 5
5 - 10
10 Years
Contract Type
Months
Months
Years
Years
or Greater
Total
$
1,475
$
451
$
5,682
$
4,250
$
12,743
$
24,601
9,570
1,499
3,670
2,320
1,198
18,257
2,943
1,164
5,581
1,108
160
10,956
1,311
813
457
634
2
3,217
$
15,299
$
3,927
$
15,390
$
8,312
$
14,103
$
57,031
Liabilities
0 - 6
6 - 12
1 - 5
5 - 10
10 Years
Contract Type
Months
Months
Years
Years
or Greater
Total
$
1,854
$
789
$
7,366
$
7,136
$
5,658
$
22,803
9,577
1,580
4,456
2,755
1,184
19,552
3,791
1,425
4,522
814
107
10,659
1,409
1,304
1,114
1,084
171
5,082
$
16,631
$
5,098
$
17,458
$
11,789
$
7,120
$
58,096
Table of Contents
(in millions)
As of November
2005
2004
Corporate
Real Estate
Total
Corporate
Real Estate
Total
$
1,538
$
716
$
2,254
$
935
$
769
$
1,704
185
29
214
343
51
394
1,723
745
2,468
1,278
820
2,098
stock
(2)
4,058
4,058
(3)
2,556
2,556
$
5,781
$
745
$
6,526
$
3,834
$
820
$
4,654
(1)
Excludes assets for which Goldman Sachs is not at
risk (e.g., assets related to consolidated employee-owned
merchant banking funds) of $1.93 billion and $1.28 billion
as of November 2005 and November 2004,
respectively.
(2)
The fair value of our Japanese yen-denominated
investment in the convertible preferred stock of SMFG
includes the effect of foreign exchange revaluation. We
hedge our economic exposure to exchange rate movements on
our investment in SMFG by borrowing Japanese yen. Foreign
exchange revaluation on the investment and the related
borrowing are generally equal and offsetting. For
example, if the Japanese yen appreciates against the U.S. dollar,
the U.S. dollar carrying value of our
SMFG investment will increase and the U.S. dollar
carrying value of the related borrowing will also
increase by an amount that is generally equal and
offsetting.
(3)
Excludes an economic hedge on the unrestricted
shares of common stock underlying our investment in the
convertible preferred stock of SMFG. As of November 25,
2005, the fair value of this hedge was $1.51 billion
and is reflected in Financial instruments sold,
but not yet purchased, at fair value in the consolidated
statements of financial condition. For a further
discussion of the restrictions on our ability to hedge or
sell the common stock underlying our investment in SMFG,
see below.
Table of Contents
Risk Management below.
Table of Contents
(in millions)
As of November
2005
2004
$
$
125
125
91
135
2,390
2,382
1
424
423
117
117
$
3,148
$
3,182
(1)
Primarily related to SLK.
(2)
Primarily related to Ayco.
Table of Contents
($ in millions)
As of November
2005
2004
Range of Remaining
Carrying
Useful Lives
Carrying
Value
(in years)
Value
$
777
6 20
$
828
580
22 24
607
481
2 31
111
22
121
106
2 9
133
$
2,055
$
1,689
(1)
Primarily includes our clearance and execution
and NASDAQ customer lists related to SLK and financial
counseling customer lists related to Ayco.
(2)
Primarily relates to above-market power contracts
of consolidated power generation facilities related to
Cogentrix and NEGT. We closed on our acquisition of NEGT
and recorded purchase price allocation adjustments for
NEGT and Cogentrix in fiscal 2005. Substantially all of
these power contracts have been pledged as collateral to
counterparties in connection with certain of our secured
short-term and long-term borrowings.
(3)
Primarily includes technology-related assets
related to SLK.
Table of Contents
($ in millions, except per share amounts)
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
$
24,782
$
20,550
$
16,012
8,273
6,676
4,445
5,626
4,553
3,005
5,609
4,553
3,005
11.21
8.92
5.87
21.8
%
19.8
%
15.0
%
27.6
%
25.2
%
19.9
%
(1)
Return on average common shareholders equity is computed by dividing net earnings
applicable to common shareholders by average monthly common shareholders equity.
(2)
Tangible common shareholders equity equals total shareholders equity less preferred stock
and goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. We believe that return on average tangible
common shareholders equity is a meaningful measure of performance because it excludes the
portion of our common shareholders equity attributable to goodwill and identifiable
intangible assets. As a result, this calculation measures corporate performance in a manner
that treats underlying businesses consistently, whether they were acquired or developed
internally. Return on average tangible common shareholders equity is computed by dividing
net earnings applicable to common shareholders by average monthly tangible common
shareholders equity. The following table sets forth the reconciliation of average total
shareholders equity to average tangible common shareholders equity:
Average for the
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
(in millions)
$
26,264
$
22,975
$
20,031
(538
)
$
25,726
$
22,975
$
20,031
(5,418
)
(4,918
)
(4,932
)
$
20,308
$
18,057
$
15,099
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
($ in millions)
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
$
11,688
$
9,652
$
7,515
1,109
952
829
378
374
264
490
461
478
501
499
562
124
125
319
728
646
722
475
338
253
1,016
827
625
4,821
4,222
4,052
$
16,509
$
13,874
$
11,567
22,425
20,722
19,476
(1)
Includes the amortization of employee initial
public offering and acquisition awards of $19 million,
$61 million and $122 million for the
years ended November 2005, November 2004 and November
2003, respectively.
(2)
Excludes 1,437, 1,206 and 1,228 employees as of
November 2005, November 2004 and November 2003,
respectively, of Goldman Sachs consolidated property
management and loan servicing subsidiaries. Compensation
and benefits includes $182 million, $164 million
and $134 million for the years ended November 2005,
November 2004 and November 2003, respectively,
attributable to these subsidiaries, the majority of which
is reimbursed to Goldman Sachs by the investment funds
for which these subsidiaries manage properties and
perform loan servicing. Such reimbursements are recorded
in net revenues.
(3)
Excludes 7,143, 293 and 279 employees as of
November 2005, November 2004 and November 2003,
respectively, of consolidated entities held for
investment purposes. Compensation and benefits includes
$128 million, $11 million and $3 million for
the years ended November 2005, November 2004 and November
2003, respectively, attributable to these consolidated
entities. Consolidated entities held for investment
purposes includes entities that are held strictly for
capital appreciation, have a defined exit strategy and
are engaged in activities that are not closely related to
our principal businesses.
Table of Contents
(in millions)
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
$
265
$
21
$
7
1,109
952
829
361
374
264
487
461
478
467
499
562
124
125
319
674
646
722
468
338
253
866
806
618
4,556
4,201
4,045
$
4,821
$
4,222
$
4,052
(1)
Consolidated entities held for investment
purposes includes entities that are held strictly for
capital appreciation, have a defined exit strategy and
are engaged in activities that are not closely related to
our principal businesses. For example, these investments
include consolidated entities that hold real estate
assets such as golf courses and hotels in Asia, but
exclude investments in entities that primarily hold
financial assets. We believe that it is meaningful to
review non-compensation expenses excluding expenses
related to these consolidated entities in order to
evaluate trends in non-compensation expenses related to
our principal business activities. Revenues related to
such entities are included in Trading and principal
investments in the consolidated statements of earnings.
(2)
For the year ended November 2004, including the amortization of employee initial public offering and
acquisition awards of $61 million, the ratio of compensation and benefits to net revenues was
47.0%.
Table of Contents
(1)
For the years ended November 2004 and November 2003, including the amortization of employee initial public offering and
acquisition awards of $61 million and $122 million, respectively, the ratio of compensation and benefits to net revenues was
47.0% and 46.9%, respectively.
(2)
The effective income tax rate excluding the impact of audit settlements is calculated by dividing the provision for taxes,
adjusted to exclude the impact of audit settlements, by pre-tax earnings. The impact of audit settlements decreased the
effective income tax rate by 1.3% for 2005. We believe that the effective income tax rate excluding the impact of
audit settlements provides a meaningful basis for period-to-period comparisons of our effective income tax rates.
Table of Contents
(in millions)
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
Investment Banking
$
3,671
$
3,374
$
2,711
3,258
2,973
2,504
$
413
$
401
$
207
Trading and Principal Investments
$
16,362
$
13,327
$
10,443
10,144
8,287
6,938
$
6,218
$
5,040
$
3,505
Asset Management and Securities Services
$
4,749
$
3,849
$
2,858
3,070
2,430
1,890
$
1,679
$
1,419
$
968
Total
$
24,782
$
20,550
$
16,012
16,509
13,874
11,567
$
8,273
$
6,676
$
4,445
(1)
Includes the following expenses that have not
been allocated to our segments: (i) the amortization
of employee initial public offering awards, net of
forfeitures, of $19 million and $80 million for
the years ended November 2004 and November 2003,
respectively; (ii) net provisions for a number of
litigation and regulatory proceedings of $37 million,
$103 million and $155 million for the years ended
November 2005, November 2004 and November 2003,
respectively; and (iii) $62 million in
connection with the establishment of our joint venture in
China for the year ended November 2004.
Table of Contents
Financial Advisory.
Financial Advisory includes advisory assignments with respect
to mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, corporate defense activities,
restructurings and spin-offs.
Underwriting.
Underwriting includes public offerings and private placements of
equity, equity-related and debt instruments.
(in millions)
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
$
1,905
$
1,737
$
1,202
704
819
678
1,062
818
831
1,766
1,637
1,509
3,671
3,374
2,711
3,258
2,973
2,504
$
413
$
401
$
207
(in billions)
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
$
865
$
403
$
414
599
502
355
47
52
40
260
236
250
(1)
Source: Thomson Financial. Announced and
completed mergers and acquisitions volumes are based on
full credit to each of the advisors in a transaction.
Equity and equity-related offerings and debt offerings
are based on full credit for single book managers and
equal credit for joint book managers. Transaction volumes
may not be indicative of net revenues in a given period.
(2)
Includes public common stock offerings and
convertible offerings.
(3)
Includes non-convertible preferred stock,
mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and
taxable municipal debt. Includes publicly registered and
Rule 144A issues.
(4)
Our investment banking backlog represents an estimate of our future net revenues from investment banking transactions
where we believe that future revenue realization is more likely than not.
Table of Contents
FICC.
We make markets in and trade interest rate and credit products,
mortgage-backed securities and loans, currencies, and commodities, structure and
enter into a wide variety of derivative transactions and engage in proprietary
trading and investing.
Equities.
We make markets in, trade and act as a specialist for equities and
equity-related products, structure and enter into equity derivative transactions and
engage in proprietary trading. We also execute and clear client transactions on
major stock, options and futures exchanges worldwide.
Principal Investments.
We generate net revenues from our corporate and real estate
merchant banking investments, including the increased share of the income and gains
derived from our merchant banking funds when the return on a funds investments
exceeds certain threshold returns (merchant banking overrides), as well as gains or
losses related to our investment in the convertible preferred stock of SMFG.
(1)
Our investment banking backlog represents an
estimate of our future net revenues from investment
banking transactions where we believe that future revenue realization is more likely than not.
Table of Contents
(in millions)
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
$
8,484
$
7,322
$
5,596
2,675
1,969
1,738
2,975
2,704
2,543
5,650
4,673
4,281
1,475
771
293
767
855
593
(198
)
(399
)
(437
)
569
456
156
184
105
117
2,228
1,332
566
16,362
13,327
10,443
10,144
8,287
6,938
$
6,218
$
5,040
$
3,505
Table of Contents
Asset Management.
Asset Management provides investment advisory and financial
planning services and offers investment products across all major asset classes to a
diverse group of institutions and individuals worldwide and primarily generates
revenues in the form of management and incentive fees.
Securities Services.
Securities Services provides prime brokerage services,
financing services and securities lending services to mutual funds, pension funds,
hedge funds, foundations and high-net-worth individuals worldwide, and generates
revenues primarily in the form of interest rate spreads or fees.
Table of Contents
(in millions)
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
$
2,956
$
2,553
$
1,853
1,793
1,296
1,005
4,749
3,849
2,858
3,070
2,430
1,890
$
1,679
$
1,419
$
968
(in billions)
As of November 30
2005
2004
2003
$
101
$
90
$
89
159
139
115
158
126
98
114
97
71
$
532
$
452
$
373
(1)
Includes both our fundamental equity and
quantitative equity strategies.
(2)
Primarily includes private equity funds, hedge
funds, real estate funds, certain currency and asset
allocation strategies and other assets allocated to
external investment managers.
Table of Contents
(in billions)
Year Ended November 30
2005
2004
2003
(1)
$
452
$
373
$
348
11
1
(19
)
18
14
10
20
13
(1
)
14
24
6
63
52
(4
)
17
27
29
$
532
$
452
$
373
(1)
Includes $4 billion in non-money market
assets from our acquisition of Ayco and $16 billion
in non-money market net asset outflows resulting from
British Coal Pension Schemes planned program of
diversification among its asset managers.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Type of Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangement
Disclosure in Annual Report on Form 10-K
See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II,
Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K.
See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II,
Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K.
See
Critical Accounting Policies above
and
Risk
Management below and Note 3 to the consolidated financial
statements in Part II, Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K.
See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II,
Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K.
See Capital and Funding below and Note 6 to the
consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of the
Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Table of Contents
Shares
Shares
Earliest
Redemption Value
Series
Description
Date Issued
Issued
Authorized
Redemption Date
(in millions)
A
April 25, 2005
30,000
50,000
April 25, 2010
$
750
B
October 31, 2005
32,000
50,000
October 31, 2010
800
C
October 31, 2005
8,000
25,000
October 31, 2010
200
70,000
125,000
$
1,750
1,000 depositary shares and is redeemable at our
option at a redemption price equal to $25,000 plus declared and
unpaid dividends. Our ability to declare or pay dividends on, or
purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, our common stock is subject
to certain restrictions in the event we fail to pay or set aside
full dividends on our preferred stock for the latest completed
dividend period. All preferred stock also has a preference over our
common stock upon liquidation.
Table of Contents
As of November
2005
2004
($ in millions, except per
share amounts)
$
706,804
$
531,379
466,019
347,082
28,002
25,079
25,549
22,958
25.2x
21.2x
18.2x
15.1x
3.6x
3.2x
26,252
25,079
21,049
20,208
$
57.02
$
50.77
45.72
40.91
(1)
Adjusted assets excludes (i) low-risk
collateralized assets generally associated with our
matched book and securities lending businesses (which we
calculate by adding our securities purchased under
agreements to resell and securities borrowed, and then
subtracting our nonderivative short positions), (ii) cash
and securities we segregate for regulatory and other
purposes and (iii) goodwill and identifiable
intangible assets. The following table sets forth a
reconciliation of total assets to adjusted assets:
(2)
Tangible equity capital equals total
shareholders equity and junior subordinated debt issued
to a trust less goodwill and identifiable intangible
assets. We consider junior subordinated debt issued to a
trust to be a component of our tangible equity capital
base due to the inherent characteristics of these
securities, including the long-term nature of the
securities, our ability to defer coupon interest for up
to ten consecutive semiannual periods and the
subordinated nature of the obligations in our capital
structure. The following table sets forth the
reconciliation of total shareholders equity to tangible
equity capital:
Table of Contents
(3)
Leverage ratio equals total assets divided by
total shareholders equity.
(4)
Adjusted leverage ratio equals adjusted assets
divided by tangible equity capital. We believe that the
adjusted leverage ratio is a more meaningful measure of
our capital adequacy than the leverage ratio because it
excludes certain low-risk collateralized assets that are
generally supported with little or no capital and
reflects the tangible equity capital deployed in our
businesses.
(5)
Debt to equity ratio equals long-term borrowings
divided by total shareholders equity.
(6)
Tangible common shareholders equity equals total
shareholders equity less preferred stock and goodwill
and identifiable intangible assets. The following table
sets forth a reconciliation of total shareholders equity
to tangible common shareholders equity:
(7)
Book value per common share is based on common
shares outstanding, including restricted stock units
granted to employees with no future service requirements,
of 460.4 million and 494.0 million as of November
2005 and November 2004, respectively.
(8)
Tangible book value per common share is computed
by dividing tangible common shareholders equity by the
number of common shares outstanding, including restricted
stock units granted to employees with no future service
requirements.
(in millions)
As of November
2005
2004
$
17,339
$
19,513
5,154
4,355
15,975
13,474
16,751
17,617
$
55,219
$
54,959
Table of Contents
As of November
2005
2004
(in millions)
$
7,972
$
8,558
47,247
46,401
$
55,219
$
54,959
Short-Term Debt
Long-Term Debt
Preferred Stock
R-1 (middle)
A (high)
N/A
F1+
AA-
A+
P-1
Aa3
A2
A-1
A+
A-
(1)
On November 22, 2005, Dominion Bond Rating
Service Limited placed Goldman Sachs long-term debt
issuer rating under review with positive implications.
(2)
On October 11, 2005, Standard & Poors
affirmed Goldman Sachs long-term debt rating and revised
its outlook from stable to positive.
Table of Contents
(in millions)
2007-
2009-
2011-
2006
2008
2010
Thereafter
Total
maturity
(1) (2)
$
$
23,613
$
26,444
$
49,950
$
100,007
399
875
594
2,134
4,002
(1)
Long-term borrowings maturing within one year of
our financial statement date and certain long-term
borrowings that are redeemable within one year of our
financial statement date at the option of the holder are
included as short-term borrowings in the consolidated
statements of financial condition.
(2)
Long-term borrowings repayable at the option of
Goldman Sachs are reflected at their contractual maturity
dates. Certain long-term borrowings that are redeemable
prior to maturity at the option of the holder are
reflected at the dates such options become exercisable.
Table of Contents
($ in millions)
(1)
Our long-term borrowings include extendible debt
if the earliest maturity is one year or greater from our
financial statement date. Extendible debt is categorized
in the maturity profile at the earliest possible maturity
date even though the debt can be, and in the past
generally has been, extended.
Table of Contents
(in millions)
Commitment Amount by Period of Expiration
2007-
2009-
2011-
2006
2008
2010
Thereafter
Total
$
1,811
$
1,788
$
9,385
$
1,521
$
14,505
9,592
5,893
1,008
1,099
17,592
1,783
1,361
3,569
11,823
18,536
7,614
2,746
10
119
10,489
20,800
11,788
13,972
14,562
61,122
9,205
17
12
9,234
1,069
324
3,127
238
4,758
$
31,074
$
12,129
$
17,111
$
14,800
$
75,114
(1)
Includes our corporate and real estate investment
fund commitments, construction-related commitments and
other purchase commitments.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Interest rate risks primarily result from exposures to changes in the level, slope
and curvature of the yield curve, the volatility of interest rates, mortgage
prepayment speeds and credit spreads.
Equity price risks result from exposures to changes in prices and volatilities of
individual equities, equity baskets and equity indices.
Currency rate risks result from exposures to changes in spot prices, forward
prices and volatilities of currency rates.
Commodity price risks result from exposures to changes in spot prices, forward
prices and volatilities of commodities, such as electricity, natural gas, crude oil,
petroleum products, and precious and base metals.
Table of Contents
risk limits based on a summary measure of market risk exposure referred to as VaR,
which are updated and monitored on a daily basis;
scenario analyses, stress tests and other analytical tools that measure the
potential effects on our net revenues of various market events, including, but not
limited to, a large widening of credit spreads, a substantial decline in equity
markets and significant moves in selected sovereign markets; and
inventory position limits for selected business units.
Table of Contents
(in millions)
Year Ended November
Risk Categories
2005
2004
2003
$
37
$
36
$
38
34
32
27
17
20
18
26
20
18
(44
)
(41
)
(43
)
$
70
$
67
$
58
(1)
During the second quarter of 2004, we began to
exclude from our calculation other debt portfolios that
cannot be properly measured in VaR. The effect of
excluding these portfolios was not material to prior
periods and, accordingly, such periods have not been
adjusted. For a further discussion of the market risk
associated with these portfolios, see Other Debt
Portfolios below.
(2)
Equals the difference between total VaR and the
sum of the VaRs for the four risk categories. This effect
arises because the four market risk categories are not
perfectly correlated.
(in millions)
Year Ended
As of November
November 2005
Risk Categories
2005
2004
High
Low
$
45
$
28
$
53
$
26
54
25
62
21
10
18
31
9
18
35
37
16
(44
)
(40
)
$
83
$
66
$
91
$
51
(1)
Equals the difference between total VaR and the
sum of the VaRs for the four risk categories. This effect
arises because the four market risk categories are not
perfectly correlated.
Table of Contents
($ in millions)
($ in millions)
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
($ in millions)
Exposure
Percentage of
Collateral
Net of
Total Exposure
Credit Rating Equivalent
Exposure
(1)
Held
Collateral
Net of Collateral
$
4,332
$
222
$
4,110
12
%
9,721
1,801
7,920
22
13,166
3,332
9,834
28
10,209
2,809
7,400
21
8,859
3,330
5,529
15
1,376
582
794
2
$
47,663
$
12,076
$
35,587
100
%
(1)
Net of cash received pursuant to credit support
agreements of $22.61 billion.
Table of Contents
(in millions)
0 - 6
6 - 12
1 - 5
5 - 10
10 Years
Credit Rating Equivalent
Months
Months
Years
Years
or Greater
Total
(1)
$
858
$
367
$
1,053
$
1,074
$
758
$
4,110
1,897
596
1,954
2,228
1,245
7,920
3,049
1,009
2,542
1,841
1,393
9,834
2,151
621
2,700
409
1,519
7,400
1,558
352
2,850
508
261
5,529
293
124
193
168
16
794
$
9,806
$
3,069
$
11,292
$
6,228
$
5,192
$
35,587
0 - 6
6 - 12
1 - 5
5 - 10
10 Years
Contract Type
Months
Months
Years
Years
or Greater
Total
(1)
$
1,591
$
346
$
3,212
$
4,237
$
3,946
$
13,332
4,395
609
1,506
739
1,022
8,271
3,381
1,240
6,082
711
116
11,530
439
874
492
541
108
2,454
$
9,806
$
3,069
$
11,292
$
6,228
$
5,192
$
35,587
(1)
Where we have obtained collateral from a
counterparty under a master trading agreement that covers
multiple products and transactions, we have allocated the
collateral ratably based on exposure before giving effect
to such collateral.
Excess Liquidity maintain substantial excess liquidity to meet a broad range
of potential cash outflows in a stressed environment including financing obligations.
Asset-Liability Management ensure we fund our assets with appropriate
financing.
Intercompany Funding maintain parent company liquidity and manage the
distribution of liquidity across the group structure.
Crisis Planning ensure all funding and liquidity management is based on
stress-scenario planning and feeds into our liquidity crisis plan.
Table of Contents
The first days or weeks of a liquidity crisis are the most critical to a companys
survival.
Focus must be maintained on all potential cash and collateral outflows, not just
disruptions to financing flows. Goldman Sachs businesses are diverse, and its cash
needs are driven by many factors, including market movements, collateral
requirements and client commitments, all of which can change dramatically in a
difficult funding environment.
During a liquidity crisis, credit-sensitive funding, including unsecured debt and
some types of secured financing agreements, may be unavailable and the terms or
availability of other types of secured financing may change.
As a result of our policy to pre-fund liquidity that we estimate may be needed in
a crisis, we hold more unencumbered securities and larger unsecured debt balances
than our businesses would otherwise require. We believe that our liquidity is
stronger with greater balances of highly liquid unencumbered securities, even though
it increases our unsecured liabilities.
Year Ended November
2005
2004
(in millions)
$
35,310
$
33,858
11,029
8,135
$
46,339
$
41,993
Table of Contents
upcoming maturities of unsecured debt and letters of credit;
potential buybacks of a portion of our outstanding negotiable unsecured debt;
adverse changes in the terms or availability of secured funding;
derivatives and other margin and collateral outflows, including those due to
market moves or increased requirements;
additional collateral that could be called in the event of a downgrade in our
credit ratings;
draws on our unfunded commitments not supported by William Street Funding
Corporation
(1)
; and
upcoming cash outflows, such as tax and other large payments.
(1)
The Global Core Excess excludes liquid assets held separately to support
the William Street credit extension program.
Table of Contents
As of November
2005
2004
(in millions)
$
31,459
$
18,346
13,843
8,900
8,822
6,057
1,789
1,653
4,058
2,556
1,723
1,278
745
820
(1)
Includes certain mortgage-backed interests held
in QSPEs. See Note 3 to the consolidated financial
statements in Part II, Item 8 of the Annual
Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding
our securitization activities.
(2)
Includes funded commitments and inventory held in
connection with our origination and secondary trading
activities.
(3)
Excludes assets for which Goldman Sachs is not at
risk (e.g., assets related to consolidated employee-owned
merchant banking funds) of $1.93 billion and $1.28 billion
as of November 2005 and November 2004,
respectively.
the portion of financial instruments owned that we believe could not be funded on
a secured basis in periods of market stress, assuming conservative loan values;
goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, property, leasehold improvements and
equipment, and other illiquid assets;
derivative and other margin and collateral requirements;
anticipated draws on our unfunded loan commitments; and
capital or other forms of financing in our regulated subsidiaries that is in
excess of their long-term financing requirements. See Intercompany Funding
below for a further discussion of how we fund our subsidiaries.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
(in millions)
Net earnings applicable to common shareholders, as reported
$
5,609
$
4,553
$
3,005
Add:
Stock-based employee compensation
expense, net of related tax effects, included in reported net earnings
1,133
790
458
Deduct:
Stock-based employee compensation expense, net of
related tax effects, determined under SFAS No. 123-R
(1,106
)
(802
)
(503
)
Pro forma net earnings applicable to common shareholders
$
5,636
$
4,541
$
2,960
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Table of Contents
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Page
No.
99
100
102
103
104
105
106
107
107
117
124
124
126
131
133
133
135
135
140
143
143
145
146
149
150
151
152
100
F-2
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
Table of Contents
Financial Reporting
Table of Contents
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.:
Table of Contents
February 3, 2006
Table of Contents
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
(in millions, except per
share amounts)
$
3,599
$
3,286
$
2,400
15,452
11,984
8,555
3,090
2,655
1,917
21,250
11,914
10,751
43,391
29,839
23,623
18,153
8,888
7,600
456
401
11
24,782
20,550
16,012
11,688
9,652
7,515
1,109
952
829
378
374
264
490
461
478
501
499
562
124
125
319
728
646
722
475
338
253
1,016
827
625
4,821
4,222
4,052
16,509
13,874
11,567
8,273
6,676
4,445
2,647
2,123
1,440
5,626
4,553
3,005
17
$
5,609
$
4,553
$
3,005
$
11.73
$
9.30
$
6.15
11.21
8.92
5.87
478.1
489.5
488.4
500.2
510.5
511.9
Table of Contents
As of November
2005
2004
(in millions, except share
and per share amounts)
$
10,261
$
4,365
51,405
48,179
15,150
14,458
60,231
38,087
191,800
155,086
83,619
44,257
238,043
183,880
38,983
27,924
277,026
211,804
17,312
15,143
$
706,804
$
531,379
$
7,972
$
8,558
47,247
46,401
55,219
54,959
10,014
8,000
178,304
153,221
23,331
19,394
149,026
47,573
149,071
132,097
13,830
10,360
15,669
12,087
84,338
68,609
100,007
80,696
678,802
506,300
1,750
6
6
3,415
2,013
17,159
15,501
19,085
13,970
(117
)
11
(13,413
)
(6,305
)
28,002
25,079
$
706,804
$
531,379
Table of Contents
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
(in millions, except per
share amounts)
$
$
$
1,750
1,750
6
5
5
1
6
6
5
2,013
2,984
3,517
1,871
1,050
339
(423
)
(1,948
)
(714
)
(37
)
(62
)
(156
)
(9
)
(11
)
(2
)
3,415
2,013
2,984
15,501
13,562
12,750
1,417
1,609
709
(31
)
272
330
103
17,159
15,501
13,562
13,970
9,914
7,259
5,626
4,553
3,005
(494
)
(497
)
(350
)
(17
)
19,085
13,970
9,914
(117
)
(339
)
(845
)
(6
)
11
48
117
211
464
(117
)
(339
)
11
6
(122
)
(27
)
5
128
(11
)
9
18
11
6
(6,305
)
(4,500
)
(3,561
)
(7,108
)
(1,805
)
(939
)
(13,413
)
(6,305
)
(4,500
)
$
28,002
$
25,079
$
21,632
Table of Contents
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
(in millions)
$
5,626
$
4,553
$
3,005
689
720
826
165
125
319
(450
)
1,040
93
1,756
1,224
711
(3,226
)
(18,437
)
(9,311
)
1,322
(776
)
(1,797
)
2,953
36,669
7,826
(32,777
)
(24,102
)
(10,249
)
62,269
(12,912
)
2,081
(66,899
)
(52,366
)
(30,264
)
16,974
29,429
19,227
(815
)
1,442
794
(12,413
)
(33,391
)
(16,739
)
(1,421
)
(829
)
(856
)
639
(556
)
(255
)
(721
)
274
(1,064
)
(1,084
)
(1,577
)
2,233
3,901
729
43,177
39,283
28,238
(22,340
)
(10,198
)
(7,471
)
1,060
548
231
(7,108
)
(1,805
)
(939
)
(511
)
(497
)
(350
)
1,719
1,143
521
143
19,373
31,753
20,581
5,896
(2,722
)
2,265
4,365
7,087
4,822
$
10,261
$
4,365
$
7,087
Table of Contents
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
(in millions)
$
5,626
$
4,553
$
3,005
(27
)
5
128
(11
)
9
18
$
5,615
$
4,558
$
3,133
Table of Contents
Note 1.
Description of Business
Investment Banking.
The firm provides a broad range of investment banking
services to a diverse group of corporations, financial institutions, governments
and individuals.
Trading and Principal Investments.
The firm facilitates client transactions with
a diverse group of corporations, financial institutions, governments and
individuals and takes proprietary positions through market making in, trading of
and investing in fixed income and equity products, currencies, commodities and
derivatives on such products. In addition, the firm engages in specialist and
market-making activities on equities and options exchanges and clears client
transactions on major stock, options and futures exchanges worldwide. In connection
with the firms merchant banking and other investing activities, the firm makes
principal investments directly and through funds that the firm raises and manages.
Asset Management and Securities Services.
The firm provides investment advisory
and financial planning services and offers investment products across all major
asset classes to a diverse group of institutions and individuals worldwide, and
provides prime brokerage services, financing services and securities lending
services to mutual funds, pension funds, hedge funds, foundations and
high-net-worth individuals worldwide.
Note 2.
Significant Accounting Policies
Voting Interest Entities.
Voting interest entities are entities in which (i) the
total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance
its activities independently and (ii) the equity holders have the obligation to
absorb losses, the right to receive residual returns and the right to make decisions
about the entitys activities. Voting interest entities are consolidated in
accordance with Accounting Research Bulletin (ARB) No. 51, Consolidated
Financial Statements, as amended. ARB No. 51 states that the usual
Table of Contents
Variable Interest Entities.
VIEs are entities that lack one or more of the
characteristics of a voting interest entity. A controlling financial interest in a
VIE is present when an enterprise has a variable interest, or a combination of
variable interests, that will absorb a majority of the VIEs expected losses,
receive a majority of the VIEs expected residual returns, or both. The enterprise
with a controlling financial interest, known as the primary beneficiary,
consolidates the VIE. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
Interpretation (FIN) No. 46-R, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,
the firm consolidates all VIEs of which it is the primary beneficiary.
QSPEs.
QSPEs are passive entities that are commonly used in mortgage and other
securitization transactions. Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 140,
Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and
Extinguishments of Liabilities, sets forth the criteria an entity must satisfy to
be a QSPE. These criteria include the types of assets a QSPE may hold, limits on
asset sales, the use of derivatives and financial guarantees, and the level of
discretion a servicer may exercise in attempting to collect receivables. These
criteria may require management to make judgments about complex matters, including
whether a derivative is considered passive and the degree of discretion a servicer
may exercise. In accordance with SFAS No. 140 and FIN No. 46-R, the
firm does not consolidate QSPEs.
Equity-Method Investments.
When the firm does not have a controlling financial
interest in an entity but exerts significant influence over the entitys operating
and financial policies (generally defined as owning a voting interest of 20% to 50%)
and has an investment in common stock or in-substance common stock, the firm
accounts for its investment in accordance with the equity method of accounting
prescribed by Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 18, The Equity
Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock.
Other.
If the firm does not consolidate an entity or apply the equity method of
accounting, the firm accounts for its investment at fair value. The firm also has
formed numerous nonconsolidated investment funds with third-party investors that are
typically organized as limited partnerships. The firm acts as general partner for
these funds and does not hold a majority of the economic interests in any fund. For
funds established on or before June 29, 2005 in which the firm holds more
than a minor interest and for funds established or modified after June 29, 2005,
the firm has provided the third-party investors with rights to terminate the funds
(see Recent Accounting Developments below). These fund investments are
included in Financial instruments owned, at fair value in the consolidated
statements of financial condition.
Table of Contents
Cash Trading Instruments.
Fair values of the firms cash trading instruments are
generally obtained from quoted market prices in active markets, broker or dealer
price quotations, or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price
transparency. The types of instruments valued in this manner include U.S. government
and agency securities, other sovereign government obligations, liquid
mortgage products, investment-grade corporate bonds, listed equities, money market
securities, state, municipal and provincial obligations, and physical commodities.
Derivative Contracts.
Fair values of the firms derivative contracts consist of
exchange-traded and over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives and are reflected net of cash
that the firm has paid and received (for example, option premiums or cash paid or
received pursuant to credit support agreements). Fair values of the firms
exchange-traded derivatives are generally
Table of Contents
Principal Investments.
In valuing corporate and real estate principal investments,
the firms portfolio is separated into investments in private companies, investments
in public companies (excluding the firms investment in the convertible preferred
stock of Sumitomo Mitsui Financial Group, Inc. (SMFG)) and the firms investment in
SMFG.
Table of Contents
Resale and Repurchase Agreements.
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, principally U.S. government,
federal agency and investment-grade foreign sovereign obligations, represent
short-term collateralized financing transactions and are carried in the consolidated
statements of financial condition at their contractual amounts plus accrued
interest. These amounts are presented on a net-by-counterparty basis when the
requirements of FIN No. 41, Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain
Repurchase and Reverse Repurchase Agreements, or FIN No. 39, Offsetting of
Amounts Related to Certain Contracts, are satisfied. The firm receives securities
purchased under agreements to resell, makes delivery of securities sold under
agreements to repurchase, monitors the market value of these securities on a daily
basis and delivers or obtains additional collateral as appropriate.
Securities Borrowed and Loaned.
Securities borrowed and loaned are recorded based
on the amount of cash collateral advanced or received. These transactions are
generally collateralized by cash, securities or letters of credit. The firm receives
securities borrowed,
Table of Contents
makes delivery of securities loaned, monitors the market value
of securities borrowed and loaned, and delivers or obtains additional collateral as
appropriate.
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
(2)
(in millions)
$
496
$
488
$
15
456
401
11
(1)
Excludes revenues from nonconsolidated power
generation facilities, accounted for in accordance with
the equity method of accounting, as well as revenues
associated with the firms power trading activities.
(2)
The firm acquired its first consolidated power
generation facility in October 2003.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Net earnings applicable to common shareholders, as reported
$
5,609
$
4,553
$
3,005
Add:
1,133
790
458
Deduct:
(1,178
)
(947
)
(782
)
Pro forma net earnings applicable to common shareholders
$
5,564
$
4,396
$
2,681
EPS, as reported
$
11.73
$
9.30
$
6.15
11.21
8.92
5.87
Pro forma EPS
$
11.64
$
8.98
$
5.49
11.12
8.61
5.24
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
(in millions)
Net earnings applicable to common shareholders, as reported
$
5,609
$
4,553
$
3,005
Add:
1,133
790
458
Deduct:
(1,106
)
(802
)
(503
)
Pro forma net earnings applicable to common shareholders
$
5,636
$
4,541
$
2,960
Table of Contents
Note 3.
Financial Instruments
As of November
2005
2004
Assets
Liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
(in millions)
$
14,609
(1)
$
$
7,386
(1)
$
68,688
51,458
46,777
40,866
31,459
223
18,346
671
12,415
4,232
11,783
5,163
13,843
288
8,900
428
8,822
2,072
6,057
1,725
7,315
71
4,792
109
877
278
885
248
74,731
7,164
50,763
8,344
56,656
32,565
42,263
18,766
2,524
1,308
58,532
(2)
57,829
(3)
62,495
(2)
64,001
(3)
1,286
55
812
120
$
277,026
$
149,071
$
211,804
$
132,097
(1)
Includes $6.12 billion and $5.84 billion,
as of November 2005 and November 2004, respectively, of
money market instruments held by William Street Funding
Corporation to support the William Street credit
extension program.
(2)
Net of cash received pursuant to credit support
agreements of $22.61 billion and $18.65 billion
as of November 2005 and November 2004, respectively.
(3)
Net of cash paid pursuant to credit support
agreements of $16.10 billion and $5.45 billion as
of November 2005 and November 2004, respectively.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
As of November
2005
2004
Assets
Liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
(in millions)
$
13,921
$
15,345
$
13,137
$
14,578
25,865
22,001
34,727
30,836
18,746
20,483
14,631
18,587
$
58,532
$
57,829
$
62,495
$
64,001
Table of Contents
As of November 2005
As of November 2004
Type of Retained Interests
Type of Retained Interests
Mortgage-
Corporate Debt
Mortgage-
Corporate Debt
Backed
and Other
(3)
Backed
and Other
(3)
($ in millions)
$
2,928
$
1,799
$
1,798
$
1,578
5.7
5.1
4.2
3.7
18.6
%
N/A
21.5
%
N/A
$
(44
)
$
$
(6
)
$
(73
)
(10
)
5.0
%
2.5
%
4.0
%
4.1
%
$
(25
)
$
(4
)
$
(10
)
$
(1
)
(48
)
(9
)
(14
)
(2
)
7.4
%
6.5
%
8.5
%
4.9
%
$
(70
)
$
(13
)
$
(39
)
$
(24
)
(136
)
(29
)
(75
)
(48
)
(1)
Annual percentage credit loss is based only on
positions in which expected credit loss is a key
assumption in the determination of fair values.
(2)
The impacts of adverse change take into account
credit mitigants incorporated in the retained interests,
including over- collateralization and subordination
provisions.
(3)
Includes retained interests in bonds and other
types of financial assets that are not subject to
prepayment risk.
Table of Contents
As of November
2005
2004
(in millions)
$
4,143
$
5,197
1,481
782
(1)
Consolidated VIE assets include assets financed
by nonrecourse short-term and long-term debt. Nonrecourse
debt is debt that only the issuing subsidiary or, if
applicable, a subsidiary guaranteeing the debt is
obligated to repay.
Table of Contents
As of November 2005
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs
Purchased
Commitments
VIE
and Retained
and
Loans and
Assets
Interests
Guarantees
Derivatives
Investments
Total
(in millions)
$
19,437
$
780
$
$
2,074
$
$
2,854
3,189
1,995
1,995
6,667
2
95
1,070
1,167
14,232
11
1,082
1,093
6,378
208
248
52
426
934
$
49,903
$
990
$
354
$
4,121
$
2,578
$
8,043
As of November 2004
Maximum Exposure to Loss in Nonconsolidated VIEs
Purchased
Commitments
VIE
and Retained
and
Loans and
Assets
Interests
Guarantees
Derivatives
Investments
Total
(in millions)
$
5,989
$
139
$
$
268
$
180
$
587
204
73
73
5,340
52
571
623
9,853
1,195
1,195
7,308
30
277
38
711
1,056
$
28,694
$
169
$
329
$
379
$
2,657
$
3,534
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Note 4.
Short-Term Borrowings
As of November
2005
2004
(in millions)
$
17,339
$
19,513
5,154
4,355
15,975
13,474
16,751
17,617
$
55,219
$
54,959
(1)
As of November 2005 and November 2004, the
weighted average interest rates for short-term
borrowings, including commercial paper, were 3.98% and
2.73%, respectively. The weighted average interest rates,
after giving effect to hedging activities, were 3.86% and
2.30% as of November 2005 and November 2004, respectively.
Note 5.
Long-Term Borrowings
As of November
2005
2004
(in millions)
$
35,530
$
32,078
16,224
12,553
31,952
26,033
16,301
10,032
$
100,007
$
80,696
(1)
As of November 2005 and November 2004, interest rates on U.S. dollar fixed rate obligations ranged
from 3.72% to 12.00% and from 2.85% to 12.00%, respectively. As of November 2005 and November 2004,
interest rates on non-U.S. dollar fixed rate obligations ranged from 0.65% to 8.88% and from 0.70% to 8.88%, respectively.
(2)
Floating interest rates generally are based on LIBOR or the federal funds rate. Certain equity-linked
and indexed instruments are included in floating rate obligations.
Table of Contents
As of November
2005
2004
(in millions)
$
5,107
$
5,144
5,568
4,546
2,951
2,364
$
13,626
$
12,054
(1)
Includes $1.33 billion and $978 million of nonrecourse debt related to the firms consolidated
power generation facilities as of November 2005 and November 2004, respectively.
As of November
2005
(1)(2)
2004
(1)(2)
U.S.
Non-U.S.
U.S.
Non-U.S.
Dollar
Dollar
Total
Dollar
Dollar
Total
(in millions)
$
$
$
$
10,691
$
2,616
$
13,307
13,662
861
14,523
7,116
948
8,064
6,218
2,872
9,090
4,626
3,179
7,805
9,241
3,094
12,335
9,061
4,116
13,177
6,411
7,698
14,109
2,515
2,918
5,433
31,950
18,000
49,950
24,102
8,808
32,910
$
67,482
$
32,525
$
100,007
$
58,111
$
22,585
$
80,696
(1)
Long-term borrowings maturing within one year of
the financial statement date and certain long-term
borrowings that are redeemable within one year of the
financial statement date at the option of the holder are
included as short-term borrowings in the consolidated
statements of financial condition.
(2)
Long-term borrowings repayable at the option of
the firm are reflected at their contractual maturity
dates. Certain long-term borrowings that are redeemable
prior to maturity at the option of the holder are
reflected at the dates such options become exercisable.
As of November
2005
2004
Amount
Rate
Amount
Rate
($ in millions)
$
3,468
5.48
%
$
2,383
6.56
%
96,539
4.31
78,313
2.48
$
100,007
4.35
$
80,696
2.60
Table of Contents
Note 6.
Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees
Table of Contents
(in millions)
Year Ended November
2005
2004
$
14,505
$
9,400
17,592
4,984
18,536
7,334
10,489
5,998
$
61,122
$
27,716
William Street program.
Substantially all of the commitments provided under the
William Street credit extension program are to investment-grade corporate borrowers.
Commitments under the William Street credit extension program are issued by William
Street Commitment Corporation (Commitment Corp.), a consolidated wholly owned
subsidiary of Group Inc. whose assets and liabilities are legally separated from
other assets and liabilities of the firm, and also by other subsidiaries of Group
Inc. William Street Funding Corporation (Funding Corp.), another consolidated wholly
owned subsidiary of Group Inc. whose assets and liabilities are legally separated
from other assets and liabilities of the firm, was formed to raise funding to
support the William Street credit extension program. The assets of Commitment Corp.
and of Funding Corp. will not be available to their respective shareholders until
the claims of their respective creditors have been paid. In addition, no affiliate
of either Commitment Corp. or Funding Corp., except in limited cases as expressly
agreed in writing, is responsible for any obligation of either entity. With respect
to these commitments, the firm has credit loss protection provided to it by SMFG,
which is generally limited to 95% of the first loss the firm realizes on approved
loan commitments, subject to a maximum of $1.00 billion. In addition, subject to
the satisfaction of certain conditions, upon the firms request, SMFG will provide
protection for 70% of the second loss on such commitments, subject to a maximum of
$1.13 billion. The firm also uses other financial instruments to hedge certain
William Street commitments not covered by SMFG.
Other commercial lending commitments.
In addition to the commitments issued under
the William Street credit extension program, the firm extends other credit
commitments, primarily in connection with contingent acquisition financing and other
types of corporate lending. As part of its ongoing credit origination activities,
the firm may reduce its credit risk on commitments by syndicating all or substantial
portions to other investors. Additionally, commitments that are extended for
contingent acquisition financing are often short-term in nature, as
borrowers often replace them
with other funding sources.
Warehouse financing.
The firms commitments to extend credit also include mortgage
and other forms of warehouse financing. These financings are expected to be repaid
from the proceeds of related securitizations for which the firm may or may not act
as underwriter. These arrangements are secured by the warehoused assets, primarily
consisting of mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, residential and
commercial mortgages and corporate debt instruments.
Table of Contents
(in millions)
$
399
537
338
340
254
2,134
$
4,002
$
360
356
359
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
As of November 2005
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration
(4)
Carrying
2007-
2009-
2011-
Value
2006
2008
2010
Thereafter
Total
(in millions)
$
8,217
$
356,131
$
244,163
$
259,332
$
289,459
$
1,149,085
16,324
16,324
174
349
349
6,851
7,723
147
2
95
20
264
15
23
6
56
100
4
354
119
129
101
703
As of November 2004
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration
(4)
Carrying
2006-
2008-
2010-
Value
2005
2007
2009
Thereafter
Total
(in millions)
$
6,752
$
269,246
$
96,829
$
175,910
$
349,789
$
891,774
14,737
14,737
174
349
349
7,025
7,897
16
47
162
57
20
286
19
41
5
65
44
93
123
9
80
305
(1)
The carrying value excludes the effect of a legal right of setoff that may exist under an enforceable netting agreement.
(2)
Collateral held by the lenders in connection with securities lending indemnifications was $16.89 billion and $15.28 billion as of November 2005 and November 2004, respectively.
(3)
Includes the guarantee of all payments scheduled to be made over the life of the Trust, which could be
shortened in the event the firm redeemed the junior subordinated debentures issued to fund the Trust. (See
Note 5 for further information regarding the Trust.)
(4)
Such amounts do not represent the anticipated losses in connection with these contracts.
Table of Contents
Note 7.
Shareholders Equity
Table of Contents
Shares
Shares
Earliest
Redemption Value
Series
Description
Date Issued
Issued
Authorized
Redemption Date
(in millions)
A
April 25, 2005
30,000
50,000
April 25, 2010
$
750
B
October 31, 2005
32,000
50,000
October 31, 2010
800
C
October 31, 2005
8,000
25,000
October 31, 2010
200
70,000
125,000
$
1,750
As of
November
2005
2004
(in millions)
$
(16
)
$
11
(11
)
9
18
$
$
11
(1)
Consists of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities held by investments accounted for under the equity method.
Table of Contents
Note 8.
Earnings Per Common Share
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
(in millions, except per
share amounts)
$
5,609
$
4,553
$
3,005
478.1
489.5
488.4
9.9
9.6
16.0
12.2
11.4
7.5
22.1
21.0
23.5
500.2
510.5
511.9
$
11.73
$
9.30
$
6.15
11.21
8.92
5.87
(1)
The diluted EPS computations do not include the antidilutive effect of the following options:
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
(in millions)
1
1
27
Note 9.
Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets
Table of Contents
As of November
2005
2004
(in millions)
Customer lists
(1)
$
1,021
$
1,021
(244
)
(193
)
$
777
$
828
New York Stock
Exchange (NYSE)
specialist rights
$
714
$
714
(134
)
(107
)
$
580
$
607
Power contracts
(2)
$
497
$
(16
)
$
481
$
Exchange-traded
fund (ETF) and option
specialist rights
$
138
$
145
(27
)
(24
)
$
111
$
121
Other
(3)
$
312
$
298
(206
)
(165
)
$
106
$
133
Total
$
2,682
$
2,178
(627
)
(489
)
$
2,055
$
1,689
(1)
Primarily includes the firms clearance and
execution and NASDAQ customer lists related to SLK LLC
(SLK) and financial counseling customer lists related
to The Ayco Company, L.P.
(2)
Primarily relates to above-market power contracts
of consolidated power generation facilities related to
Cogentrix Energy, Inc. and National Energy & Gas
Transmission Co. (NEGT). The firm closed on its
acquisition of NEGT and recorded purchase price
allocation adjustments for NEGT and Cogentrix Energy,
Inc. in fiscal 2005. Substantially all of these power
contracts have been pledged as collateral to
counterparties in connection with certain of the firms
secured short-term and long-term borrowings. The weighted
average remaining life of these power contracts is
approximately 15 years.
(3)
Primarily includes technology-related assets
related to SLK.
Table of Contents
(in millions)
$
173
158
130
129
129
Note 10.
Other Assets and Other Liabilities
As of November
2005
2004
(in millions)
$
5,203
$
4,871
5,097
4,083
2,965
2,447
1,304
777
2,743
2,965
$
17,312
$
15,143
(1)
See Note 9 for further information regarding
the firms goodwill and identifiable intangible assets.
(2)
Net of accumulated depreciation and amortization
of $4.62 billion and $4.23 billion for November
2005 and November 2004, respectively.
As of November
2005
2004
(in millions)
$
6,598
$
5,571
3,164
1,809
4,068
2,980
$
13,830
$
10,360
Note 11.
Employee Benefit Plans
Table of Contents
As of or for the Year Ended November
2005
2004
U.S.
Non-U.S.
Post-
U.S.
Non-U.S.
Post-
Pension
Pension
retirement
Pension
Pension
retirement
(in millions)
$
355
$
474
$
215
$
294
$
335
$
196
44
23
10
44
9
19
20
13
18
16
12
(2
)
25
65
32
37
58
4
(6
)
(67
)
(6
)
(4
)
(14
)
(6
)
(50
)
37
$
393
$
486
$
277
$
355
$
474
$
215
$
318
$
382
$
$
277
$
304
$
32
64
25
26
10
30
6
20
34
6
1
(6
)
(43
)
(6
)
(4
)
(14
)
(6
)
(42
)
32
$
354
$
392
$
$
318
$
382
$
$
(39
)
$
(94
)
$
(277
)
$
(37
)
$
(92
)
$
(215
)
129
143
88
108
152
58
(20
)
5
1
(22
)
6
1
4
12
3
14
(18
)
(1
)
(1
)
$
52
$
57
$
(176
)
$
49
$
68
$
(142
)
Table of Contents
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
(in millions)
$
$
10
$
8
19
18
13
(27
)
(23
)
(16
)
6
5
5
$
(2
)
$
10
$
10
$
44
$
44
$
41
20
16
12
(23
)
(20
)
(15
)
12
8
8
(17
)
$
36
$
48
$
46
$
23
$
9
$
8
13
12
12
4
11
11
$
40
$
32
$
31
(1)
Represents a benefit as a result of the termination of a Japanese pension plan.
Table of Contents
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
5.25
%
5.50
%
6.00
%
N/A
N/A
5.00
5.50
6.00
6.59
N/A
5.00
5.00
7.50
8.50
8.50
4.81
4.63
4.76
4.75
4.49
4.37
4.63
4.76
4.78
4.49
4.37
4.14
6.35
6.25
5.86
5.25
%
5.50
%
6.00
%
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.50
6.00
6.75
5.00
5.00
5.00
1% Increase
1% Decrease
2005
2004
2005
2004
(in millions)
$
6
$
5
$
(5
)
$
(4
)
48
37
(37
)
(29
)
Table of Contents
As of November
2005
2004
U.S.
Non-U.S.
U.S.
Non-U.S.
Pension
Pension
Pension
Pension
64
%
70
%
66
%
66
%
21
8
22
8
15
22
12
26
100
%
100
%
100
%
100
%
U.S.
Non-U.S.
Post-
Pension
Pension
retirement
(in millions)
$
6
$
4
$
7
6
5
8
7
5
8
8
5
9
9
5
10
61
28
54
Table of Contents
Note 12.
Employee Incentive Plans
Table of Contents
Restricted Stock Units Outstanding
No Future Service
Future Service
Required
Required
18,315,938
29,895,000
3,615,366
9,357,593
(179,708
)
(1,886,420
)
(11,261,989
)
12,824,458
(12,824,458
)
23,314,065
24,541,715
6,629,717
11,253,970
(142,163
)
(879,420
)
(26,806,448
)
10,032,240
(10,032,240
)
13,027,411
24,884,025
10,048,356
12,217,764
(23,621
)
(819,840
)
(4,222,409
)
6,164,129
(6,164,129
)
24,993,866
30,117,820
(1)
Includes restricted stock units granted to
employees subsequent to year end as part of year-end
compensation.
Table of Contents
Weighted
Weighted Average
Options
Average
Remaining
Outstanding
Exercise Price
Life (years)
94,269,101
$
74.53
8.08
902,511
95.81
(2,686,955
)
52.76
(3,428,692
)
73.08
89,055,965
75.47
7.17
22,500
96.08
(9,025,867
)
57.80
(1,496,863
)
81.00
78,555,735
77.40
6.33
3,390,480
131.64
(17,285,849
)
66.20
(422,679
)
82.98
64,237,687
83.24
5.84
46,422,603
$
80.75
5.17
(1)
Includes stock options granted to employees subsequent to year end as part of year-end compensation.
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
4.5
%
3.4
%
3.4
%
30.0
35.0
35.0
0.9
1.0
1.0
7.5 years
5 years
5 years
Table of Contents
Note 13.
Affiliated Funds
Note 14.
Income Taxes
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
(in millions)
$
1,504
$
374
$
680
213
46
115
1,380
663
552
3,097
1,083
1,347
3
827
22
(4
)
98
27
(449
)
115
44
(450
)
1,040
93
$
2,647
$
2,123
$
1,440
Table of Contents
As of November
2005
2004
(in millions)
$
1,563
$
920
319
227
1,882
1,147
(6
)
(21
)
1,876
1,126
625
383
455
180
$
1,080
$
563
(1)
Relates primarily to the ability to utilize
losses of certain foreign entities and state and local
tax credits.
Table of Contents
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
35.0
%
35.0
%
35.0
%
income tax effects
1.6
1.4
2.1
(1.6
)
(3.6
)
(3.1
)
(1.2
)
(1.2
)
(1.2
)
(0.6
)
(0.7
)
(1.0
)
(1.2
)
(1)
0.9
0.6
32.0
%
31.8
%
32.4
%
(1)
Primarily includes the effect of audit
settlements.
Note 15.
Regulation
Table of Contents
Note 16.
Business Segments
Revenues and expenses directly associated with each segment are included in
determining pre-tax earnings.
Net revenues in the firms segments include allocations of interest income and
interest expense to specific securities, commodities and other positions in relation
to the cash generated by, or funding requirements of, such underlying positions. Net
interest is included within segment net revenues as it is consistent with the way in
which management assesses segment performance.
Overhead expenses not directly allocable to specific segments are allocated
ratably based on direct segment expenses.
Table of Contents
As of or for the Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
(in millions)
Investment Banking
$
3,671
$
3,374
$
2,711
3,258
2,973
2,504
$
413
$
401
$
207
$
4,869
$
4,759
$
4,867
Trading and Principal Investments
$
16,362
$
13,327
$
10,443
10,144
8,287
6,938
$
6,218
$
5,040
$
3,505
$
505,536
$
358,137
$
250,490
Asset Management and Securities Services
$
4,749
$
3,849
$
2,858
3,070
2,430
1,890
$
1,679
$
1,419
$
968
$
196,399
$
167,957
$
147,647
Total
$
24,782
$
20,550
$
16,012
16,509
13,874
11,567
$
8,273
$
6,676
$
4,445
$
706,804
$
531,379
$
403,799
(1)
Net revenues include net interest and cost of
power generation as set forth in the table below:
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
(in millions)
$
72
$
88
$
311
910
1,343
1,888
1,659
1,194
941
$
2,641
$
2,625
$
3,140
(2)
Includes the following expenses that have not
been allocated to the firms segments: (i) the
amortization of employee initial public offering awards,
net of forfeitures, of $19 million and $80 million for the years ended November 2004 and November
2003, respectively; (ii) net provisions for a number
of litigation and regulatory proceedings of $37 million,
$103 million and $155 million for the
years ended November 2005, November 2004 and November 2003,
respectively; and (iii) $62 million in
connection with the establishment of the firms joint
venture in China for the year ended November 2004.
(3)
Pre-tax earnings include total depreciation and
amortization as set forth in the table below:
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
(in millions)
$
143
$
183
$
253
565
513
726
146
149
166
$
854
$
845
$
1,145
(4)
Includes deferred tax assets relating to the
firms conversion to corporate form and certain assets
that management believes are not allocable to a
particular segment for the years ended November 2004 and
November 2003.
Table of Contents
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
(in millions)
$
14,315
$
12,932
$
10,040
6,804
5,222
4,037
3,389
2,368
1,704
274
28
231
$
24,782
$
20,550
$
16,012
$
5,312
$
4,761
$
3,105
1,444
984
700
1,308
1,121
658
246
(6
)
217
(37
)
(184
)
(235
)
$
8,273
$
6,676
$
4,445
(1)
Includes the following expenses that have not
been allocated to the firms segments: (i) the
amortization of employee initial public offering awards,
net of forfeitures, of $19 million and $80 million
for the years ended November 2004 and November
2003, respectively; (ii) net provisions for a number
of litigation and regulatory proceedings of $37 million,
$103 million and $155 million for the
years ended November 2005, November 2004 and November 2003,
respectively; and (iii) $62 million in
connection with the establishment of the firms joint
venture in China for the year ended November 2004.
Table of Contents
Note 17.
Subsequent Event
Table of Contents
2005 Fiscal Quarter
First
Second
Third
Fourth
(in millions, except per share data)
$
9,964
$
8,949
$
12,333
$
12,145
3,449
4,022
4,940
5,742
110
121
108
117
6,405
4,806
7,285
6,286
4,260
3,562
4,880
3,807
2,145
1,244
2,405
2,479
633
379
788
847
1,512
865
1,617
1,632
9
8
$
1,512
$
865
$
1,608
$
1,624
$
3.06
$
1.78
$
3.40
$
3.53
2.94
1.71
3.25
3.35
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
2004 Fiscal Quarter
First
Second
Third
Fourth
(in millions, except per share data)
$
7,905
$
7,676
$
6,803
$
7,455
1,873
2,038
2,156
2,821
104
127
117
53
5,928
5,511
4,530
4,581
3,999
3,771
3,237
2,867
1,929
1,740
1,293
1,714
636
553
414
520
$
1,293
$
1,187
$
879
$
1,194
$
2.63
$
2.43
$
1.80
$
2.44
2.50
2.31
1.74
2.36
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
Table of Contents
Sales Price
Fiscal 2005
Fiscal 2004
Fiscal 2003
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
$
113.93
$
101.79
$
108.00
$
95.73
$
80.90
$
63.75
114.25
95.16
109.29
90.08
81.67
61.02
114.87
94.75
95.15
83.29
91.98
81.50
134.99
108.86
105.40
88.46
97.39
83.64
Table of Contents
As of or for the Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
2002
2001
$
43,391
$
29,839
$
23,623
$
22,854
$
31,138
18,153
8,888
7,600
8,868
15,327
456
401
11
24,782
20,550
16,012
13,986
15,811
11,688
9,652
7,515
7,037
8,164
4,821
4,222
4,052
3,696
3,951
$
8,273
$
6,676
$
4,445
$
3,253
$
3,696
$
706,804
$
531,379
$
403,799
$
355,574
$
312,218
100,007
80,696
57,482
38,711
31,016
678,802
506,300
382,167
336,571
293,987
28,002
25,079
21,632
19,003
18,231
Common share data
(in millions, except per share amounts)
$
11.73
$
9.30
$
6.15
$
4.27
$
4.53
11.21
8.92
5.87
4.03
4.26
1.00
1.00
0.74
0.48
0.48
57.02
50.77
43.60
38.69
36.33
478.1
489.5
488.4
495.6
509.7
500.2
510.5
511.9
525.1
541.8
13,945
13,278
12,786
12,511
14,565
8,480
7,444
6,690
7,228
8,112
22,425
20,722
19,476
19,739
22,677
$
101
$
90
$
89
$
108
$
122
159
139
115
96
71
158
126
98
86
96
114
97
71
58
62
$
532
$
452
$
373
(7)
$
348
$
351
(1)
Cost of power generation includes all of the direct
costs of the firms power generation facilities (e.g., fuel,
operations and maintenance), as well as the depreciation and
amortization associated with the facility and related
contractual assets.
(2)
Long-term borrowings include $13.63 billion of
nonrecourse debt issued by William Street Funding
Corporation, consolidated VIEs and other consolidated
entities. Nonrecourse debt is debt that only the issuing
subsidiary or, if applicable, a subsidiary guaranteeing the
debt is obligated to repay.
(3)
Book value per common share is based on common shares
outstanding, including restricted stock units granted to
employees with no future service requirements, of 460.4 million,
494.0 million, 496.1 million, 491.2 million
and 501.8 million as of November 2005, November
2004, November 2003, November 2002 and November 2001,
respectively.
(4)
Substantially all assets under management are valued
as of calendar month end.
(5)
Includes both the firms fundamental equity and
quantitative equity strategies.
(6)
Primarily includes private equity funds, hedge funds,
real estate funds, certain currency and asset allocation strategies and other
assets allocated to external investment managers.
(7)
Includes $4 billion in non-money market assets
related to the firms acquisition of Ayco.
Table of Contents
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on
Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
Table of Contents
PART III
Information relating to the
Registrants executive officers is included on pages 42 to 43
of the Annual Report on Form 10-K. Information relating to
directors of the Registrant, including its audit committee and
audit committee financial experts, and its executive officers will
be in the Registrants definitive Proxy Statement for its 2006
Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on March 31, 2006,
which will be filed within 120 days of the end of our fiscal
year ended November 25, 2005 (the 2006 Proxy Statement) and is
incorporated herein by reference. Information relating to the
Registrants Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to
its senior financial officers, as defined in the Code, is included
in Part I, Item 1 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Information relating to the
Registrants executive officer and director compensation will be in
the 2006 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Information relating to security
ownership of certain beneficial owners of the Registrants common
stock and information relating to the security ownership of the
Registrants management will be in the 2006 Proxy Statement and is
incorporated herein by reference.
The following table provides
information as of November 25, 2005, the last day of fiscal
2005, regarding securities issued under our equity compensation
plans that were in effect during fiscal 2005, including those
granted on December 13, 2005 in respect of fiscal 2005
performance as part of the firms Discount Stock Program.
154
Information regarding certain
relationships and related transactions will be in the 2006 Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Information regarding principal
accountant fees and services will be in the 2006 Proxy Statement
and is incorporated herein by reference.
155
Item 10.
Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Number of Securities
Number of
Remaining Available
Securities to be
for Future Issuance
Issued Upon
Weighted-Average
Under Equity
Exercise of
Exercise Price of
Compensation Plans
Outstanding
Outstanding
(Excluding Securities
Options, Warrants
Options, Warrants
Reflected in the
Plan Category
and Rights
and Rights
Second Column)
The Goldman Sachs Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan
(1)
64,237,687
(2)
$
83.2431
(2)
250,020,377
(3)
None
64,237,687
(2)
250,020,377
(3)(4)
(1)
The Goldman Sachs Amended and Restated Stock
Incentive Plan (the SIP) was approved by the shareholders
of Goldman Sachs at our 2003 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders and is a successor plan to The Goldman Sachs
1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the 1999 Plan), which was
approved by our shareholders immediately prior to our
initial public offering in May 1999 and under which no
additional awards have been granted since approval of the
SIP.
(2)
Includes options that are subject to vesting and
other conditions. The number of securities to be issued
upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and
rights, as well as the weighted average exercise price of
the outstanding options, warrants and rights, excludes
approximately 65,000 options granted with a strike price
of $0.01 in foreign jurisdictions that were intended to
replicate the economic effect of our restricted stock
units.
(3)
Of these shares, 55,086,037 shares may be
issued pursuant to outstanding restricted stock units,
including 48,602,805 shares granted under the SIP and
6,483,232 shares granted under the 1999 Plan.
Table of Contents
(4)
Represents shares remaining to be issued under
the SIP (243,537,145 shares) and the 1999 Plan
(6,483,232 shares). The total number of shares of
common stock that may be delivered pursuant to awards
granted under the SIP initially may not exceed 250,000,000 shares.
Beginning November 29, 2008 and each
fiscal year thereafter, the number of shares of common
stock that may be delivered pursuant to awards granted
after April 1, 2003 under the SIP may not exceed
5% of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock,
determined as of the last day of the immediately
preceding fiscal year, increased by the number of shares
that were available for awards in previous fiscal years
but were not, at the date of determination, covered by
awards granted in previous years.
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
Item 14.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Table of Contents
PART IV
(a) Documents filed as part of this Report:
156
157
158
159
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
Schedules not listed are omitted
because of the absence of the conditions under which they are
required or because the information is in the consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto.
F-1
SCHEDULE I
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed nonconsolidated financial statements.
F-2
SCHEDULE I
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed nonconsolidated financial statements.
F-3
SCHEDULE I
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed nonconsolidated financial statements.
F-4
SCHEDULE I
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
Basis of Presentation
The condensed nonconsolidated
financial statements of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (the parent
company), a Delaware corporation, should be read in conjunction
with the consolidated financial statements of The Goldman Sachs
Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the firm) and notes thereto (the
consolidated financial statements), which are included in Part II,
Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K. These
condensed nonconsolidated financial statements reflect the results
of operations, financial condition and cash flows for the parent
company only. Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for using
the equity method of accounting prescribed by Accounting Principles
Board (APB) Opinion No. 18, The Equity Method of Accounting
for Investments in Common Stock.
These condensed nonconsolidated
financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles that require management to
make certain estimates and assumptions. The most important of these
estimates and assumptions relate to fair value measurements, the
accounting for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets and the
provision for potential losses that may arise from litigation and
regulatory proceedings and tax audits. Although these and other
estimates and assumptions are based on the best available
information, actual results could be materially different from
these estimates.
The parent company has formed
numerous nonconsolidated investment funds with third-party
investors that are typically organized as limited partnerships. The
parent company, through its subsidiaries, acts as general partner
for these funds and does not hold a majority of the economic
interests in any fund. For funds established on or before June 29,
2005 in which the parent company, through its subsidiaries,
holds more than a minor interest and for funds established or
modified after June 29, 2005, the parent company has provided
the third-party investors with rights to terminate the funds (see Recent
Accounting Developments in Note 2 to the
consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of the
Annual Report on Form 10-K). Such fund investments are included
in Financial instruments owned, at fair value in the condensed
nonconsolidated statements of financial condition.
Unless otherwise stated herein, all
references to November 2005, November 2004 and November 2003 refer
to the parent companys fiscal years ended, or the dates, as the
context requires, November 25, 2005, November 26, 2004 and
November 28, 2003, respectively. Certain reclassifications have
been made to previously reported amounts to conform to the current
presentation.
Revenue Recognition
Financial Instruments.
Financial
instruments owned, at fair value and Financial instruments sold,
but not yet purchased, at fair value are reflected in the
condensed nonconsolidated statements of financial condition on a
trade-date basis and consist of financial instruments carried at
fair value or amounts that approximate fair value, with related
unrealized gains or losses recognized in the condensed
nonconsolidated statements of earnings. The fair value of a
financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be
exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other
than in a forced or liquidation sale.
In determining fair value, the parent
company separates its financial instruments into two categories
derivative contracts and principal investments.
F-5
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
Merchant Banking Overrides.
The
parent company is entitled to receive merchant banking overrides
(i.e., an increased share of a funds income and gains) when the
return on the funds
F-6
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
investments exceeds certain threshold returns.
Overrides are based on investment performance over the life of each
merchant banking fund, and future investment underperformance may
require amounts of override previously distributed to the parent
company to be returned to the funds. Accordingly, overrides are
recognized in the condensed nonconsolidated statements of earnings
only when all material contingencies have been resolved. Overrides
are included in Principal investments in the condensed
nonconsolidated statements of earnings.
Goodwill
Goodwill is the cost of acquired
companies in excess of the fair value of identifiable net assets at
acquisition date. In accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets, goodwill is tested at least annually for
impairment. An impairment loss is triggered if the estimated fair
value of an operating segment is less than its estimated net book
value. Such loss is calculated as the difference between the
estimated fair value of goodwill and its carrying value.
Property, Leasehold Improvements and Equipment
Property, leasehold improvements and
equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization, are
included in Other assets in the condensed nonconsolidated
statements of financial condition.
Property and equipment placed in
service prior to December 1, 2001 are depreciated under the
accelerated cost recovery method. Property and equipment placed in
service on or after December 1, 2001 are depreciated on a
straight-line basis over the useful life of the asset. Leasehold
improvements for which the useful life of the improvement is
shorter than the term of the lease are amortized under the
accelerated cost recovery method if placed in service prior to
December 1, 2001. All other leasehold improvements are
amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the
improvement or the term of the lease, whichever is shorter.
Property, leasehold improvements and
equipment are tested for potential impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances suggest that an assets or asset groups
carrying value may not be fully recoverable in accordance with SFAS No. 144.
An impairment loss, calculated as the difference
between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of an asset
or asset group, is recognized if the sum of the expected
undiscounted cash flows relating to the asset or asset group is
less than the corresponding carrying value.
Foreign Currency Translation
Assets and liabilities denominated in
non-U.S. currencies are translated at rates of exchange
prevailing on the date of the condensed nonconsolidated statements
of financial condition, and revenues and expenses are translated at
average rates of exchange for the fiscal year. The parent company
seeks to reduce its net investment exposure to fluctuations in
foreign exchange rates through the use of foreign currency forward
contracts and foreign currency-denominated debt. For foreign
currency forward contracts, hedge effectiveness is assessed based
on changes in forward exchange rates; accordingly, forward points
are reflected as a component of the currency translation adjustment
in Accumulated other comprehensive income in the condensed
nonconsolidated statements of financial condition. For foreign
currency-denominated debt, hedge effectiveness is assessed based on
changes in spot rates. Foreign currency remeasurement gains or
losses on transactions in nonfunctional currencies are included in
the condensed nonconsolidated statements of earnings.
F-7
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities
are recognized for temporary differences between the financial
reporting and tax bases of the parent companys assets and
liabilities. Valuation allowances are established to reduce
deferred tax assets to the amount that more likely than not will be
realized. The parent companys tax assets and liabilities are
presented as a component of Other assets and Other liabilities
and accrued expenses, respectively, in the condensed
nonconsolidated statements of financial condition. Tax provisions
are computed in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting
for Income Taxes. Contingent liabilities related to income taxes
are recorded when the criteria for loss recognition under SFAS No. 5,
Accounting for Contingencies, as amended, have been
met.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The parent company defines cash
equivalents as highly liquid overnight deposits held in the
ordinary course of business.
Affiliate Transactions
Substantially all of the firms
unsecured liquidity is raised by the parent company. The parent
company then lends the necessary funds to its subsidiaries and
affiliates, some of which are regulated, to meet their financing
and capital requirements. In addition, the parent company advances
its regulated subsidiaries the necessary capital to meet their
regulatory requirements. Such funding is included in Loans to
affiliates and Subordinated loans to affiliates in the condensed
nonconsolidated statements of financial condition. Intercompany
exposure is managed by requiring senior and subordinated
intercompany loans to have maturities equal to or shorter than the
maturities of the aggregate borrowings of the parent company. This
policy ensures that the subsidiaries obligations to the parent
company will generally mature in advance of the parent companys
third-party borrowings. In addition, many of the subsidiaries and
affiliates pledge collateral at loan value to cover their
intercompany borrowings (other than subordinated debt) in order to
mitigate parent company liquidity risk. Equity investments in
subsidiaries are generally funded with equity capital and included
in Investments in subsidiaries in the condensed nonconsolidated
statements of financial condition.
The parent company enters into
derivative contracts with affiliates to hedge its net investment in
non-U.S. operations and to manage the interest rate and
currency exposure on its long-term borrowings and certain
short-term borrowings. To manage exposure on its borrowings, the
parent company uses derivatives to effectively convert a
substantial portion of its long-term borrowings into U.S. dollar-based
floating rate obligations. The parent company applies
fair-value hedge accounting to derivative contracts that hedge the
benchmark interest rate (i.e., London Interbank Offered Rate
(LIBOR)) on its fixed rate long-term borrowings. Derivative
balances with affiliates, included in Financial instruments owned,
at fair value and Financial instruments sold, but not yet
purchased, at fair value in the condensed nonconsolidated
statements of financial condition, were $2.79 billion and $464 million,
and $7.40 billion and $139 million, as of
November 2005 and November 2004, respectively.
Interest income is largely generated
from loans made to affiliates.
The parent company also allocates
substantially all rental and other costs relating to properties
occupied by certain subsidiaries and affiliates. The parent company
additionally allocates the cost of stock-based compensation
programs to subsidiaries and affiliates relating to costs
associated with employees of those subsidiaries and affiliates.
F-8
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
The parent company obtains
third-party unsecured short-term borrowings primarily through the
issuance of promissory notes, commercial paper and bank loans.
Short-term borrowings also include the portion of long-term
borrowings maturing within one year of the financial statement date
and certain long-term borrowings that are redeemable within one
year of the financial statement date at the option of the holder.
The carrying value of these short-term obligations approximates
fair value due to their short-term nature.
Short-term borrowings with third
parties are set forth below:
In addition, the parent company may
borrow overnight funds from certain subsidiaries and affiliates on
an unsecured basis. As of November 2005 and November 2004, such
amounts were $1.44 billion and $871 million, respectively,
and included in Unsecured short-term borrowings With
affiliates in the condensed nonconsolidated statements of
financial condition.
The parent company obtains unsecured
long-term borrowings, which consist principally of senior
borrowings with maturities extending to 2035.
Long-term borrowings with third
parties are set forth below:
F-9
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
Long-term borrowings with third
parties by fiscal maturity date are set forth below:
The parent company enters into
derivative contracts with affiliates, such as interest rate futures
contracts, interest rate swap agreements, currency swap agreements,
equity-linked and indexed contracts, to effectively convert a
substantial portion of its long-term borrowings into U.S. dollar-based
floating rate obligations. Accordingly, the aggregate
carrying value of these long-term borrowings and related hedges
approximates fair value.
The effective weighted average
interest rates for long-term borrowings with third parties, after
hedging activities, are set forth below:
F-10
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
Long-term borrowings with affiliates
are set forth below:
Long-term borrowings with affiliates
by fiscal maturity date are set forth below:
Deferrable Interest Junior Subordinated Debentures
In February 2004, Goldman Sachs
Capital I (the Trust), a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust, was
formed by the parent company for the exclusive purposes of (i) issuing
$2.75 billion of guaranteed preferred beneficial
interests and $85 million of common beneficial interests in the
Trust, (ii) investing the proceeds from the sale to purchase
junior subordinated debentures from the parent company and (iii) engaging
in only those other activities necessary or
incidental to these purposes. The preferred beneficial interests
were purchased by third parties, and, as of November 2005, the
parent company held all of the common beneficial interests.
The parent company has the right,
from time to time, to defer payment of interest on the junior
subordinated debentures, and, therefore, cause payment of dividends
on the Trusts preferred beneficial interests to be deferred, in
each case for up to ten consecutive semiannual periods, and during
any such extension period the parent company will not be permitted
to, among other things,
F-11
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
pay dividends on or make certain
repurchases of its common stock. The Trust is not permitted to pay
any distributions on the common beneficial interests held by the
parent company unless all dividends payable on the preferred
beneficial interests have been paid in full.
Commitments
Letters of Credit.
The parent company
provides letters of credit issued by various banks to
counterparties in lieu of securities or cash to satisfy various
collateral requirements. Letters of credit outstanding were $25 million
as of both November 2005 and November 2004.
Merchant Banking Commitments.
The
parent company acts as an investor in merchant banking
transactions, which includes making long-term investments in equity
and debt securities in privately negotiated transactions, corporate
acquisitions and real estate transactions. In connection with these
activities, the parent company had commitments to invest up to $3.49 billion
and $1.04 billion in corporate and real estate
investment funds as of November 2005 and November 2004,
respectively.
Construction-Related Commitments.
The
parent company had construction-related commitments of $19 million
as of both November 2005 and November 2004.
Other.
In August 2005, the parent
company entered into an agreement to acquire the variable annuity
and variable life insurance business of The Hanover Insurance
Group, Inc. (formerly Allmerica Financial Corporation), including
its wholly owned life insurance subsidiary, Allmerica Financial
Life Insurance and Annuity Company. The transaction closed on
December 30, 2005 at a purchase price of approximately $271 million
upfront and an estimated $34 million over three years,
subject to final adjustments.
The parent company had other purchase
commitments of $10 million as of November 2004.
Leases.
The parent company has
contractual obligations under long-term noncancelable lease
agreements, principally for office space, expiring on various dates
through 2029. Certain agreements are subject to periodic escalation
provisions for increases in real estate taxes and other charges.
Future minimum rental payments, net of minimum sublease rentals,
which are generally reimbursed by affiliates, are set forth below:
F-12
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
Contingencies
The parent company is involved in a
number of judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings
concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its
businesses. Management believes, based on currently available
information, that the results of such proceedings, in the
aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the parent
companys financial condition, but may be material to the parent
companys operating results for any particular period, depending,
in part, upon the operating results for such period. Given the
inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of the parent
companys litigation and regulatory matters, particularly in cases
or proceedings in which substantial or indeterminate damages or
fines are sought, the parent company cannot estimate losses or
ranges of losses for cases or proceedings where there is only a
reasonable possibility that a loss may be incurred.
Guarantees
Effective January 30, 2006, the
parent company has guaranteed the payment obligations of Goldman,
Sachs & Co., its principal U.S. broker-dealer subsidiary (other
than nonrecourse payment obligations). In addition, the parent
company guarantees many of the obligations of its other
consolidated subsidiaries on a transaction-by-transaction basis, as
negotiated with the counterparty. The parent company is unable to
develop an estimate of the maximum payout under its subsidiary
guarantees; however, because these guaranteed obligations are also
obligations of consolidated subsidiaries and included in the
consolidated statements of financial condition or disclosed in Note 6
to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8
of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, the parent companys
liabilities as guarantor are not separately disclosed herein.
In connection with certain asset
sales and securitization transactions, the parent company may
guarantee the collection of contractual cash flows. In connection
with its merchant banking activities, the parent company may issue
loan guarantees to secure financing. In addition, the parent
company provides letters of credit and other guarantees, on a
limited basis, to enable clients to enhance their credit standing
and complete transactions.
In connection with the parent
companys establishment of the Trust, the parent company
effectively provided for the full and unconditional guarantee of
the beneficial interests in the Trust held by third parties. Timely
payment by the parent company of interest on the junior
subordinated debentures and other amounts due and performance of
its other obligations under the transaction documents will be
sufficient to cover payments due by the Trust on its beneficial
interests. As a result, management believes that it is unlikely the
parent company will have to make payments related to the Trust
other than those required under the junior subordinated debentures
and in connection with certain expenses incurred by the Trust.
F-13
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
The following tables set forth
certain information about the parent companys guarantees as of
November 2005 and November 2004:
In the normal course of its business,
the parent company indemnifies and guarantees certain service
providers, such as clearing and custody agents, trustees and
administrators, against specified potential losses in connection
with their acting as an agent of, or providing services to, the
parent company or its subsidiaries or affiliates. The parent
company also indemnifies some clients against potential losses
incurred in the event specified third-party service providers,
including sub-custodians and third-party brokers, improperly
execute transactions. The parent company is unable to develop an
estimate of the maximum payout under these guarantees and
indemnifications. However, management believes that it is unlikely
the parent company will have to make material payments under these
arrangements, and no liabilities related to these guarantees and
indemnifications have been recognized in the condensed
nonconsolidated statements of financial condition as of November
2005 and November 2004.
F-14
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
The parent company provides
representations and warranties to counterparties in connection with
a variety of commercial transactions and occasionally indemnifies
them against potential losses caused by the breach of those
representations and warranties. The parent company may also provide
indemnifications protecting against changes in or adverse
application of certain U.S. tax laws in connection with
ordinary-course transactions such as securities issuances,
borrowings or derivatives. In addition, the parent company may
provide indemnifications to some counterparties to protect them in
the event additional taxes are owed or payments are withheld, due
either to a change in or an adverse application of certain non-U.S.
tax laws. These indemnifications generally are standard contractual
terms and are entered into in the normal course of business.
Generally, there are no stated or notional amounts included in
these indemnifications, and the contingencies triggering the
obligation to indemnify are not expected to occur. The parent
company is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum payout
under these guarantees and indemnifications. However, management
believes that it is unlikely the parent company will have to make
any material payments under these arrangements, and no liabilities
related to these arrangements have been recognized in the condensed
nonconsolidated statements of financial condition as of November
2005 and November 2004.
Dividends declared per common share
were $1.00 in fiscal 2005, $1.00 in fiscal 2004 and $0.74 in fiscal
2003. On December 14, 2005, the Board of Directors of the
parent company (the Board) declared a dividend of $0.25 per
share to be paid on February 23, 2006 to common shareholders of
record on January 24, 2006.
During fiscal 2005, the parent
company issued 70,000 shares of preferred stock in three series
as set forth in the following table:
Preferred Stock by Series
Each share of preferred stock has a
par value of $0.01, has a liquidation preference of $25,000, is
represented by 1,000 depositary shares and is redeemable at the
parent companys option at a redemption price equal to $25,000 plus
declared and unpaid dividends. The parent companys ability to
declare or pay dividends on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise
acquire, its common stock is subject to certain restrictions in the
event that the parent company fails to pay or set aside full
dividends on the preferred stock for the latest completed dividend
period. All preferred stock also has a preference over the parent
companys common stock upon liquidation.
F-15
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
Dividends declared per share of Series A
preferred stock were $578.72 in fiscal 2005. On December 14,
2005, the Board declared a dividend per preferred share of
$323.28, $430.56 and $353.68 for Series A, Series B and
Series C preferred stock, respectively, to be paid on February 10,
2006 to preferred shareholders of record on January 26,
2006.
During fiscal 2005, the parent
company repurchased 63.7 million shares of its common stock at
a total cost of $7.11 billion, and during fiscal 2004, the
parent company repurchased 18.7 million shares of its common
stock at a total cost of $1.81 billion. The average price paid
per share for repurchased shares was $111.57 and $96.29 for the
years ended November 2005 and November 2004, respectively. In
addition, to satisfy minimum statutory employee tax withholding
requirements related to the delivery of shares underlying
restricted stock units, the parent company cancelled 1.6 million
restricted stock units at a total cost of $163 million
in fiscal 2005, and it cancelled 9.1 million restricted stock
units at a total cost of $870 million in fiscal 2004.
F-16
Item 15.
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
1.
Consolidated Financial Statements
The consolidated financial statements required to be filed in the Annual
Report on Form 10-K are listed on page F-1 hereof and in Part II, Item 8
hereof.
2.
Financial Statement Schedule
The financial statement schedule required in the Annual Report on Form 10-K
is listed on page F-1 hereof. The required schedule appears on pages F-2
through F-16 hereof.
3.
Exhibits
Plan of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to the corresponding
exhibit to the Registrants registration statement on Form S-1
(No. 333-74449)).
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
Amended and Restated By-Laws of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrants
Quarterly Report on Form 8-K, filed September 20, 2005).
Indenture, dated as of May 19, 1999, between The Goldman Sachs
Group, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 6 to the Registrants registration statement
on Form 8-A, filed June 29, 1999).
Subordinated Debt Indenture, dated as of February 20, 2004,
between The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as
trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the
Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
November 28, 2003).
Certain instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt
securities of the Registrant and its subsidiaries are omitted
pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K. The
Registrant hereby undertakes to furnish to the SEC, upon request,
copies of any such instruments.
The Goldman Sachs Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended February 28,
2003).
The Goldman Sachs Defined Contribution Plan (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrants registration
statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-75213)).
The Goldman Sachs Restricted Partner Compensation Plan (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrants Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the period ended February 28, 2003).
Form of Employment Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19
to the Registrants registration statement on Form S-1
(No. 333-75213)).
Form of Agreement Relating to Noncompetition and Other Covenants
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrants
registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-75213)).
Form of Option Agreement (Discretionary Options) (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrants registration
statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-75213)).
Tax Indemnification Agreement, dated as of May 7, 1999, by and
among The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and various parties (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrants registration
statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-75213)).
Table of Contents
Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, dated June 22,
2004, among The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and various parties
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit M to Amendment No. 54
to Schedule 13D, filed June 23, 2004, relating to the
Registrants common stock).
Instrument of Indemnification (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27
to the Registrants registration statement on Form S-1
(No. 333-75213)).
Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.28 to the Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended November 26, 1999).
Registration Rights Instrument, dated as of December 10, 1999
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit G to Amendment No. 1 to
Schedule 13D, filed December 17, 1999, relating to the
Registrants common stock (No. 005-56295)).
Supplemental Registration Rights Instrument, dated as of December 10,
1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit H to Amendment No. 1
to Schedule 13D, filed December 17, 1999, relating to
the Registrants common stock).
Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.44 to the Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended November 26, 1999).
Form of Indemnification Agreement, dated as of July 5, 2000
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended August 25,
2000).
Amendment No. 1, dated as of September 5, 2000, to the Tax
Indemnification Agreement, dated as of May 7, 1999 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrants Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the period ended August 25, 2000).
Supplemental Registration Rights Instrument, dated as of December 21,
2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit AA to Amendment No. 12
to Schedule 13D, filed January 23, 2001, relating to
the Registrants common stock).
Supplemental Registration Rights Instrument, dated as of December 21,
2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to
Registrants registration statement on Form S-3 (No. 333-74006)).
Supplemental Registration Rights Instrument, dated as of December 20,
2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to
Registrants registration statement on Form S-3 (No. 333-101093)).
Letter, dated February 6, 2001, from The Goldman Sachs Group,
Inc. to Dr. Ruth J. Simmons (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63
to the Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended November 24, 2000).
Letter, dated February 6, 2001, from The Goldman Sachs Group,
Inc. to Mr. John H. Bryan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.64
to the Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the fiscal year ended November 24, 2000).
Letter, dated February 6, 2001, from The Goldman Sachs Group,
Inc. to Mr. James A. Johnson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.65
to the Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended November 24, 2000).
Letter, dated February 6, 2001, from The Goldman Sachs Group,
Inc. to Lord Browne of Madingley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.66
to the Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended November 24, 2000).
Letter, dated December 18, 2002, from The Goldman Sachs Group,
Inc. to Mr. William W. George (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.39 to the Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended November 29, 2002).
Table of Contents
Letter, dated June 20, 2003, from The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
to Mr. Claes Dahlbäck (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1
to the Registrants Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
period ended May 30, 2003).
Letter, dated June 20, 2003, from The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
to Mr. Edward M. Liddy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2
to the Registrants Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
period ended May 30, 2003).
Supplemental Registration Rights Instrument, dated as of December 19,
2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the
Registrants registration statement on Form S-3 (No. 333-110371)).
Letter, dated March 31, 2004, from The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
to Ms. Lois D. Juliber (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1
to the Registrants Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
period ended May 28, 2004).
Letter, dated April 6, 2005, from The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
to Mr. Stephen Friedman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1
to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K, filed April 8,
2005).
Form of Amendment, dated November 27, 2004, to Agreement Relating
to Noncompetition and Other Covenants, dated May 7, 1999
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Registrants
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 26,
2004).
Form of 2005 RSU Award Agreement for PMD Discount Stock Program
(subject to transfer restrictions).
Form of 2005 RSU Award Agreement for PMD Discount Stock Program (not
subject to transfer restrictions).
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation
Plan for U.S. Participating Managing Directors.
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation
Plan for U.S. Extended Managing Directors and Other Select
Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the
Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended November 26, 2004).
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation
Plan for U.K. Participating Managing Directors.
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation for
U.K. Extended Managing Directors and Other Select U.K. Employees
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the Registrants
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 26,
2004).
Form of Year-End Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K,
filed December 9, 2005).
Form of Year-End RSU Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K,
filed December 9, 2005).
Form of Year-End Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrants Current Report on
Form 8-K, filed December 9, 2005).
Form of Non-Employee Director Option Award Agreement (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrants Current Report on
Form 8-K, filed December 9, 2005).
Form of Non-Employee Director RSU Award Agreement (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrants Current Report on
Form 8-K, filed December 9, 2005).
Table of Contents
Description of Non-Employee Director Compensation.
Description of Certain Benefits for Participating Managing Directors.
Form of One-Time RSU Award
Agreement.
Ground Lease, dated August 23, 2005, between Battery Park City
Authority d/b/a/ Hugh L. Carey Battery Park City Authority, as
Landlord, and Goldman Sachs Headquarters LLC, as Tenant (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants Current Report
on Form 8-K, filed August 26, 2005).
General Guarantee Agreement, dated January 30, 2006, made by The
Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
Statement re: computation of ratios of earnings to fixed charges and
ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock
dividends.
List of significant subsidiaries of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
Powers of Attorney (included on signature page).
Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications.
Section 1350 Certifications.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Selected
Financial Data.
This exhibit is a management contract or a compensatory plan or
arrangement.
Table of Contents
ITEMS 15(a)(1) AND 15(a)(2)
Page
No.
99
100
102
103
104
105
106
107
150
151
152
100
F-2
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
Table of Contents
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
(in millions)
$
4,763
$
4,785
$
3,476
1,927
1,561
561
5,351
2,843
2,181
12,041
9,189
6,218
5,069
2,834
2,154
6,972
6,355
4,064
348
296
226
74
87
2
422
383
228
6,550
5,972
3,836
924
1,419
831
5,626
4,553
3,005
17
$
5,609
$
4,553
$
3,005
Table of Contents
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
As of November
2005
2004
(in millions, except share
and per share amounts)
Assets
$
1,570
$
40
5,797
3,846
83,876
74,262
27,848
23,178
25,260
23,667
10,026
9,894
2,572
1,725
$
156,949
$
136,612
$
39,976
$
39,628
1,439
871
long-term borrowings
41,415
40,499
331
1,019
1,970
139
2,005
877
79,756
65,391
3,470
3,608
83,226
68,999
128,947
111,533
1,750
6
6
3,415
2,013
17,159
15,501
19,085
13,970
(117
)
11
(13,413
)
(6,305
)
28,002
25,079
$
156,949
$
136,612
Table of Contents
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
Year Ended November
2005
2004
2003
(in millions)
$
5,626
$
4,553
$
3,005
(4,293
)
(3,663
)
(1,323
)
43
98
99
464
1,017
225
177
124
67
(661
)
(3,317
)
(2,126
)
1,832
110
15
(1,020
)
2,730
915
670
(1,000
)
382
2,838
652
1,259
(13,053
)
(10,175
)
(13,270
)
(4,670
)
(6,394
)
(3,472
)
2,413
750
(165
)
(162
)
(46
)
(8
)
(740
)
339
(15,472
)
(15,865
)
(17,316
)
1,118
(2,869
)
398
31,382
30,004
22,168
(13,579
)
(10,102
)
(5,363
)
(7,108
)
(1,805
)
(939
)
(511
)
(497
)
(350
)
1,719
1,143
521
143
14,164
15,252
16,057
1,530
39
40
1
1
$
1,570
$
40
$
1
Table of Contents
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
Note 1.
Significant Accounting Policies
Table of Contents
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
Derivative Contracts.
Fair values of the parent companys derivative contracts
consist of exchange-traded and over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives entered into
with affiliates and are reflected net of cash that the parent company has paid and
received. Fair values of the parent companys exchange-traded derivatives are
generally determined from quoted market prices. OTC derivatives are valued using
valuation models. The parent company uses a variety of valuation models including
the present value of known or estimated cash flows and option-pricing models.
Principal Investments.
In valuing corporate and real estate principal investments,
the parent companys portfolio is separated into investments in private companies,
investments in public companies (excluding the parent companys investment in the
convertible preferred stock of Sumitomo Mitsui Financial Group, Inc. (SMFG)) and the
parent companys investment in SMFG.
The parent companys private principal investments, by their nature, have little or no
price transparency. Such investments are initially carried at cost as an approximation of
fair value. Adjustments to carrying value are made if there are third-party transactions
evidencing a change in value. Downward adjustments are also made, in the absence of
third-party transactions, if it is determined that the expected realizable value of the
investment is less than the carrying value. In reaching that determination, many factors
are considered including, but not limited to, the operating cash flows and financial
performance of the companies or properties relative to budgets or projections, trends
within sectors and/or regions, underlying business models, expected exit timing and
strategy, and any specific rights or terms associated with the investment, such as
conversion features and liquidation preferences.
The parent companys public principal investments, which tend to be large, concentrated
holdings that result from initial public offerings or other corporate transactions, are
valued using quoted market prices discounted based on predetermined written policies for
nontransferability and illiquidity.
The parent companys investment in the convertible preferred stock of SMFG is carried at
fair value, which is derived from a model that incorporates SMFGs common stock price and
credit spreads, the impact of nontransferability and illiquidity, and the downside
protection on the conversion strike price. The parent companys investment in the
convertible preferred stock of SMFG is generally nontransferable, but is freely
convertible into SMFG common stock. Restrictions on the parent companys ability to hedge
or sell one-third of the common stock underlying its investment in SMFG lapsed in February
2005. As of November 2005, the parent company was fully hedged with respect to these
unrestricted shares. Under the parent companys initial agreement with SMFG, restrictions
on the parent companys ability to hedge or sell the remaining shares of common stock
underlying its investment in SMFG lapse in equal installments on February 7, 2006 and
February 7, 2007. In connection with a public offering by SMFG of its common stock,
the parent company has separately agreed with SMFG that the restrictions that were to
lapse on February 7, 2006 will instead lapse on March 9,
2006. Effective February 1, 2006, the conversion price of the parent companys SMFG preferred stock into shares of
SMFG common stock is ¥320,900. This price is subject to downward adjustment if the price
of SMFG common stock at the time of conversion is less than the conversion price (subject
to a floor of ¥105,800).
Table of Contents
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
Table of Contents
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
Table of Contents
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
Note 2.
Short-Term Borrowings
As of November
2005
2004
(in millions)
$
17,339
$
19,513
5,098
4,040
3,634
3,197
13,905
12,878
$
39,976
$
39,628
(1)
As of November 2005 and November 2004, the
weighted average interest rates for short-term
borrowings, including commercial paper, were 4.17% and
2.61%, respectively. The weighted average interest rates,
after giving effect to hedging activities, were 4.16% and
2.24% as of November 2005 and November 2004, respectively.
Note 3.
Long-Term Borrowings
As of November
2005
2004
(in millions)
$
33,053
$
30,799
15,739
11,408
22,065
18,046
8,899
5,138
$
79,756
$
65,391
(1)
As of November 2005 and November 2004, interest
rates on U.S. dollar fixed rate obligations ranged
from 3.88% to 12.00% and from 2.85% to 12.00%,
respectively. As of November 2005 and November 2004,
interest rates on non-U.S. dollar fixed rate
obligations ranged from 0.67% to 8.88% and from 0.70% to
8.88%, respectively.
(2)
Floating interest rates generally are based on LIBOR or the
federal funds rate. Certain equity-linked and indexed instruments
are included in floating rate obligations.
Table of Contents
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
As of November
2005
(1)(2)
2004
(1)(2)
U.S.
Non-U.S.
U.S.
Non-U.S.
Dollar
Dollar
Total
Dollar
Dollar
Total
(in millions)
$
$
$
$
9,289
$
1,777
$
11,066
11,193
768
11,961
6,122
697
6,819
4,705
2,286
6,991
2,721
2,538
5,259
6,091
2,610
8,701
6,275
2,583
8,858
5,192
4,388
9,580
1,248
2,919
4,167
27,937
14,586
42,523
23,190
6,032
29,222
$
55,118
$
24,638
$
79,756
$
48,845
$
16,546
$
65,391
(1)
Long-term borrowings maturing within one year of
the financial statement date and certain long-term
borrowings that are redeemable within one year of the
financial statement date at the option of the holder are
included as short-term borrowings in the condensed
nonconsolidated statements of financial condition.
(2)
Long-term borrowings repayable at the option of
the parent company are reflected at their contractual
maturity dates. Certain long-term borrowings that are
redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holder
are reflected at the dates such options become
exercisable.
As of November
2005
2004
Amount
Rate
Amount
Rate
($ in millions)
$
337
6.76
%
$
445
10.68
%
79,419
4.49
64,946
2.50
$
79,756
4.50
$
65,391
2.56
Table of Contents
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
As of November
2005
2004
(in millions)
$
682
$
682
689
1,120
1,797
1,797
302
9
$
3,470
$
3,608
(1)
As of both November 2005 and November 2004, the
interest rate on U.S. dollar fixed rate obligations
was 5.78%. As of November 2005 and November 2004,
interest rates on non-U.S. dollar fixed rate
obligations ranged from 4.68% to 6.00% and 3.35% to
6.17%, respectively.
(2)
Floating interest rates generally are based on
LIBOR or the federal funds rate.
As of November
2005
(1)
2004
(1)
U.S.
Non-U.S.
U.S.
Non-U.S.
Dollar
Dollar
Total
Dollar
Dollar
Total
(in millions)
$
$
$
$
297
$
$
297
297
12
309
100
100
268
268
192
192
173
173
838
838
538
538
2,182
2,182
2,181
2,181
$
2,479
$
991
$
3,470
$
2,478
$
1,130
$
3,608
(1)
Long-term borrowings maturing within one year of
the financial statement date and certain long-term
borrowings that are redeemable within one year of the
financial statement date at the option of the holder are
included as short-term borrowings in the condensed
nonconsolidated statements of financial condition.
Table of Contents
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
Note 4.
Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees
(in millions)
$
123
125
128
155
80
770
$
1,381
Table of Contents
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
Table of Contents
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
As of November 2005
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration
(2)
Carrying
2007 -
2009 -
2011 -
Value
2006
2008
2010
Thereafter
Total
(in millions)
$
$
174
$
349
$
349
$
6,851
$
7,723
15
23
6
56
100
4
13
114
128
90
345
As of November 2004
Maximum Payout/Notional Amount by Period of Expiration
(2)
Carrying
2006 -
2008 -
2010 -
Value
2005
2007
2009
Thereafter
Total
(in millions)
$
$
174
$
349
$
349
$
7,025
$
7,897
3
41
15
2
58
19
41
5
65
28
67
115
8
43
233
(1)
Includes the guarantee of all payments scheduled
to be made over the life of the Trust, which could be
shortened in the event the parent company redeemed the
junior subordinated debentures issued to fund the Trust.
(See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements
in Part II, Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K
for further information regarding the Trust.)
(2)
Such amounts do not represent the anticipated losses in connection with these contracts.
Table of Contents
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
Note 5.
Shareholders Equity
Shares
Shares
Earliest
Redemption Value
Series
Description
Date Issued
Issued
Authorized
Redemption Date
(in millions)
A
April 25, 2005
30,000
50,000
April 25, 2010
$
750
B
October 31, 2005
32,000
50,000
October 31, 2010
800
C
October 31, 2005
8,000
25,000
October 31, 2010
200
70,000
125,000
$
1,750
Table of Contents
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Date: February 7, 2006
II-1
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS,
that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and
appoints Henry M. Paulson, Jr., Lloyd C. Blankfein, David A.
Viniar, Gregory K. Palm and Esta E. Stecher, and each of them
severally, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact with power
of substitution and resubstitution to sign in his or her name,
place and stead, in any and all capacities, to do any and all
things and execute any and all instruments that such attorney may
deem necessary or advisable under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 and any rules, regulations and requirements of the U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission in connection with the Annual
Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments hereto, as fully
for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in
person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all said attorneys-in-fact
and agents, each acting alone, and his or her substitute or
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below
by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
II-2
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
By:
/s/ David A. Viniar
Name: David A. Viniar
Title: Chief Financial Officer
Table of Contents
Signature
Capacity
Date
Henry M. Paulson, Jr.
Director, Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer (Principal
Executive Officer)
February 7, 2006
Henry M. Paulson, Jr.
Lloyd C. Blankfein
Director
February 7, 2006
Lloyd C. Blankfein
Lord Browne of Madingley
Director
February 7, 2006
Lord Browne of Madingley
John H. Bryan
Director
February 7, 2006
John H. Bryan
Claes Dahlbäck
Director
February 7, 2006
Claes Dahlbäck
Stephen Friedman
Director
February 7, 2006
Stephen Friedman
William W. George
Director
February 7, 2006
William W. George
James A. Johnson
Director
February 7, 2006
James A. Johnson
Lois D. Juliber
Director
February 7, 2006
Lois D. Juliber
Edward M. Liddy
Director
February 7, 2006
Edward M. Liddy
Ruth J. Simmons
Director
February 7, 2006
Ruth J. Simmons
David A. Viniar
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
February 7, 2006
David A. Viniar
Sarah E. Smith
Principal Accounting Officer
February 7, 2006
Sarah E. Smith
EXHIBIT 3.1
RESTATED
OF
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC., a corporation organized and existing under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the Corporation), does hereby certify:
1. The name of the Corporation is The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. The date of filing of its original certificate of incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was July 21, 1998.
2. This Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and does not further amend the provisions of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation as heretofore amended or supplemented. There is no discrepancy between the provisions of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the provisions of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation as heretofore amended or supplemented. This Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The text of the certificate of incorporation is hereby restated to read herein as set forth in full:
FIRST. The name of the Corporation is The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
SECOND. The address of the Corporations registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
THIRD. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Corporation shall have all of the powers conferred on corporations by the Delaware General Corporation Law and other law, including the power and authority to make an initial charitable contribution (as defined in Section 170(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as currently in effect or as the same may hereafter be amended) of up to an aggregate of $200,000,000 to one or more entities (the Contribution), and to make other charitable contributions from time to time thereafter, in such amounts, on such terms and conditions and for such purposes as may be lawful.
FOURTH. The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 4,350,000,000, of which 4,000,000,000 shares of the par value of $0.01 per share shall be a separate class designated as Common Stock, 200,000,000 shares of the par value of $0.01 per share shall be a separate class designated as Nonvoting Common Stock and 150,000,000 shares of the par value of $0.01 per share shall be a separate class designated as Preferred Stock.
COMMON STOCK AND NONVOTING COMMON STOCK
Except as set forth in this Article FOURTH, the Common Stock and the Nonvoting Common Stock (together, the Common Shares) shall have the same rights and privileges and shall rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters.
(i) Voting. Except as may be provided in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or required by law, the Common Stock shall have voting rights in the election of directors and on all other matters presented to stockholders, with each holder of Common Stock being entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on such matters. The Nonvoting Common Stock shall have no voting rights other than such rights as may be required by the first sentence of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any similar provision hereafter enacted; provided that an amendment of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Nonvoting Common Stock (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) may be adopted by resolution adopted by the board of directors of the Corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation and all other outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any similar provision hereafter enacted, with such outstanding shares of Common Stock and other stock considered for this purpose as a single class, and no vote of the holders of any shares of Nonvoting Common Stock, voting separately as a class, shall be required therefor.
(ii) Dividends. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock and holders of Nonvoting Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and distributions (whether payable in cash or otherwise) as may be declared on the Common Shares by the board of directors of the Corporation from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor; provided that the board of directors of the Corporation shall declare no dividend, and no dividend shall be paid, with respect to any outstanding share of Common Stock or Nonvoting Common Stock, whether in cash or otherwise (including any dividend in shares of Common Stock on or with respect to shares of Common Stock or any dividend in shares of Nonvoting Common Stock on or with respect to shares of Nonvoting Common Stock (collectively, Stock Dividends)), unless, simultaneously, the same dividend is declared or paid with respect to each share of Common Stock and Nonvoting Common Stock. If a Stock Dividend is declared or paid with respect to one class, then a Stock Dividend shall likewise be declared or paid with respect to the other class and shall consist of shares of such other class in a number that bears the same relationship to the total number of shares of such other class, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the payment of such dividend, as the number of shares comprising the Stock Dividend with respect to the first referenced class
2
bears to the total number of shares of such first referenced class, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the payment of such dividend. Stock Dividends with respect to Common Stock may be paid only with shares of Common Stock. Stock Dividends with respect to Nonvoting Common Stock may be paid only with shares of Nonvoting Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any dividend in the form of capital stock of a subsidiary of the Corporation, the capital stock of the subsidiary distributed to holders of Common Stock shall be identical to the capital stock of the subsidiary distributed to holders of Nonvoting Common Stock, except that the capital stock distributed to holders of Common Stock may have full or any other voting rights and the capital stock distributed to holders of Nonvoting Common Stock shall be non-voting to the same extent as the Nonvoting Common Stock is non-voting.
(iii) Subdivisions, Combinations and Mergers. If the Corporation shall in any manner split, subdivide or combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the outstanding shares of Nonvoting Common Stock, the outstanding shares of the other such class of the Common Shares shall likewise be split, subdivided or combined in the same manner proportionately and on the same basis per share. In the event of any merger, statutory share exchange, consolidation or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Corporation (whether or not the Corporation is the surviving entity), the holders of Common Stock and the holders of Nonvoting Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the same per share consideration, if any, except that any securities received by holders of Common Stock in consideration of such stock may have full or any other voting rights and any securities received by holders of Nonvoting Common Stock in consideration of such stock shall be non-voting to the same extent as the Nonvoting Common Stock is non-voting.
(iv) Rights on Liquidation. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation (whether voluntary or involuntary), the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed in equal amounts per share to the holders of Common Stock and the holders of Nonvoting Common Stock, as if such classes constituted a single class. For purposes of this paragraph, a merger, statutory share exchange, consolidation or similar corporate transaction involving the Corporation (whether or not the Corporation is the surviving entity), or the sale, transfer or lease by the Corporation of all or substantially all its assets, shall not constitute or be deemed a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation.
PREFERRED STOCK
Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more series from time to time as determined by the board of directors of the Corporation, and the board of directors of the Corporation is authorized to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations and
3
the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the shares of each series of Preferred Stock, including the following:
(i) the distinctive serial designation of such series which shall distinguish it from other series;
(ii) the number of shares included in such series;
(iii) whether dividends shall be payable to the holders of the shares of such series and, if so, the basis on which such holders shall be entitled to receive dividends (which may include, without limitation, a right to receive such dividends or distributions as may be declared on the shares of such series by the board of directors of the Corporation, a right to receive such dividends or distributions, or any portion or multiple thereof, as may be declared on the Common Stock or any other class of stock or, in addition to or in lieu of any other right to receive dividends, a right to receive dividends at a particular rate or at a rate determined by a particular method, in which case such rate or method of determining such rate may be set forth), the form of such dividend, any conditions on which such dividends shall be payable and the date or dates, if any, on which such dividends shall be payable;
(iv) whether dividends on the shares of such series shall be cumulative and, if so, the date or dates or method of determining the date or dates from which dividends on the shares of such series shall be cumulative;
(v) the amount or amounts, if any, which shall be payable out of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the shares of such series upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of the shares of such series;
(vi) the price or prices (in cash, securities or other property or a combination thereof) at which, the period or periods within which and the terms and conditions upon which the shares of such series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Corporation or at the option of the holder or holders thereof or upon the happening of a specified event or events;
(vii) the obligation, if any, of the Corporation to purchase or redeem shares of such series pursuant to a sinking fund or otherwise and the price or prices (in cash, securities or other property or a combination thereof) at which, the period or periods within which and the terms and conditions upon which the shares of such series shall be redeemed or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;
(viii) whether or not the shares of such series shall be convertible or exchangeable, at any time or times at the option of the holder or holders thereof or at the option of the Corporation or upon the happening of a specified event or
4
events, into shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the Corporation or any other securities or property of the Corporation or any other entity, and the price or prices (in cash, securities or other property or a combination thereof) or rate or rates of conversion or exchange and any adjustments applicable thereto; and
(ix) whether or not the holders of the shares of such series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and if so the terms of such voting rights, which may provide, among other things and subject to the other provisions of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, that each share of such series shall carry one vote or more or less than one vote per share, that the holders of such series shall be entitled to vote on certain matters as a separate class (which for such purpose may be comprised solely of such series or of such series and one or more other series or classes of stock of the Corporation) and that all the shares of such series entitled to vote on a particular matter shall be deemed to be voted on such matter in the manner that a specified portion of the voting power of the shares of such series or separate class are voted on such matter.
For all purposes, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall include each certificate of designations (if any) setting forth the terms of a series of Preferred Stock.
Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock set forth in a certificate of designations, an amendment of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of any series of Preferred Stock (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) may be adopted by resolution adopted by the board of directors of the Corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation and all other outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any similar provision hereafter enacted, with such outstanding shares of Common Stock and other stock considered for this purpose as a single class, and no vote of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be required therefor.
Except as otherwise required by law or provided in the certificate of designations for the relevant series, holders of Common Shares, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation that alters or changes the powers, preferences, rights or other terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other series of Preferred Stock, to vote thereon as a separate class pursuant to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law as then in effect.
5
Pursuant to the authority conferred by this Article FOURTH upon the board of directors of the Corporation and authority delegated by the board of directors to the Securities Issuance Committee of the board of directors of the Corporation (the Securities Issuance Committee), the Securities Issuance Committee created a series of shares of Preferred Stock designated as Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, by filing a certificate of designations of the Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 22, 2005, and the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the Corporations Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, are set forth in Appendix A hereto and are incorporated herein by reference.
Pursuant to the authority conferred by this Article FOURTH upon the board of directors of the Corporation and authority delegated by the board of directors to the Securities Issuance Committee, the Securities Issuance Committee created a series of shares of Preferred Stock designated as 6.20% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B, by filing a certificate of designations of the Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 28, 2005, and the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the Corporations 6.20% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B, are set forth in Appendix B hereto and are incorporated herein by reference.
Pursuant to the authority conferred by this Article FOURTH upon the board of directors of the Corporation and authority delegated by the board of directors to the Securities Issuance Committee, the Securities Issuance Committee created a series of shares of Preferred Stock designated as Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series C, by filing a certificate of designations of the Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 28, 2005, and the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the Corporations Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series C, are set forth in Appendix C hereto and are incorporated herein by reference.
OPTIONS, WARRANTS AND OTHER RIGHTS
The board of directors of the Corporation is authorized to create and issue options, warrants and other rights from time to time entitling the holders thereof to purchase securities or other property of the Corporation or any other entity, including any class or series of stock of the Corporation or any other entity and whether or not in connection with the issuance or sale of any securities or other property of the Corporation, for such consideration (if any), at such times and upon such other terms and conditions as may be determined or authorized by the board of directors of the Corporation and set forth in one or more agreements or instruments. Among other things and without limitation, such terms and conditions may provide for the following:
6
(i) adjusting the number or exercise price of such options, warrants or other rights or the amount or nature of the securities or other property receivable upon exercise thereof in the event of a subdivision or combination of any securities, or a recapitalization, of the Corporation, the acquisition by any person of beneficial ownership of securities representing more than a designated percentage of the voting power of any outstanding series, class or classes of securities, a change in ownership of the Corporations securities or a merger, statutory share exchange, consolidation, reorganization, sale of assets or other occurrence relating to the Corporation or any of its securities, and restricting the ability of the Corporation to enter into an agreement with respect to any such transaction absent an assumption by another party or parties thereto of the obligations of the Corporation under such options, warrants or other rights;
(ii) restricting, precluding or limiting the exercise, transfer or receipt of such options, warrants or other rights by any person that becomes the beneficial owner of a designated percentage of the voting power of any outstanding series, class or classes of securities of the Corporation or any direct or indirect transferee of such a person, or invalidating or voiding such options, warrants or other rights held by any such person or transferee; and
(iii) permitting the board of directors (or certain directors specified or qualified by the terms of the governing instruments of such options, warrants or other rights) to redeem, terminate or exchange such options, warrants or other rights.
This paragraph shall not be construed in any way to limit the power of the board of directors of the Corporation to create and issue options, warrants or other rights.
FIFTH. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is Gregory K. Palm, 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004.
SIXTH. All corporate powers shall be exercised by the board of directors of the Corporation, except as otherwise specifically required by law or as otherwise provided in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Any meeting of stockholders may be postponed by action of the board of directors at any time in advance of such meeting. The board of directors of the Corporation shall have the power to adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meetings and management of the affairs of the Corporation as they may deem proper and the power to adjourn any meeting of stockholders without a vote of the stockholders, which powers may be delegated by the board of directors to the chairman of such meeting either in such rules and regulations or pursuant to the by-laws of the Corporation.
Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called at any time by, but only by, the board of directors of the Corporation, to be held at such date, time and place either within or without the State of Delaware as may be stated in the notice of the meeting.
7
The board of directors of the Corporation is authorized to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws of the Corporation. No adoption, amendment or repeal of a by-law by action of stockholders shall be effective unless approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 80% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation and all other outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on such matter, with such outstanding shares of Common Stock and other stock considered for this purpose as a single class. Any vote of stockholders required by this Article SIXTH shall be in addition to any other vote of stockholders that may be required by law, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the by-laws of the Corporation, any agreement with a national securities exchange or otherwise.
SEVENTH. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot except and to the extent provided in the by-laws of the Corporation.
EIGHTH. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed only by resolution of the board of directors of the Corporation from time to time. Each director who is serving as a director on the date of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders after such date and until his or her successor has been duly elected and qualified, notwithstanding that such director may have been elected for a term that extended beyond the date of such next annual meeting of stockholders. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the date of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, directors elected at such annual meeting shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified.
Any director may be removed, with or without cause, with the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 80% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, considered for this purpose as a single class.
Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or from any other cause (other than vacancies and newly created directorships which the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are expressly entitled by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation to fill) shall be filled by, and only by, a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director. Any director appointed to fill a vacancy or a newly created directorship shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders, and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation shall be entitled, voting separately as a class, to elect any directors of the Corporation, then the number of directors that may be elected by such holders voting separately as a class shall be in addition to the number fixed pursuant to a resolution of the board of directors of the Corporation. Except as
8
otherwise provided in the terms of such class or series, (i) the terms of the directors elected by such holders voting separately as a class shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders next succeeding their election and (ii) any director or directors elected by such holders voting separately as a class may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote separately as a class in an election of such directors.
NINTH. In taking any action, including action that may involve or relate to a change or potential change in the control of the Corporation, a director of the Corporation may consider, among other things, both the long-term and short-term interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and the effects that the Corporations actions may have in the short term or long term upon any one or more of the following matters:
(i) the prospects for potential growth, development, productivity and profitability of the Corporation;
(ii) the Corporations current employees;
(iii) the retired former partners of The Goldman Sachs Group, L.P. (GS Group) and the Corporations employees and other beneficiaries receiving or entitled to receive retirement, welfare or similar benefits from or pursuant to any plan sponsored, or agreement entered into, by the Corporation;
(iv) the Corporations customers and creditors;
(v) the ability of the Corporation to provide, as a going concern, goods, services, employment opportunities and employment benefits and otherwise to contribute to the communities in which it does business; and
(vi) such other additional factors as a director may consider appropriate in such circumstances.
Nothing in this Article NINTH shall create any duty owed by any director of the Corporation to any person or entity to consider, or afford any particular weight to, any of the foregoing matters or to limit his or her consideration to the foregoing matters. No such employee, retired former partner of GS Group, former employee, beneficiary, customer, creditor or community or member thereof shall have any rights against any director of the Corporation or the Corporation under this Article NINTH.
TENTH. From and after the consummation of the initial public offering of the shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, no action of stockholders of the Corporation required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting of stockholders, without prior notice and without a vote, and the power of stockholders of the Corporation to consent in writing to the taking of any action without a meeting is specifically denied. Notwithstanding this Article TENTH, the holders of any series of Preferred Stock of
9
the Corporation shall be entitled to take action by written consent to such extent, if any, as may be provided in the terms of such series.
ELEVENTH. No provision of Articles SIXTH, NINTH, TENTH or TWELFTH or of this Article ELEVENTH or of the second paragraph of Article EIGHTH shall be amended, modified or repealed, and no provision inconsistent with any such provision shall become part of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, unless such matter is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 80% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation and all other outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on such matter, with such outstanding shares of Common Stock and other stock considered for this purpose as a single class. Any vote of stockholders required by this Article ELEVENTH shall be in addition to any other vote of the stockholders that may be required by law, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the by-laws of the Corporation, any agreement with a national securities exchange or otherwise.
TWELFTH. A director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director of the Corporation, except to the extent that such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law as currently in effect or as the same may hereafter be amended.
Pursuant to the Plan of Incorporation of GS Group, dated as of March 8, 1999, as currently in effect or as the same may hereafter be amended (the Plan), the Corporation has the right, but not the obligation, to make special arrangements with any person who was a partner of GS Group participating in the Plan to ameliorate, in whole or in part, certain significantly disproportionate tax or other burdens. The board of directors of the Corporation is authorized to cause the Corporation to make such arrangements (which may include special payments) as the board of directors of the Corporation may, in its sole discretion, deem appropriate to effectuate the intent of the relevant provision of the Plan and the Corporation and each stockholder of the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be deemed to have approved and ratified any such determination and to have waived any claim or objection on behalf of the Corporation or any such stockholder arising out of the making of such arrangements.
Pursuant to the Plan, the Corporation has the right, but not the obligation, to register with the Securities and Exchange Commission the resale of certain securities of the Corporation by directors, employees and former directors and employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and affiliates and former partners and employees of GS Group and its subsidiaries and affiliates and to undertake various actions and to enter into agreements and arrangements in connection therewith (collectively, the Registration Arrangements). The board of directors of the Corporation is authorized to cause the Corporation to undertake such Registration Arrangements as the board of directors of the Corporation may, in its sole discretion, deem appropriate and the Corporation and each stockholder of the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent
10
permitted by law, be deemed to have approved and ratified any such determination and to have waived any claim or objection on behalf of the Corporation or any such stockholder arising out of the undertaking of such Registration Arrangements.
The Corporation and each stockholder of the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be deemed to have approved and ratified any decision by the board of directors of the Corporation to make the Contribution referred to in Article THIRD, including the amount thereof (up to the limit specified in Article THIRD) and to have waived any claim or objection on behalf of the Corporation or any such stockholder arising out of any such decision to make, or the making of, the Contribution.
The authorizations, approvals and ratifications contained in the second, third and fourth paragraphs of this Article TWELFTH shall not be construed to indicate that any other arrangements or contributions not specifically referred to in such paragraphs are, by reason of such omission, not within the power and authority of the board of directors of the Corporation or that the determination of the board of directors of the Corporation with respect thereto should be judged by any legal standard other than that which would have applied but for the inclusion of the second, third and fourth paragraphs of this Article TWELFTH.
No amendment, modification or repeal of this Article TWELFTH shall adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation that exists at the time of such amendment, modification or repeal.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed and attested by its duly authorized officer on this 12 th day of December, 2005.
By: | /s/ Gregory K. Palm | |||
Name: | Gregory K. Palm | |||
Title: | General Counsel | |||
11
Appendix A
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS
OF
FLOATING RATE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES A
OF
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC ., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the Corporation), in accordance with the provisions of Sections 103 and 151 thereof, does hereby certify :
The Securities Issuance Committee (the Committee) of the board of directors of the Corporation (the Board of Directors), in accordance with the resolutions of the Board of Directors dated April 6, 2005, the provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Corporation and applicable law, by unanimous written consent dated April 18, 2005, adopted the following resolution creating a series of 50,000 shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation designated as Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A.
RESOLVED , that pursuant to the authority vested in the Committee and in accordance with the resolutions of the Board of Directors dated April 6, 2005, the provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Corporation and applicable law, a series of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares of such series, and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series, are as follows:
Section 1. Designation . The distinctive serial designation of such series of Preferred Stock is Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A (Series A). Each share of Series A shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Series A, except as to the respective dates from which dividends thereon shall accrue, to the extent such dates may differ as permitted pursuant to Section 4(a) below.
Section 2. Number of Shares . The authorized number of shares of Series A shall be 50,000. Shares of Series A that are redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation, or converted into another series of Preferred Stock, shall be cancelled and shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of Series A.
Section 3. Definitions . As used herein with respect to Series A:
(a) Board of Directors means the board of directors of the Corporation.
(b) ByLaws means the amended and restated bylaws of the Corporation, as they may be amended from time to time.
(c) Business Day means a day that is a Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday and is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City generally are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close.
(d) Calculation Agent means, at any time, the person or entity appointed by the Corporation and serving as such agent at such time. The Corporation may terminate any such appointment and may appoint a successor agent at any time and from time to time, provided that the Corporation shall use its best efforts to ensure that there is, at all relevant times when the Series A is outstanding, a person or entity appointed and serving as such agent. The Calculation Agent may be a person or entity affiliated with the Corporation.
(e) Certificate of Designations means this Certificate of Designations relating to the Series A, as it may be amended from time to time.
(f) Certification of Incorporation shall mean the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as it may be amended from time to time, and shall include this Certificate of Designations.
(g) Common Stock means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation.
(h) Junior Stock means the Common Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation (other than Series A) that ranks junior to Series A either or both as to the payment of dividends and/or as to the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
(i) London Business Day means a day that is a Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday and is a day on which dealings in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.
(j) Moneyline Telerate Page means the display on Moneyline Telerate, Inc., or any successor service, on the page or pages specified in Section 4 below or any replacement page or pages on that service.
(k) Parity Stock means any class or series of stock of the Corporation (other than Series A) that ranks equally with Series A both in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
A-2
(l) Preferred Stock means any and all series of Preferred Stock, having a par value of $0.01 per share, of the Corporation, including the Series A.
(m) Representative Amount means, at any time, an amount that, in the Calculation Agents judgment, is representative of a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time.
(n) Voting Preferred Stock means, with regard to any election or removal of a Preferred Stock Director (as defined in Section 8(b) below) or any other matter as to which the holders of Series A are entitled to vote as specified in Section 8 of this Certificate of Designations, any and all series of Preferred Stock (other than Series A) that rank equally with Series A either as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable with respect to such matter.
Section 4. Dividends .
(a) Rate . Holders of Series A shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends under Delaware law, non-cumulative cash dividends at the rate determined as set forth below in this Section (4) applied to the liquidation preference amount of $25,000 per share of Series A. Such dividends shall be payable quarterly in arrears (as provided below in this Section 4(a)), but only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors), on February 10, May 10, August 10 and November 10 (Dividend Payment Dates), commencing on August 10, 2005; provided that if any such Dividend Payment Date would otherwise occur on a day that is not a Business Day, such Dividend Payment Date shall instead be (and any dividend payable on Series A on such Dividend Payment Date shall instead be payable on) the immediately succeeding Business Day, unless such immediately succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, in which case such Dividend Payment Date shall instead be (and any such dividend shall instead be payable on) the immediately preceding Business Day. Dividends on Series A shall not be cumulative; holders of Series A shall not be entitled to receive any dividends not declared by the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) and no interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, shall be payable in respect of any dividend not so declared.
Dividends that are payable on Series A on any Dividend Payment Date will be payable to holders of record of Series A as they appear on the stock register of the Corporation on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15th calendar day before such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a Dividend Record Date). Any such day that is a Dividend Record Date shall be a Dividend Record Date whether or not such day is a Business Day.
A-3
Each dividend period (a Dividend Period) shall commence on and include a Dividend Payment Date (other than the initial Dividend Period, which shall commence on and include the date of original issue of the Series A, provided that, for any share of Series A issued after such original issue date, the initial Dividend Period for such shares may commence on and include such other date as the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) shall determine and publicly disclose) and shall end on and include the calendar day next preceding the next Dividend Payment Date. Dividends payable on the Series A in respect of any Dividend Period shall be computed by the Calculation Agent on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in such Dividend Period. Dividends payable in respect of a Dividend Period shall be payable in arrears - i.e., on the first Dividend Payment Date after such Dividend Period.
The dividend rate on the Series A, for each Dividend Period, shall be a rate per annum equal to the greater of (1) 0.75% above LIBOR (as defined below) for such Dividend Period and (2) 3.75%. LIBOR, with respect to any Dividend Period, means the offered rate expressed as a percentage per annum for three-month deposits in U.S. dollars on the first day of such Dividend Period, as that rate appears on Moneyline Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on the second London Business Day immediately preceding the first day of such Dividend Period.
If the rate described in the preceding paragraph does not appear on Moneyline Telerate Page 3750, LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the rates, at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on the second London Business Day immediately preceding the first day of such Dividend Period, at which deposits of the following kind are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in that market selected by the Calculation Agent: three-month deposits in U.S. dollars, beginning on the first day of such Dividend Period, and in a Representative Amount. The Calculation Agent shall request the principal London office of each of these banks to provide a quotation of its rate at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time. If at least two quotations are provided, LIBOR for such Dividend Period shall be the arithmetic mean of such quotations.
If fewer than two quotations are provided as described in the preceding paragraph, LIBOR for such Dividend Period shall be the arithmetic mean of the rates for loans of the following kind to leading European banks quoted, at approximately 11:00 A.M. New York City time, on the second London Business Day immediately preceding the first day of such Dividend Period, by three major banks in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent: three-month loans of U.S. dollars, beginning on the first day of such Dividend Period, and in a Representative Amount.
If fewer than three banks selected by the Calculation Agent are quoting as described in the preceding paragraph, LIBOR for such Dividend Period shall be LIBOR in effect for the prior Dividend Period.
The Calculation Agents determination of any dividend rate, and its calculation of the amount of dividends for any Dividend Period, will be maintained on
A-4
file at the Corporations principal offices and will be available to any stockholder upon request and will be final and binding in the absence of manifest error.
Holders of Series A shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, securities or other property, other than dividends (if any) declared and payable on the Series A as specified in this Section 4 (subject to the other provisions of this Certificate of Designations).
(b) Priority of Dividends . So long as any share of Series A remains outstanding, no dividend shall be declared or paid on the Common Stock or any other shares of Junior Stock (other than a dividend payable solely in Junior Stock), and no Common Stock or other Junior Stock shall be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation, directly or indirectly (other than as a result of a reclassification of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock, or the exchange or conversion of one share of Junior Stock for or into another share of Junior Stock and other than through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of Junior Stock) during a Dividend Period, unless the full dividends for the latest completed Dividend Period on all outstanding shares of Series A have been declared and paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside). The foregoing provision shall not restrict the ability of Goldman, Sachs & Co., or any other affiliate of the Corporation, to engage in any market-making transactions in Junior Stock in the ordinary course of business.
When dividends are not paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set aside) on any Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within a Dividend Period) in full upon the Series A and any shares of Parity Stock, all dividends declared on the Series A and all such Parity Stock and payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of parity stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) shall be declared pro rata so that the respective amounts of such dividends shall bear the same ratio to each other as all accrued but unpaid dividends per share on the Series A and all Parity Stock payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) bear to each other.
Subject to the foregoing, such dividends (payable in cash, securities or other property) as may be determined by the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) may be declared and paid on any securities, including Common Stock and other Junior Stock, from time to time out of any funds legally available for such payment, and the Series A shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividends.
A-5
Section 5. Liquidation Rights .
(a) Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Series A shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) available for distribution to stockholders of the Corporation, and after satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations to creditors of the Corporation, before any distribution of such assets or proceeds is made to or set aside for the holders of Common Stock and any other stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series A as to such distribution, in full an amount equal to $25,000 per share (the Series A Liquidation Amount), together with an amount equal to all dividends (if any) that have been declared but not paid prior to the date of payment of such distribution (but without any amount in respect of dividends that have not been declared prior to such payment date).
(b) Partial Payment . If in any distribution described in Section 5(a) above the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay the Liquidation Preferences (as defined below) in full to all holders of Series A and all holders of any stock of the Corporation ranking equally with the Series A as to such distribution, the amounts paid to the holders of Series A and to the holders of all such other stock shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate Liquidation Preferences of the holders of Series A and the holders of all such other stock. In any such distribution, the Liquidation Preference of any holder of stock of the Corporation shall mean the amount otherwise payable to such holder in such distribution (assuming no limitation on the assets of the Corporation available for such distribution), including an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends (and, in the case of any holder of stock other than Series A and on which dividends accrue on a cumulative basis, an amount equal to any unpaid, accrued, cumulative dividends, whether or not declared, as applicable).
(c) Residual Distributions . If the Liquidation Preference has been paid in full to all holders of Series A, the holders of other stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation (or proceeds thereof) according to their respective rights and preferences.
(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 5, the merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation or other entity, including a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Series A receive cash, securities or other property for their shares, or the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, shall not constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
Section 6. Redemption .
(a) Optional Redemption . The Series A may not be redeemed by the Corporation prior to April 25, 2010. On or after April 25, 2010, the Corporation, at its
A-6
option, may redeem, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, the shares of Series A at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(c) below, at a redemption price equal to $25,000 per share, together (except as otherwise provided herein below) with an amount equal to any dividends that have been declared but not paid prior to the redemption date (but with no amount in respect of any dividends that have not been declared prior to such date). The redemption price for any shares of Series A shall be payable on the redemption date to the holder of such shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such shares to the Corporation or its agent. Any declared but unpaid dividends payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to the Dividend Record Date for a Dividend Period shall not be paid to the holder entitled to receive the redemption price on the redemption date, but rather shall be paid to the holder of record of the redeemed shares on such Dividend Record Date relating to the Dividend Payment Date as provided in Section 4 above.
(b) No Sinking Fund . The Series A will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Series A will have no right to require redemption of any shares of Series A.
(c) Notice of Redemption . Notice of every redemption of shares of Series A shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Any notice mailed as provided in this Subsection shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Series A designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series A or any depositary shares representing interests in the Series A are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any other similar facility, notice of redemption may be given to the holders of Series A at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility. Each such notice given to a holder shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of Series A to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder; (3) the redemption price; and (4) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.
(d) Partial Redemption . In case of any redemption of only part of the shares of Series A at the time outstanding, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata or in such other manner as the Corporation may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Corporation shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Series A shall be redeemed from time to time. If fewer than all the shares represented by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without charge to the holder thereof.
A-7
(e) Effectiveness of Redemption . If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other funds, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date dividends shall cease to accrue on all shares so called for redemption, all shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption, without interest. Any funds unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released to the Corporation, after which time the holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Corporation for payment of the redemption price of such shares.
Section 7. Conversion Upon Regulatory Changes . If both (i) and (ii) below occur:
(i) after the date of the issuance of the Series A, the Corporation (by election or otherwise) becomes subject to any law, rule, regulation or guidance (together, Regulations) relating to its capital adequacy, which Regulation (x) modifies the existing requirements for treatment as Allowable Capital (as defined under the Securities and Exchange Commission rules relating to consolidated supervised entities as in effect from time to time), (y) provides for a type or level of capital characterized as Tier 1 or its equivalent pursuant to Regulations of any governmental agency, authority or other body having regulatory jurisdiction over the Corporation (or any of its subsidiaries or consolidated affiliates) and implementing the capital standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other United States national governmental agency, authority or other body, or any other applicable regime based on capital standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision or its successor, or (z) provides for a type or level of capital that in the judgment of the Corporation (after consultation with legal counsel of recognized standing) is substantially equivalent to such Tier 1 capital (such capital described in either (y) or (z) above is referred to below as Tier 1 Capital Equivalent), and
(ii) the Corporation affirmatively elects to qualify the Series A for treatment as Allowable Capital or Tier 1 Capital Equivalent without any sublimit or other quantitative restriction on the inclusion of the Series A in Allowable Capital or Tier 1 Capital Equivalent (other than any limitation the Corporation elects to accept and any limitation requiring that common equity or a specified form of common equity constitute the dominant form of Allowable Capital or Tier 1 Capital Equivalent) under such Regulations,
A-8
then, upon such affirmative election, the Series A shall be convertible at the Corporations option into a new series of Preferred Stock having terms and provisions substantially identical to those of the Series A, except that such new series may have such additional or modified rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, as are necessary in the judgment of the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) (after consultation with legal counsel of recognized standing) to comply with the Required Unrestricted Capital Provisions (as defined below), provided that the Corporation will not cause any such conversion unless the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) determines that the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of such new series of Preferred Stock, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the Series A, taken as a whole.
As used above, the term Required Unrestricted Capital Provisions means such terms and provisions as are, in the judgment of the Corporation (after consultation with counsel of recognized standing), required for preferred stock to be treated as Allowable Capital or Tier 1 Capital Equivalent, as applicable, without any sublimit or other quantitative restriction on the inclusion of such preferred stock in Allowable Capital or Tier 1 Capital Equivalent, as applicable (other than any limitation the Corporation elects to accept and any limitation requiring that common equity or a specified form of common equity constitute the dominant form of Allowable Capital or Tier 1 Capital Equivalent) pursuant to the applicable Regulations.
The Corporation shall provide notice to the holders of Series A of any election to qualify the Series A for Allowable Capital or Tier 1 Capital Equivalent treatment and of any determination to convert the Series A into a new series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of this Section 7, promptly upon the effectiveness of any such election or determination. A copy of such notice and of the relevant Regulations shall be maintained on file at the principal offices of the Corporation and, upon request, will be made available to any stockholder of the Corporation. Any conversion of the Series A pursuant to this Section 7 shall be effected pursuant to such procedures as the Corporation may determine and publicly disclose.
Except as specified in this Section 7, holders of Series A shares shall have no right to exchange or convert such shares into any other securities.
Section 8. Voting Rights .
(a) General . The holders of Series A shall not have any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from to time required by law.
(b) Right To Elect Two Directors Upon Nonpayment Events . If and whenever dividends on any shares of Series A shall not have been declared and paid for at least six Dividend Periods, whether or not consecutive (a Nonpayment Event), the number of directors then constituting the Board of Directors shall automatically be
A-9
increased by two and the holders of Series A, together with the holders of any outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the two additional directors (the Preferred Stock Directors), provided that it shall be a qualification for election for any such Preferred Stock Director that the election of such director shall not cause the Corporation to violate the corporate governance requirement of the New York Stock Exchange (or any other securities exchange or other trading facility on which securities of the Corporation may then be listed or traded) that listed or traded companies must have a majority of independent directors.
In the event that the holders of the Series A, and such other holders of Voting Preferred Stock, shall be entitled to vote for the election of the Preferred Stock Directors following a Nonpayment Event, such directors shall be initially elected following such Nonpayment Event only at a special meeting called at the request of the holders of record of at least 20% of the Series A or of any other series of Voting Preferred Stock then outstanding (unless such request for a special meeting is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, in which event such election shall be held only at such next annual or special meeting of stockholders), and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation. Such request to call a special meeting for the initial election of the Preferred Stock Directors after a Nonpayment Event shall be made by written notice, signed by the requisite holders of Series A or Voting Preferred Stock, and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation in such manner as provided for in Section 10 below, or as may otherwise be required by law.
When dividends have been paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set aside) in full on the Series A for at least four Dividend Periods (whether or not consecutive) after a Nonpayment Event, then the right of the holders of Series A to elect the Preferred Stock Directors shall cease (but subject always to revesting of such voting rights in the case of any future Nonpayment Event), and, if and when any rights of holders of Series A and Voting Preferred Stock to elect the Preferred Stock Directors shall have ceased, the terms of office of all the Preferred Stock Directors shall forthwith terminate and the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall automatically be reduced accordingly.
Any Preferred Stock Director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series A and Voting Preferred Stock, when they have the voting rights described above (voting together as a single class). So long as a Nonpayment Event shall continue, any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Stock Director (other than prior to the initial election of Preferred Stock Directors after a Nonpayment Event) may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Stock Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, by a vote of the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series A and all Voting Preferred Stock, when they have the voting rights described above (voting together as a single class). Any such vote of stockholders to remove, or to fill a vacancy in the office of, a Preferred Stock Director may be taken only at a special meeting of such stockholders, called as provided above for an initial election of Preferred Stock Director
A-10
after a Nonpayment Event (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the stockholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of stockholders). The Preferred Stock Directors shall each be entitled to one vote per director on any matter that shall come before the Board of Directors for a vote. Each Preferred Stock Director elected at any special meeting of stockholders or by written consent of the other Preferred Stock Director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders if such office shall not have previously terminated as above provided.
(c) Other Voting Rights . So long as any shares of Series A are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of stockholders required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the vote or consent of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the shares of Series A and any Voting Preferred Stock at the time outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, shall be necessary for effecting or validating:
(i) Authorization of Senior Stock . Any amendment or alteration of the Certificate of Incorporation to authorize or create, or increase the authorized amount of, any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation ranking senior to the Series A with respect to either or both the payment of dividends and/or the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;
(ii) Amendment of Series A . Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation so as to materially and adversely affect the special rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Series A, taken as a whole; or
(iii) Share Exchanges, Reclassifications, Mergers and Consolidations . Any consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Series A, or of a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with another corporation or other entity, unless in each case (x) the shares of Series A remain outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Corporation is not the surviving or resulting entity, are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and (y) such shares remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of the Series A immediately prior to such consummation, taken as a whole;
provided , however , that for all purposes of this Section 8(c), any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series A or authorized Preferred Stock, or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of any other series of
A-11
Preferred Stock ranking equally with and/or junior to the Series A with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation will not be deemed to adversely affect the special rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Series A. In addition, any conversion of the Series A pursuant to Section 7 above shall not be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers of the Series A.
If any amendment, alteration, repeal, share exchange, reclassification, merger or consolidation specified in this Section 7(c) would adversely affect the Series A and one or more but not all other series of Preferred Stock, then only the Series A and such series of Preferred Stock as are adversely affected by and entitled to vote on the matter shall vote on the matter together as a single class (in lieu of all other series of Preferred Stock).
(d) Changes for Clarification . Without the consent of the holders of the Series A, so long as such action does not adversely affect the special rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of the Series A, the Corporation may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any terms of the Series A:
(i) to cure any ambiguity, or to cure, correct or supplement any provision contained in this Certificate of Designations that may be defective or inconsistent; or
(ii) to make any provision with respect to matters or questions arising with respect to the Series A that is not inconsistent with the provisions of this Certificate of Designations.
(e) Changes after Provision for Redemption . No vote or consent of the holders of Series A shall be required pursuant to Section 8(b), (c) or (d) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of Series A shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been set aside for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 6 above.
(f) Procedures for Voting and Consents . The rules and procedures for calling and conducting any meeting of the holders of Series A (including, without limitation, the fixing of a record date in connection therewith), the solicitation and use of proxies at such a meeting, the obtaining of written consents and any other aspect or matter with regard to such a meeting or such consents shall be governed by any rules the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors), in its discretion, may adopt from time to time, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, applicable law and any national securities exchange or other trading facility on which the Series A is listed or traded at the time. Whether the vote or consent of the holders of a plurality, majority or other portion of the shares of Series A and any Voting Preferred Stock has been cast or given on any matter on which the holders of shares of Series A are
A-12
entitled to vote shall be determined by the Corporation by reference to the specified liquidation amounts of the shares voted or covered by the consent.
Section 9. Record Holders . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation and the transfer agent for the Series A may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Series A as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Corporation nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
Section 10. Notices . All notices or communications in respect of Series A shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designations, in the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or by applicable law.
Section 11. No Preemptive Rights . No share of Series A shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Corporation, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.
Section 12. Other Rights . The shares of Series A shall not have any voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation or as provided by applicable law.
A-13
Appendix B
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS
OF
6.20% NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES B
OF
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC ., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the Corporation), in accordance with the provisions of Sections 103 and 151 thereof, does hereby certify :
The Securities Issuance Committee (the Committee) of the board of directors of the Corporation (the Board of Directors), in accordance with the resolutions of the Board of Directors dated September 16, 2005, the provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Corporation and applicable law, by unanimous written consent dated October 25, 2005, adopted the following resolution creating a series of 50,000 shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation designated as 6.20% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B.
RESOLVED , that pursuant to the authority vested in the Committee and in accordance with the resolutions of the Board of Directors dated September 16, 2005, the provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Corporation and applicable law, a series of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares of such series, and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series, are as follows:
Section 1. Designation . The distinctive serial designation of such series of Preferred Stock is 6.20% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B (Series B). Each share of Series B shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Series B, except as to the respective dates from which dividends thereon shall accrue, to the extent such dates may differ as permitted pursuant to Section 4(a) below.
Section 2. Number of Shares . The authorized number of shares of Series B shall be 50,000. Shares of Series B that are redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation, or converted into another series of Preferred Stock, shall be cancelled and shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of Series B.
Section 3. Definitions . As used herein with respect to Series B:
(o) Board of Directors means the board of directors of the Corporation.
(p) ByLaws means the amended and restated bylaws of the Corporation, as they may be amended from time to time.
(q) Business Day means a day that is a Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday and is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City generally are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close.
(r) Certificate of Designations means this Certificate of Designations relating to the Series B, as it may be amended from time to time.
(s) Certification of Incorporation shall mean the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as it may be amended from time to time, and shall include this Certificate of Designations.
(t) Common Stock means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation.
(u) Junior Stock means the Common Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation (other than Series B) that ranks junior to Series B either or both as to the payment of dividends and/or as to the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
(v) Parity Stock means any class or series of stock of the Corporation (other than Series B) that ranks equally with Series B both in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
(w) Preferred Stock means any and all series of Preferred Stock, having a par value of $0.01 per share, of the Corporation, including the Series B.
(x) Voting Preferred Stock means, with regard to any election or removal of a Preferred Stock Director (as defined in Section 8(b) below) or any other matter as to which the holders of Series B are entitled to vote as specified in Section 8 of this Certificate of Designations, any and all series of Preferred Stock (other than Series B) that rank equally with Series B either as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable with respect to such matter.
B-2
Section 4. Dividends .
(a) Rate . Holders of Series B shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends under Delaware law, non-cumulative cash dividends at a rate per annum of 6.20% applied to the liquidation preference amount of $25,000 per share of Series B. Such dividends shall be payable quarterly in arrears (as provided below in this Section 4(a)), but only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors), on February 10, May 10, August 10 and November 10 (Dividend Payment Dates), commencing on February 10, 2006; provided that if any such Dividend Payment Date would otherwise occur on a day that is not a Business Day, such Dividend Payment Date shall instead be (and any dividend payable on Series B on such Dividend Payment Date shall instead be payable on) the immediately succeeding Business Day. Dividends on Series B shall not be cumulative; holders of Series B shall not be entitled to receive any dividends not declared by the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) and no interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, shall be payable in respect of any dividend not so declared.
Dividends that are payable on Series B on any Dividend Payment Date will be payable to holders of record of Series B as they appear on the stock register of the Corporation on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15th calendar day before such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a Dividend Record Date). Any such day that is a Dividend Record Date shall be a Dividend Record Date whether or not such day is a Business Day.
Each dividend period (a Dividend Period) shall commence on and include a Dividend Payment Date (other than the initial Dividend Period, which shall commence on and include the date of original issue of the Series B, provided that, for any share of Series B issued after such original issue date, the initial Dividend Period for such shares may commence on and include such other date as the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) shall determine and publicly disclose) and shall end on and include the calendar day next preceding the next Dividend Payment Date. Dividends payable on the Series B in respect of any Dividend Period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. Dividends payable in respect of a Dividend Period shall be payable in arrears - i.e., on the first Dividend Payment Date after such Dividend Period.
Holders of Series B shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, securities or other property, other than dividends (if any) declared and payable on the Series B as specified in this Section 4 (subject to the other provisions of this Certificate of Designations).
B-3
(b) Priority of Dividends . So long as any share of Series B remains outstanding, no dividend shall be declared or paid on the Common Stock or any other shares of Junior Stock (other than a dividend payable solely in Junior Stock), and no Common Stock or other Junior Stock shall be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation, directly or indirectly (other than as a result of a reclassification of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock, or the exchange or conversion of one share of Junior Stock for or into another share of Junior Stock and other than through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of Junior Stock) during a Dividend Period, unless the full dividends for the latest completed Dividend Period on all outstanding shares of Series B have been declared and paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside). The foregoing provision shall not restrict the ability of Goldman, Sachs & Co., or any other affiliate of the Corporation, to engage in any market-making transactions in Junior Stock in the ordinary course of business.
When dividends are not paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set aside) on any Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within a Dividend Period) in full upon the Series B and any shares of Parity Stock, all dividends declared on the Series B and all such Parity Stock and payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of parity stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) shall be declared pro rata so that the respective amounts of such dividends shall bear the same ratio to each other as all accrued but unpaid dividends per share on the Series B and all Parity Stock payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) bear to each other.
Subject to the foregoing, such dividends (payable in cash, securities or other property) as may be determined by the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) may be declared and paid on any securities, including Common Stock and other Junior Stock, from time to time out of any funds legally available for such payment, and the Series B shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividends.
Section 5. Liquidation Rights .
(a) Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Series B shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) available for distribution to stockholders of the Corporation, and after satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations to creditors of the Corporation, before any distribution of such assets or proceeds is made to or set aside for the holders of Common Stock and any other stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series B as to such distribution, in full an amount equal to $25,000
B-4
per share (the Series B Liquidation Amount), together with an amount equal to all dividends (if any) that have been declared but not paid prior to the date of payment of such distribution (but without any amount in respect of dividends that have not been declared prior to such payment date).
(b) Partial Payment . If in any distribution described in Section 5(a) above the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay the Liquidation Preferences (as defined below) in full to all holders of Series B and all holders of any stock of the Corporation ranking equally with the Series B as to such distribution, the amounts paid to the holders of Series B and to the holders of all such other stock shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate Liquidation Preferences of the holders of Series B and the holders of all such other stock. In any such distribution, the Liquidation Preference of any holder of stock of the Corporation shall mean the amount otherwise payable to such holder in such distribution (assuming no limitation on the assets of the Corporation available for such distribution), including an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends (and, in the case of any holder of stock other than Series B and on which dividends accrue on a cumulative basis, an amount equal to any unpaid, accrued, cumulative dividends, whether or not declared, as applicable).
(c) Residual Distributions . If the Liquidation Preference has been paid in full to all holders of Series B, the holders of other stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation (or proceeds thereof) according to their respective rights and preferences.
(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 5, the merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation or other entity, including a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Series B receive cash, securities or other property for their shares, or the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, shall not constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
Section 6. Redemption .
(a) Optional Redemption . The Series B may not be redeemed by the Corporation prior to October 31, 2010. On or after October 31, 2010, the Corporation, at its option, may redeem, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, the shares of Series B at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(c) below, at a redemption price equal to $25,000 per share, together (except as otherwise provided herein below) with an amount equal to any dividends that have been declared but not paid prior to the redemption date (but with no amount in respect of any dividends that have not been declared prior to such date). The redemption price for any shares of Series B shall be payable on the redemption date to the holder of such shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such shares to the Corporation or its agent. Any declared but unpaid dividends payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to the Dividend Record Date for a Dividend Period shall not be paid to the holder entitled to receive the
B-5
redemption price on the redemption date, but rather shall be paid to the holder of record of the redeemed shares on such Dividend Record Date relating to the Dividend Payment Date as provided in Section 4 above.
(b) No Sinking Fund . The Series B will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Series B will have no right to require redemption of any shares of Series B.
(c) Notice of Redemption . Notice of every redemption of shares of Series B shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Any notice mailed as provided in this Subsection shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Series B designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series B. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series B or any depositary shares representing interests in the Series B are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any other similar facility, notice of redemption may be given to the holders of Series B at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility. Each such notice given to a holder shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of Series B to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder; (3) the redemption price; and (4) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.
(d) Partial Redemption . In case of any redemption of only part of the shares of Series B at the time outstanding, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata or in such other manner as the Corporation may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Corporation shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Series B shall be redeemed from time to time. If fewer than all the shares represented by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without charge to the holder thereof.
(e) Effectiveness of Redemption . If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other funds, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date dividends shall cease to accrue on all shares so called for redemption, all shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption, without interest. Any funds unclaimed
B-6
at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released to the Corporation, after which time the holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Corporation for payment of the redemption price of such shares.
Section 7. Conversion Upon Regulatory Changes . If both (i) and (ii) below occur:
(i) after the date of the issuance of the Series B, the Corporation (by election or otherwise) becomes subject to any law, rule, regulation or guidance (together, Regulations) relating to its capital adequacy, which Regulation (x) modifies the existing requirements for treatment as Allowable Capital (as defined under the Securities and Exchange Commission rules relating to consolidated supervised entities as in effect from time to time), (y) provides for a type or level of capital characterized as Tier 1 or its equivalent pursuant to Regulations of any governmental agency, authority or other body having regulatory jurisdiction over the Corporation (or any of its subsidiaries or consolidated affiliates) and implementing the capital standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other United States national governmental agency, authority or other body, or any other applicable regime based on capital standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision or its successor, or (z) provides for a type or level of capital that in the judgment of the Corporation (after consultation with legal counsel of recognized standing) is substantially equivalent to such Tier 1 capital (such capital described in either (y) or (z) above is referred to below as Tier 1 Capital Equivalent), and
(ii) the Corporation affirmatively elects to qualify the Series B for treatment as Allowable Capital or Tier 1 Capital Equivalent without any sublimit or other quantitative restriction on the inclusion of the Series B in Allowable Capital or Tier 1 Capital Equivalent (other than any limitation the Corporation elects to accept and any limitation requiring that common equity or a specified form of common equity constitute the dominant form of Allowable Capital or Tier 1 Capital Equivalent) under such Regulations,
then, upon such affirmative election, the Series B shall be convertible at the Corporations option into a new series of Preferred Stock having terms and provisions substantially identical to those of the Series B, except that such new series may have such additional or modified rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, as are necessary in the judgment of the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) (after consultation with legal counsel of recognized standing) to comply with the Required Unrestricted Capital Provisions (as defined below), provided that the Corporation will not cause any such conversion unless the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) determines that the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of such new series of Preferred Stock, taken as a whole, are not
B-7
materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the Series B, taken as a whole.
As used above, the term Required Unrestricted Capital Provisions means such terms and provisions as are, in the judgment of the Corporation (after consultation with counsel of recognized standing), required for preferred stock to be treated as Allowable Capital or Tier 1 Capital Equivalent, as applicable, without any sublimit or other quantitative restriction on the inclusion of such preferred stock in Allowable Capital or Tier 1 Capital Equivalent, as applicable (other than any limitation the Corporation elects to accept and any limitation requiring that common equity or a specified form of common equity constitute the dominant form of Allowable Capital or Tier 1 Capital Equivalent) pursuant to the applicable Regulations.
The Corporation shall provide notice to the holders of Series B of any election to qualify the Series B for Allowable Capital or Tier 1 Capital Equivalent treatment and of any determination to convert the Series B into a new series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of this Section 7, promptly upon the effectiveness of any such election or determination. A copy of such notice and of the relevant Regulations shall be maintained on file at the principal offices of the Corporation and, upon request, will be made available to any stockholder of the Corporation. Any conversion of the Series B pursuant to this Section 7 shall be effected pursuant to such procedures as the Corporation may determine and publicly disclose.
Except as specified in this Section 7, holders of Series B shares shall have no right to exchange or convert such shares into any other securities.
Section 8. Voting Rights .
(a) General . The holders of Series B shall not have any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from to time required by law.
(b) Right To Elect Two Directors Upon Nonpayment Events . If and whenever dividends on any shares of Series B shall not have been declared and paid for at least six Dividend Periods, whether or not consecutive (a Nonpayment Event), the number of directors then constituting the Board of Directors shall automatically be increased by two and the holders of Series B, together with the holders of any outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the two additional directors (the Preferred Stock Directors), provided that it shall be a qualification for election for any such Preferred Stock Director that the election of such director shall not cause the Corporation to violate the corporate governance requirement of the New York Stock Exchange (or any other securities exchange or other trading facility on which securities of the Corporation may then be listed or traded) that listed or traded companies must have a majority of independent directors and provided further that the Board of Directors shall at no time include more than two Preferred Stock Directors (including, for purposes of this limitation, all directors that the holders of any series of Voting Preferred Stock are entitled to elect pursuant to like voting rights).
B-8
In the event that the holders of the Series B, and such other holders of Voting Preferred Stock, shall be entitled to vote for the election of the Preferred Stock Directors following a Nonpayment Event, such directors shall be initially elected following such Nonpayment Event only at a special meeting called at the request of the holders of record of at least 20% of the Series B or of any other series of Voting Preferred Stock then outstanding (unless such request for a special meeting is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, in which event such election shall be held only at such next annual or special meeting of stockholders), and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation. Such request to call a special meeting for the initial election of the Preferred Stock Directors after a Nonpayment Event shall be made by written notice, signed by the requisite holders of Series B or Voting Preferred Stock, and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation in such manner as provided for in Section 10 below, or as may otherwise be required by law.
When dividends have been paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set aside) in full on the Series B for at least four Dividend Periods (whether or not consecutive) after a Nonpayment Event, then the right of the holders of Series B to elect the Preferred Stock Directors shall cease (but subject always to revesting of such voting rights in the case of any future Nonpayment Event), and, if and when any rights of holders of Series B and Voting Preferred Stock to elect the Preferred Stock Directors shall have ceased, the terms of office of all the Preferred Stock Directors shall forthwith terminate and the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall automatically be reduced accordingly.
Any Preferred Stock Director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series B and Voting Preferred Stock, when they have the voting rights described above (voting together as a single class). So long as a Nonpayment Event shall continue, any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Stock Director (other than prior to the initial election of Preferred Stock Directors after a Nonpayment Event) may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Stock Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, by a vote of the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series B and all Voting Preferred Stock, when they have the voting rights described above (voting together as a single class). Any such vote of stockholders to remove, or to fill a vacancy in the office of, a Preferred Stock Director may be taken only at a special meeting of such stockholders, called as provided above for an initial election of Preferred Stock Director after a Nonpayment Event (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the stockholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of stockholders). The Preferred Stock Directors shall each be entitled to one vote per director on any matter that shall come before the Board of Directors for a vote. Each Preferred Stock Director elected at any special meeting of stockholders or by written consent of the other Preferred Stock Director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders if such office shall not have previously terminated as above provided.
B-9
(c) Other Voting Rights . So long as any shares of Series B are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of stockholders required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the vote or consent of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the shares of Series B and any Voting Preferred Stock at the time outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, shall be necessary for effecting or validating:
(i) Authorization of Senior Stock . Any amendment or alteration of the Certificate of Incorporation to authorize or create, or increase the authorized amount of, any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation ranking senior to the Series B with respect to either or both the payment of dividends and/or the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;
(ii) Amendment of Series B . Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation so as to materially and adversely affect the special rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Series B, taken as a whole; or
(iii) Share Exchanges, Reclassifications, Mergers and Consolidations . Any consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Series B, or of a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with another corporation or other entity, unless in each case (x) the shares of Series B remain outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Corporation is not the surviving or resulting entity, are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and (y) such shares remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of the Series B immediately prior to such consummation, taken as a whole;
provided , however , that for all purposes of this Section 8(c), any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series B or authorized Preferred Stock, or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of any other series of Preferred Stock ranking equally with and/or junior to the Series B with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation will not be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Series B. In addition, any conversion of the Series B pursuant to Section 7 above shall not be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers of the Series B.
If any amendment, alteration, repeal, share exchange, reclassification, merger or consolidation specified in this Section 7(c) would adversely affect the Series B
B-10
and one or more but not all other series of Preferred Stock, then only the Series B and such series of Preferred Stock as are adversely affected by and entitled to vote on the matter shall vote on the matter together as a single class (in lieu of all other series of Preferred Stock).
(d) Changes for Clarification . Without the consent of the holders of the Series B, so long as such action does not adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of the Series B, the Corporation may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any terms of the Series B:
(i) to cure any ambiguity, or to cure, correct or supplement any provision contained in this Certificate of Designations that may be defective or inconsistent; or
(ii) to make any provision with respect to matters or questions arising with respect to the Series B that is not inconsistent with the provisions of this Certificate of Designations.
(e) Changes after Provision for Redemption . No vote or consent of the holders of Series B shall be required pursuant to Section 8(b), (c) or (d) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of Series B shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been set aside for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 6 above.
(f) Procedures for Voting and Consents . The rules and procedures for calling and conducting any meeting of the holders of Series B (including, without limitation, the fixing of a record date in connection therewith), the solicitation and use of proxies at such a meeting, the obtaining of written consents and any other aspect or matter with regard to such a meeting or such consents shall be governed by any rules the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors), in its discretion, may adopt from time to time, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, applicable law and any national securities exchange or other trading facility on which the Series B is listed or traded at the time. Whether the vote or consent of the holders of a plurality, majority or other portion of the shares of Series B and any Voting Preferred Stock has been cast or given on any matter on which the holders of shares of Series B are entitled to vote shall be determined by the Corporation by reference to the specified liquidation amounts of the shares voted or covered by the consent.
Section 9. Record Holders . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation and the transfer agent for the Series B may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Series B as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Corporation nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
Section 10. Notices . All notices or communications in respect of Series B shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first
B-11
class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designations, in the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or by applicable law.
Section 11. No Preemptive Rights . No share of Series B shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Corporation, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.
Section 12. Other Rights . The shares of Series B shall not have any voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation or as provided by applicable law.
B-12
Appendix C
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS
OF
FLOATING RATE NON-CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES C
OF
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC ., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the Corporation), in accordance with the provisions of Sections 103 and 151 thereof, does hereby certify :
The Securities Issuance Committee (the Committee) of the board of directors of the Corporation (the Board of Directors), in accordance with the resolutions of the Board of Directors dated September 16, 2005, the provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Corporation and applicable law, by unanimous written consent dated October 25, 2005, adopted the following resolution creating a series of 25,000 shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation designated as Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series C.
RESOLVED , that pursuant to the authority vested in the Committee and in accordance with the resolutions of the Board of Directors dated September 16, 2005, the provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Corporation and applicable law, a series of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares of such series, and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series, are as follows:
Section 1. Designation . The distinctive serial designation of such series of Preferred Stock is Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series C (Series C). Each share of Series C shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Series C, except as to the respective dates from which dividends thereon shall accrue, to the extent such dates may differ as permitted pursuant to Section 4(a) below.
Section 2. Number of Shares . The authorized number of shares of Series C shall be 25,000. Shares of Series C that are redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation, or converted into another series of Preferred Stock, shall be cancelled and shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of Series C.
Section 3. Definitions . As used herein with respect to Series C:
(y) Board of Directors means the board of directors of the Corporation.
(z) ByLaws means the amended and restated bylaws of the Corporation, as they may be amended from time to time.
(aa) Business Day means a day that is a Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday and is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City generally are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close.
(bb) Calculation Agent means, at any time, the person or entity appointed by the Corporation and serving as such agent at such time. The Corporation may terminate any such appointment and may appoint a successor agent at any time and from time to time, provided that the Corporation shall use its best efforts to ensure that there is, at all relevant times when the Series C is outstanding, a person or entity appointed and serving as such agent. The Calculation Agent may be a person or entity affiliated with the Corporation.
(cc) Certificate of Designations means this Certificate of Designations relating to the Series C, as it may be amended from time to time.
(dd) Certification of Incorporation shall mean the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as it may be amended from time to time, and shall include this Certificate of Designations.
(ee) Common Stock means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation.
(ff) Junior Stock means the Common Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation (other than Series C) that ranks junior to Series C either or both as to the payment of dividends and/or as to the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
(gg) London Business Day means a day that is a Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday and is a day on which dealings in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.
(hh) Moneyline Telerate Page means the display on Moneyline Telerate, Inc., or any successor service, on the page or pages specified in Section 4 below or any replacement page or pages on that service.
(ii) Parity Stock means any class or series of stock of the Corporation (other than Series C) that ranks equally with Series C both in the
C-2
payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
(jj) Preferred Stock means any and all series of Preferred Stock, having a par value of $0.01 per share, of the Corporation, including the Series C.
(kk) Representative Amount means, at any time, an amount that, in the Calculation Agents judgment, is representative of a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time.
(ll) Voting Preferred Stock means, with regard to any election or removal of a Preferred Stock Director (as defined in Section 8(b) below) or any other matter as to which the holders of Series C are entitled to vote as specified in Section 8 of this Certificate of Designations, any and all series of Preferred Stock (other than Series C) that rank equally with Series C either as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable with respect to such matter.
Section 4. Dividends .
(a) Rate . Holders of Series C shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends under Delaware law, non-cumulative cash dividends at the rate determined as set forth below in this Section (4) applied to the liquidation preference amount of $25,000 per share of Series C. Such dividends shall be payable quarterly in arrears (as provided below in this Section 4(a)), but only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors), on February 10, May 10, August 10 and November 10 (Dividend Payment Dates), commencing on February 10, 2006; provided that if any such Dividend Payment Date would otherwise occur on a day that is not a Business Day, such Dividend Payment Date shall instead be (and any dividend payable on Series C on such Dividend Payment Date shall instead be payable on) the immediately succeeding Business Day, unless such immediately succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, in which case such Dividend Payment Date shall instead be (and any such dividend shall instead be payable on) the immediately preceding Business Day. Dividends on Series C shall not be cumulative; holders of Series C shall not be entitled to receive any dividends not declared by the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) and no interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, shall be payable in respect of any dividend not so declared.
Dividends that are payable on Series C on any Dividend Payment Date will be payable to holders of record of Series C as they appear on the stock register of the Corporation on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15th calendar day before such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the Board of Directors or
C-3
the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a Dividend Record Date). Any such day that is a Dividend Record Date shall be a Dividend Record Date whether or not such day is a Business Day.
Each dividend period (a Dividend Period) shall commence on and include a Dividend Payment Date (other than the initial Dividend Period, which shall commence on and include the date of original issue of the Series C, provided that, for any share of Series C issued after such original issue date, the initial Dividend Period for such shares may commence on and include such other date as the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) shall determine and publicly disclose) and shall end on and include the calendar day next preceding the next Dividend Payment Date. Dividends payable on the Series C in respect of any Dividend Period shall be computed by the Calculation Agent on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in such Dividend Period. Dividends payable in respect of a Dividend Period shall be payable in arrears - i.e., on the first Dividend Payment Date after such Dividend Period.
The dividend rate on the Series C, for each Dividend Period, shall be a rate per annum equal to the greater of (1) 0.75% above LIBOR (as defined below) for such Dividend Period and (2) 4.00%. LIBOR, with respect to any Dividend Period, means the offered rate expressed as a percentage per annum for three-month deposits in U.S. dollars on the first day of such Dividend Period, as that rate appears on Moneyline Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on the second London Business Day immediately preceding the first day of such Dividend Period.
If the rate described in the preceding paragraph does not appear on Moneyline Telerate Page 3750, LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the rates, at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on the second London Business Day immediately preceding the first day of such Dividend Period, at which deposits of the following kind are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in that market selected by the Calculation Agent: three-month deposits in U.S. dollars, beginning on the first day of such Dividend Period, and in a Representative Amount. The Calculation Agent shall request the principal London office of each of these banks to provide a quotation of its rate at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time. If at least two quotations are provided, LIBOR for such Dividend Period shall be the arithmetic mean of such quotations.
If fewer than two quotations are provided as described in the preceding paragraph, LIBOR for such Dividend Period shall be the arithmetic mean of the rates for loans of the following kind to leading European banks quoted, at approximately 11:00 A.M. New York City time, on the second London Business Day immediately preceding the first day of such Dividend Period, by three major banks in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent: three-month loans of U.S. dollars, beginning on the first day of such Dividend Period, and in a Representative Amount.
C-4
If fewer than three banks selected by the Calculation Agent are quoting as described in the preceding paragraph, LIBOR for such Dividend Period shall be LIBOR in effect for the prior Dividend Period.
The Calculation Agents determination of any dividend rate, and its calculation of the amount of dividends for any Dividend Period, will be maintained on file at the Corporations principal offices and will be available to any stockholder upon request and will be final and binding in the absence of manifest error.
Holders of Series C shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, securities or other property, other than dividends (if any) declared and payable on the Series C as specified in this Section 4 (subject to the other provisions of this Certificate of Designations).
(b) Priority of Dividends . So long as any share of Series C remains outstanding, no dividend shall be declared or paid on the Common Stock or any other shares of Junior Stock (other than a dividend payable solely in Junior Stock), and no Common Stock or other Junior Stock shall be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation, directly or indirectly (other than as a result of a reclassification of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock, or the exchange or conversion of one share of Junior Stock for or into another share of Junior Stock and other than through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of Junior Stock) during a Dividend Period, unless the full dividends for the latest completed Dividend Period on all outstanding shares of Series C have been declared and paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside). The foregoing provision shall not restrict the ability of Goldman, Sachs & Co., or any other affiliate of the Corporation, to engage in any market-making transactions in Junior Stock in the ordinary course of business.
When dividends are not paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set aside) on any Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within a Dividend Period) in full upon the Series C and any shares of Parity Stock, all dividends declared on the Series C and all such Parity Stock and payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of parity stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) shall be declared pro rata so that the respective amounts of such dividends shall bear the same ratio to each other as all accrued but unpaid dividends per share on the Series C and all Parity Stock payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) bear to each other.
Subject to the foregoing, such dividends (payable in cash, securities or other property) as may be determined by the Board of Directors or the Committee (or
C-5
another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) may be declared and paid on any securities, including Common Stock and other Junior Stock, from time to time out of any funds legally available for such payment, and the Series C shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividends.
Section 5. Liquidation Rights .
(a) Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Series C shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) available for distribution to stockholders of the Corporation, and after satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations to creditors of the Corporation, before any distribution of such assets or proceeds is made to or set aside for the holders of Common Stock and any other stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series C as to such distribution, in full an amount equal to $25,000 per share (the Series C Liquidation Amount), together with an amount equal to all dividends (if any) that have been declared but not paid prior to the date of payment of such distribution (but without any amount in respect of dividends that have not been declared prior to such payment date).
(b) Partial Payment . If in any distribution described in Section 5(a) above the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay the Liquidation Preferences (as defined below) in full to all holders of Series C and all holders of any stock of the Corporation ranking equally with the Series C as to such distribution, the amounts paid to the holders of Series C and to the holders of all such other stock shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate Liquidation Preferences of the holders of Series C and the holders of all such other stock. In any such distribution, the Liquidation Preference of any holder of stock of the Corporation shall mean the amount otherwise payable to such holder in such distribution (assuming no limitation on the assets of the Corporation available for such distribution), including an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends (and, in the case of any holder of stock other than Series C and on which dividends accrue on a cumulative basis, an amount equal to any unpaid, accrued, cumulative dividends, whether or not declared, as applicable).
(c) Residual Distributions . If the Liquidation Preference has been paid in full to all holders of Series C, the holders of other stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation (or proceeds thereof) according to their respective rights and preferences.
(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 5, the merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation or other entity, including a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Series C receive cash, securities or other property for their shares, or the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the assets of
C-6
the Corporation, shall not constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
Section 6. Redemption .
(a) Optional Redemption . The Series C may not be redeemed by the Corporation prior to October 31, 2010. On or after October 31, 2010, the Corporation, at its option, may redeem, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, the shares of Series C at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(c) below, at a redemption price equal to $25,000 per share, together (except as otherwise provided herein below) with an amount equal to any dividends that have been declared but not paid prior to the redemption date (but with no amount in respect of any dividends that have not been declared prior to such date). The redemption price for any shares of Series C shall be payable on the redemption date to the holder of such shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such shares to the Corporation or its agent. Any declared but unpaid dividends payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to the Dividend Record Date for a Dividend Period shall not be paid to the holder entitled to receive the redemption price on the redemption date, but rather shall be paid to the holder of record of the redeemed shares on such Dividend Record Date relating to the Dividend Payment Date as provided in Section 4 above.
(b) No Sinking Fund . The Series C will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Series C will have no right to require redemption of any shares of Series C.
(c) Notice of Redemption . Notice of every redemption of shares of Series C shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Any notice mailed as provided in this Subsection shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Series C designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series C. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series C or any depositary shares representing interests in the Series C are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any other similar facility, notice of redemption may be given to the holders of Series C at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility. Each such notice given to a holder shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of Series C to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder; (3) the redemption price; and (4) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.
(d) Partial Redemption . In case of any redemption of only part of the shares of Series C at the time outstanding, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected
C-7
either pro rata or in such other manner as the Corporation may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Corporation shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Series C shall be redeemed from time to time. If fewer than all the shares represented by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without charge to the holder thereof.
(e) Effectiveness of Redemption . If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other funds, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date dividends shall cease to accrue on all shares so called for redemption, all shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption, without interest. Any funds unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released to the Corporation, after which time the holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Corporation for payment of the redemption price of such shares.
Section 7. Conversion Upon Regulatory Changes . If both (i) and (ii) below occur:
(i) after the date of the issuance of the Series C, the Corporation (by election or otherwise) becomes subject to any law, rule, regulation or guidance (together, Regulations) relating to its capital adequacy, which Regulation (x) modifies the existing requirements for treatment as Allowable Capital (as defined under the Securities and Exchange Commission rules relating to consolidated supervised entities as in effect from time to time), (y) provides for a type or level of capital characterized as Tier 1 or its equivalent pursuant to Regulations of any governmental agency, authority or other body having regulatory jurisdiction over the Corporation (or any of its subsidiaries or consolidated affiliates) and implementing the capital standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other United States national governmental agency, authority or other body, or any other applicable regime based on capital standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision or its successor, or (z) provides for a type or level of capital that in the judgment of the Corporation (after consultation with legal counsel of recognized standing) is substantially equivalent to such Tier 1 capital (such capital described in either (y) or (z) above is referred to below as Tier 1 Capital Equivalent), and
C-8
(ii) the Corporation affirmatively elects to qualify the Series C for treatment as Allowable Capital or Tier 1 Capital Equivalent without any sublimit or other quantitative restriction on the inclusion of the Series C in Allowable Capital or Tier 1 Capital Equivalent (other than any limitation the Corporation elects to accept and any limitation requiring that common equity or a specified form of common equity constitute the dominant form of Allowable Capital or Tier 1 Capital Equivalent) under such Regulations,
then, upon such affirmative election, the Series C shall be convertible at the Corporations option into a new series of Preferred Stock having terms and provisions substantially identical to those of the Series C, except that such new series may have such additional or modified rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, as are necessary in the judgment of the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) (after consultation with legal counsel of recognized standing) to comply with the Required Unrestricted Capital Provisions (as defined below), provided that the Corporation will not cause any such conversion unless the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) determines that the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of such new series of Preferred Stock, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the Series C, taken as a whole.
As used above, the term Required Unrestricted Capital Provisions means such terms and provisions as are, in the judgment of the Corporation (after consultation with counsel of recognized standing), required for preferred stock to be treated as Allowable Capital or Tier 1 Capital Equivalent, as applicable, without any sublimit or other quantitative restriction on the inclusion of such preferred stock in Allowable Capital or Tier 1 Capital Equivalent, as applicable (other than any limitation the Corporation elects to accept and any limitation requiring that common equity or a specified form of common equity constitute the dominant form of Allowable Capital or Tier 1 Capital Equivalent) pursuant to the applicable Regulations.
The Corporation shall provide notice to the holders of Series C of any election to qualify the Series C for Allowable Capital or Tier 1 Capital Equivalent treatment and of any determination to convert the Series C into a new series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of this Section 7, promptly upon the effectiveness of any such election or determination. A copy of such notice and of the relevant Regulations shall be maintained on file at the principal offices of the Corporation and, upon request, will be made available to any stockholder of the Corporation. Any conversion of the Series C pursuant to this Section 7 shall be effected pursuant to such procedures as the Corporation may determine and publicly disclose.
Except as specified in this Section 7, holders of Series C shares shall have no right to exchange or convert such shares into any other securities.
C-9
Section 8. Voting Rights .
(a) General . The holders of Series C shall not have any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from to time required by law.
(b) Right To Elect Two Directors Upon Nonpayment Events . If and whenever dividends on any shares of Series C shall not have been declared and paid for at least six Dividend Periods, whether or not consecutive (a Nonpayment Event), the number of directors then constituting the Board of Directors shall automatically be increased by two and the holders of Series C, together with the holders of any outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the two additional directors (the Preferred Stock Directors), provided that it shall be a qualification for election for any such Preferred Stock Director that the election of such director shall not cause the Corporation to violate the corporate governance requirement of the New York Stock Exchange (or any other securities exchange or other trading facility on which securities of the Corporation may then be listed or traded) that listed or traded companies must have a majority of independent directors and provided further that the Board of Directors shall at no time include more than two Preferred Stock Directors (including, for purposes of this limitation, all directors that the holders of any series of Voting Preferred Stock are entitled to elect pursuant to like voting rights).
In the event that the holders of the Series C, and such other holders of Voting Preferred Stock, shall be entitled to vote for the election of the Preferred Stock Directors following a Nonpayment Event, such directors shall be initially elected following such Nonpayment Event only at a special meeting called at the request of the holders of record of at least 20% of the Series C or of any other series of Voting Preferred Stock then outstanding (unless such request for a special meeting is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, in which event such election shall be held only at such next annual or special meeting of stockholders), and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation. Such request to call a special meeting for the initial election of the Preferred Stock Directors after a Nonpayment Event shall be made by written notice, signed by the requisite holders of Series C or Voting Preferred Stock, and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation in such manner as provided for in Section 10 below, or as may otherwise be required by law.
When dividends have been paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set aside) in full on the Series C for at least four Dividend Periods (whether or not consecutive) after a Nonpayment Event, then the right of the holders of Series C to elect the Preferred Stock Directors shall cease (but subject always to revesting of such voting rights in the case of any future Nonpayment Event), and, if and when any rights of holders of Series C and Voting Preferred Stock to elect the Preferred Stock Directors shall have ceased, the terms of office of all the Preferred Stock Directors shall forthwith terminate and the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall automatically be reduced accordingly.
C-10
Any Preferred Stock Director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series C and Voting Preferred Stock, when they have the voting rights described above (voting together as a single class). So long as a Nonpayment Event shall continue, any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Stock Director (other than prior to the initial election of Preferred Stock Directors after a Nonpayment Event) may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Stock Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, by a vote of the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series C and all Voting Preferred Stock, when they have the voting rights described above (voting together as a single class). Any such vote of stockholders to remove, or to fill a vacancy in the office of, a Preferred Stock Director may be taken only at a special meeting of such stockholders, called as provided above for an initial election of Preferred Stock Director after a Nonpayment Event (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the stockholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of stockholders). The Preferred Stock Directors shall each be entitled to one vote per director on any matter that shall come before the Board of Directors for a vote. Each Preferred Stock Director elected at any special meeting of stockholders or by written consent of the other Preferred Stock Director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders if such office shall not have previously terminated as above provided.
(c) Other Voting Rights . So long as any shares of Series C are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of stockholders required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the vote or consent of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the shares of Series C and any Voting Preferred Stock at the time outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, shall be necessary for effecting or validating:
(i) Authorization of Senior Stock . Any amendment or alteration of the Certificate of Incorporation to authorize or create, or increase the authorized amount of, any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation ranking senior to the Series C with respect to either or both the payment of dividends and/or the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;
(ii) Amendment of Series C . Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation so as to materially and adversely affect the special rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Series C, taken as a whole; or
(iii) Share Exchanges, Reclassifications, Mergers and Consolidations . Any consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Series C, or of a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with another corporation or other entity, unless in each case (x) the shares of Series C remain outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or
C-11
consolidation with respect to which the Corporation is not the surviving or resulting entity, are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and (y) such shares remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of the Series C immediately prior to such consummation, taken as a whole;
provided , however , that for all purposes of this Section 8(c), any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series C or authorized Preferred Stock, or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of any other series of Preferred Stock ranking equally with and/or junior to the Series C with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation will not be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Series C. In addition, any conversion of the Series C pursuant to Section 7 above shall not be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers of the Series C.
If any amendment, alteration, repeal, share exchange, reclassification, merger or consolidation specified in this Section 7(c) would adversely affect the Series C and one or more but not all other series of Preferred Stock, then only the Series C and such series of Preferred Stock as are adversely affected by and entitled to vote on the matter shall vote on the matter together as a single class (in lieu of all other series of Preferred Stock).
(d) Changes for Clarification . Without the consent of the holders of the Series C, so long as such action does not adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of the Series C, the Corporation may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any terms of the Series C:
(i) to cure any ambiguity, or to cure, correct or supplement any provision contained in this Certificate of Designations that may be defective or inconsistent; or
(ii) to make any provision with respect to matters or questions arising with respect to the Series C that is not inconsistent with the provisions of this Certificate of Designations.
(e) Changes after Provision for Redemption . No vote or consent of the holders of Series C shall be required pursuant to Section 8(b), (c) or (d) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of Series C shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been set aside for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 6 above.
C-12
(f) Procedures for Voting and Consents . The rules and procedures for calling and conducting any meeting of the holders of Series C (including, without limitation, the fixing of a record date in connection therewith), the solicitation and use of proxies at such a meeting, the obtaining of written consents and any other aspect or matter with regard to such a meeting or such consents shall be governed by any rules the Board of Directors or the Committee (or another duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors), in its discretion, may adopt from time to time, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, applicable law and any national securities exchange or other trading facility on which the Series C is listed or traded at the time. Whether the vote or consent of the holders of a plurality, majority or other portion of the shares of Series C and any Voting Preferred Stock has been cast or given on any matter on which the holders of shares of Series C are entitled to vote shall be determined by the Corporation by reference to the specified liquidation amounts of the shares voted or covered by the consent.
Section 9. Record Holders . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation and the transfer agent for the Series C may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Series C as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Corporation nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
Section 10. Notices . All notices or communications in respect of Series C shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designations, in the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or by applicable law.
Section 11. No Preemptive Rights . No share of Series C shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Corporation, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.
Section 12. Other Rights . The shares of Series C shall not have any voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation or as provided by applicable law.
C-13
EXHIBIT 10.30
THE GOLDMAN SACHS AMENDED AND RESTATED
STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
DISCOUNT STOCK PROGRAM AWARD
This Award Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions of the award of RSUs under the Discount Stock Program (DSP RSUs) granted to you under The Goldman Sachs Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan (the Plan).
1. The Plan . This Award is made pursuant to the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated in this Award Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Award Agreement that are not defined in this Award Agreement have the meanings as used or defined in the Plan. References in this Award Agreement to any specific Plan provision shall not be construed as limiting the applicability of any other Plan provision.
2. Award .
(a) Form of Award . The number of DSP RSUs subject to this Award is set forth in the Award Statement delivered to you. The Award Statement shall designate your DSP RSUs as either Base RSUs or Discount RSUs. An RSU is an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver (or cause to be delivered) to you, subject to the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, a share of Common Stock (a Share) on the Delivery Date or as otherwise provided herein. Until such delivery, you have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor, and no rights as a shareholder of GS Inc.
(b) Certain Conditions Precedent . Your DSP RSU award is expressly conditioned on: ( i ) your being a participant in the Goldman Sachs Partner Compensation Plan or the Goldman Sachs Restricted Partner Compensation Plan on the Date of Grant and your executing any agreement required in connection with such participation; and ( ii ) your executing the related signature card and returning it to the address designated on the signature card and/or by the method designated on the signature card by the date specified. unless otherwise determined by the Committee, your failure to meet these conditions will result in the cancellation of your DSP Award. Your DSP Award is subject to all terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including, without limitation, the arbitration and choice of forum provisions set forth in Paragraph 13 . By executing the related signature card you will have confirmed your acceptance of all of the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement.
(c) Status under Shareholders Agreement . The Shares delivered with respect to this Award will be subject to the Goldman Sachs Shareholders Agreement to which you are a party, as amended from time to time (the Shareholders Agreement), except those Shares will not be considered Covered Shares as defined in that Agreement. Shares underlying your Base RSUs will not count toward satisfying your transfer restriction requirements under Section 2.1 of the Shareholders Agreement until the Transfer Restrictions described in Paragraph 3(b)(i)(B) are removed.
3. Vesting, Delivery and Transfer Restrictions .
(a) Vesting .
(i) Base RSUs . Except as provided in Paragraph 2(b), you shall be fully Vested in all of your Outstanding Base RSUs on the Date of Grant, and, subject to Paragraph 10, neither such Base RSUs, nor the Shares underlying them, shall be forfeitable for any reason.
(ii) Discount RSUs . Except as provided in this Paragraph 3 and in Paragraphs 4, 7, 8, 10, 11 and 16, on each Vesting Date you shall become Vested in the number or percentage of your Outstanding Discount RSUs specified next to such Vesting Date on the Award Statement (which may be rounded to avoid fractional Shares). While continued active Employment is not required in order to receive delivery of the Shares underlying your Discount RSUs that are or become Vested, all other terms and conditions of this Award Agreement shall continue to apply, and failure to meet such terms and conditions may result in the termination of some or all of your Discount RSUs (as a result of which no Shares underlying such Discount RSUs would be delivered).
(b) Delivery and Transfer Restrictions .
(i) Base RSUs .
(A) Delivery Date . The Delivery Date with respect to your Base RSUs shall be the date specified as such on your Award Statement, if that date is during a Window Period or, if that date is not during a Window Period, the first Trading Day of the first Window Period beginning after such date. For purposes of this Agreement, a Trading Day is a day on which Shares trade regular way on the New York Stock Exchange. Except as provided in this Paragraph 3 and Paragraphs 2, 8, 10, 11 and 16, in accordance with Section 3.23 of the Plan, reasonably promptly (but in no case more than thirty (30) Business Days) after the date specified as the Delivery Date, Shares underlying your Base RSUs (Base Shares) shall be delivered to a brokerage or custody account approved by the Firm.
(B) Transfer Restrictions on Base Shares . Except as provided in Paragraphs 3(c), 4(a), 8, or 10, until the date specified on your Award Statement as the Transferability Date: (I) your Base Shares shall not be permitted to be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, fractionalized, hedged or otherwise disposed of (including through the use of any cash-settled instrument), whether voluntarily or involuntarily by you (collectively referred to as the Transfer Restrictions) and any purported sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, fractionalization, hedge or other disposition in violation of the Transfer Restrictions shall be void; and (II) if and to the extent your Base Shares are certificated, the certificates representing your Base Shares are subject to the restrictions in this Paragraph 3(b)(i)(B) and GS Inc. shall advise its transfer agent to place a stop order against your Base Shares. Within 30 Business Days after the Transferability Date (or any other date described herein the Transfer Restrictions are removed), GS Inc. shall take, or shall cause to be taken, such steps as may be necessary to remove the Transfer Restrictions.
(C) Escrow . Pending receipt of any consents deemed necessary or appropriate by the Firm, Shares in respect of your DSP Award initially may be delivered into an escrow account meeting such terms and conditions as determined by the Firm. Any such escrow arrangement shall, unless otherwise determined by the Firm, provide that (i) the escrow agent shall have the exclusive authority to vote such Shares while held in escrow and (ii) dividends paid on such Shares held in escrow may be accumulated and shall be paid as determined by GS Inc. in its discretion. By accepting your DSP Award, you have agreed to execute such documents and take such steps as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Firm to establish and maintain any such escrow account.
(ii) Discount RSUs . The Delivery Date with respect to your Outstanding Vested Discount RSUs shall be the date specified as such on your Award Statement, if that date is during a Window Period or, if that date is not during a Window Period, the first Trading Day of the first Window Period beginning after such date. Except as provided in this Paragraph 3 and in Paragraphs 2, 4(b), 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11 and 16, in accordance with Section 3.23 of the Plan, reasonably promptly (but in no case more than thirty (30) Business Days) after any date specified as the Delivery Date (or any other date delivery of Shares is called for hereunder), Shares underlying the number or percentage of your then Outstanding Discount RSUs with respect to which the Delivery
2
Date (or other date) has occurred (which number of Shares may be rounded to avoid fractional shares) shall be delivered to a brokerage or custody account approved by the Firm.
(iii) Certain Covered Employees . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you are or become considered by GS Inc. to be one of its covered employees within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, then you shall be subject to Section 3.21.3 of the Plan, as a result of which delivery of your Shares may be delayed.
(iv) Right to Deliver Cash or Other Property . In accordance with Section 1.3.2(i) of the Plan, in the discretion of the Committee, in lieu of all or any portion of the Shares otherwise deliverable in respect of all or any portion of your DSP RSUs, the Firm may deliver cash, other securities, other Awards or other property, and all references in this Award Agreement to deliveries of Shares shall include such deliveries of cash, other securities, other Awards or other property.
(c) Death . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Award Agreement, if you die prior to the Delivery Date with respect to your DSP RSUs and/or the Transferability Restrictions with respect to your Base Shares, as soon as practicable after the date of death and after such documentation as may be requested by the Committee is provided to the Committee: (i) your Base Shares and the Shares underlying all of your then Outstanding DSP RSUs shall be delivered to the representative of your estate; and (ii) the Transfer Restrictions then applicable to your Base Shares shall be removed.
4. Termination of Employment
(a) Base Shares. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, if your Employment terminates for any reason or you otherwise are no longer actively employed with the Firm (other than by reason of Extended Absence or solely as a result of downsizing as provided in Paragraph 7(b)), the Transfer Restrictions will be removed as soon as practicable after the date your Employment so terminates. If your Employment terminates by reason of Extended Absence or solely by reason of a downsizing as provided in Paragraph 7(b), the Transfer Restrictions shall continue to apply to your Base Shares until the Transferability Date in accordance with Paragraph 3(b)(i)(B) hereof.
(b) Discount RSUs . Unless the Committee determines otherwise, except as provided in Paragraphs 3(c), 7, 8 and 10(g), if your Employment terminates for any reason or you otherwise are no longer actively employed with the Firm, your rights in respect of your Discount RSUs (but not your Base RSUs) that were Outstanding, but that had not yet become Vested, immediately prior to your termination of Employment immediately shall terminate, such Discount RSUs shall cease to be Outstanding, and no Shares shall be delivered in respect thereof.
5. Termination of Discount RSUs and Non-Delivery of Shares . Unless the Committee determines otherwise, and except as provided in Paragraphs 7 and 8, your rights in respect of all of your Outstanding Discount RSUs (whether or not Vested), immediately shall terminate, such Discount RSUs shall cease to be Outstanding, and no Shares shall be delivered in respect thereof if:
(a) you attempt to have any dispute under the Plan or this Award Agreement resolved in any manner that is not provided for by Paragraph 13 or Section 3.17 of the Plan;
(b) any event that constitutes Cause has occurred;
(c) you, in any manner, directly or indirectly, (A) Solicit any Client to transact business with a Competitive Enterprise or to reduce or refrain from doing any business with the Firm, (B) interfere with or damage (or attempt to interfere with or damage) any relationship between the Firm and any Client, (C) Solicit any person who is an employee of the Firm to resign from the Firm or to apply for or accept employment with
3
any Competitive Enterprise or (D) on behalf of yourself or any person or Competitive Enterprise hire, or participate in the hiring of, any Selected Firm Personnel, or identify, or participate in the identification of, Selected Firm Personnel for potential hiring, whether as an employee or consultant or otherwise;
(d) you fail to certify to GS Inc., in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, that you have complied, or the Committee determines that you in fact have failed to comply, with all the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement. By accepting the delivery of Shares under this Award Agreement, you shall be deemed to have represented and certified at such time that you have complied with all the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement;
(e) the Committee determines that you failed to meet, in any respect, any obligation you may have under any agreement between you and the Firm, or any agreement entered into in connection with your Employment with the Firm, including, without limitation, any offer letter, employment agreement, the Shareholders Agreement, or any other shareholders agreement to which other similarly situated employees of the Firm are a party; or
(f) as a result of any action brought by you, it is determined that any of the terms or conditions of this Award Agreement are invalid.
For purposes of the foregoing, the term Selected Firm Personnel means: (i) any Firm employee or consultant (A) with whom you personally worked while employed by the Firm, or (B) who at any time during the year immediately preceding your termination of Employment with the Firm, worked in the same division in which you worked; and (ii) any Managing Director of the Firm.
6. Repayment . The provisions of Section 2.6.3 of the Plan (which requires Award recipients to repay to the Firm amounts delivered to them if the Committee determines that all terms and conditions of this Award Agreement in respect of such delivery were not satisfied) shall apply to your Discount RSUs, but not your Base RSUs or Base Shares.
7. Extended Absence and Downsizing .
(a) Extended Absence .
(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Award Agreement, but subject to Paragraph 7(a)(ii), solely with respect to any Discount RSUs that were Outstanding but that had not yet become Vested prior to your termination of Employment by reason of Extended Absence, the condition set forth in Paragraph 4(b) shall be waived with respect to any such Discount RSUs (as a result of which such Discount RSUs shall become Vested), but all other terms and conditions of this Award Agreement shall continue to apply. Any termination of Employment by reason of Extended Absence shall not affect your Base RSUs or Base Shares, and the Transfer Restrictions shall continue to apply until the Transferability Date as provided in Paragraph 3(b)(i)(B).
(ii) Without limiting the application of Paragraph 4(b), your rights in respect of your Outstanding Discount RSUs that become Vested in accordance with Paragraph 7(a)(i) immediately shall terminate, such Outstanding Discount RSUs shall cease to be Outstanding, and no Shares shall be delivered in respect thereof if, prior to the original Vesting Date with respect to such Discount RSUs, you (i) form, or acquire a 5% or greater equity ownership, voting or profit participation interest in, any Competitive Enterprise, or (ii) associate in any capacity (including, but not limited to, association as an officer, employee, partner, director, consultant, agent or advisor) with any Competitive Enterprise.
4
(b) Downsizing .
(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Award Agreement and subject to your executing such general waiver and release of claims and an agreement to pay any associated tax liability, both as may be prescribed by the Firm or its designee, if your Employment is terminated solely by reason of a downsizing, the condition set forth in Paragraph 4(b) shall be waived with respect to a portion of your Discount RSUs that were Outstanding but that had not yet become Vested prior to your termination of Employment by reason of downsizing, as a result of which you shall become Vested in a portion of such Discount RSUs, determined with respect to each remaining Vesting Date by multiplying the number of Discount RSUs that would become Vested on each remaining Vesting Date by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months from the Date of Grant to the date your Employment terminated and the denominator of which is the number of months from the Date of Grant to the applicable Vesting Date, but all other terms and conditions of this Award Agreement shall continue to apply. Your termination of Employment by reason of downsizing shall not affect your Base Shares, and the Transfer Restrictions shall continue to apply until the Transferability Date as provided in Paragraph 3(b)(i)(B).
(ii) Whether or not your Employment is terminated solely by reason of a downsizing shall be determined by the Firm in its sole discretion. No termination of Employment initiated by you, including any termination claimed to be a constructive termination or the like or a termination for good reason, will be solely by reason of a downsizing.
8. Change in Control . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Award Agreement, in the event a Change in Control shall occur and within 18 months thereafter the Firm terminates your Employment without Cause or you terminate your Employment for Good Reason, all Shares underlying your then Outstanding DSP RSUs, whether or not Vested, shall be delivered, and the Transfer Restrictions with respect to your Base Shares shall be removed.
9. Dividend Equivalent Rights . Each of your DSP RSUs shall include a Dividend Equivalent Right. Accordingly, with respect to each of your Outstanding DSP RSUs, at or after the time of distribution of any regular cash dividend paid by GS Inc. in respect of a Share the record date for which occurs on or after the Date of Grant, you shall be entitled to receive an amount (less applicable withholding) equal to such regular dividend payment as would have been made in respect of the Share underlying such Outstanding DSP RSU. Payment in respect of a Dividend Equivalent Right shall be made only with respect to DSP RSUs that are Outstanding on the payment date. Each Dividend Equivalent Right shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.8.2 of the Plan.
10. Certain Additional Terms, Conditions and Agreements .
(a) The delivery of Shares in respect of your DSP RSUs is conditioned on your satisfaction of any applicable withholding taxes in accordance with Section 3.2 of the Plan.
(b) Your rights in respect of your Discount RSUs are conditioned on your becoming a party to any shareholders agreement to which other similarly situated employees of the Firm are a party.
(c) Your rights in respect of your DSP RSUs are conditioned on the receipt to the full satisfaction of the Committee of any required consents (as described in Section 3.3 of the Plan) that the Committee may determine to be necessary or advisable.
(d) You understand and agree, in accordance with Section 3.3 of the Plan, by accepting this Award, you have expressly consented to all of the items listed in Section 3.3.3(d) of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference.
5
(e) You understand and agree, in accordance with Section 3.22 of the Plan, by accepting this Award you have agreed to be subject to the Firms policies in effect from time to time concerning trading in Shares and hedging or pledging Shares and equity-based compensation or other awards (including, without limitation, the Firms Policies With Respect to Transactions Involving GS Shares, Equity Awards and GS Options by Persons Affiliated with GS Inc.), and confidential or proprietary information, and to effect sales of Shares delivered to you in respect of your DSP RSUs in accordance with such rules and procedures as may be adopted from time to time with respect to sales of such Shares (which may include, without limitation, restrictions relating to the timing of sale requests, the manner in which sales are executed, pricing method, consolidation or aggregation of orders and volume limits determined by the Firm). In addition, you understand and agree that you shall be responsible for all brokerage costs and other fees or expenses associated with your Award, including, without limitation, such brokerage costs or other fees or expenses in connection with the sale of Shares delivered to you hereunder in respect of your DSP RSUs.
(f) GS Inc. may affix to Certificates representing Shares issued pursuant to this Award Agreement any legend that the Committee determines to be necessary or advisable (including to reflect any restrictions to which you may be subject under this Award Agreement or under any separate agreement with GS Inc.). GS Inc. may advise the transfer agent to place a stop order against any legended Shares.
(g) Without limiting the application of Paragraph 5, if:
(i) your Employment with the Firm terminates solely because you resigned to accept employment at a governmental agency, self-regulatory organization, or other employer and as a result of such new employment the Firm determines that your continued holding of your Outstanding Base RSUs, Discount RSUs, or Base Shares would violate standards of ethical conduct applicable to you (Conflicted Employment); or
(ii) following your termination of Employment other than described in Paragraph 10(g)(i), you notify the Firm that you have accepted or intend to accept Conflicted Employment at a time when you continue to hold Outstanding Base RSUs, Discount RSUs or Base Shares that are Vested;
then, in the case of Paragraph 10(g)(i) above only, the Transfer Restrictions with respect to any then delivered Base Shares shall be removed, all Base RSUs the Base Shares for which had not yet then been delivered shall be cancelled, the condition set forth in Paragraph 4(b) shall be waived with respect to any Discount RSUs you then hold that had not yet become Vested (as a result of which such Discount RSUs shall become Vested) and you shall receive a lump sum payment in respect of such Base RSUs and in respect of all of your Discount RSUs; and in the case of Paragraph 10(g)(ii) above, the Transfer Restrictions with respect to any then delivered Base Shares shall be removed, all Base RSUs the Base Shares for which had not yet then been delivered shall be cancelled, and you shall receive a lump sum cash payment in respect of any such cancelled Base RSUs and all of your then Outstanding Vested Discount RSUs, in each case as soon as practicable after the Committee has received satisfactory documentation relating to your Conflicted Employment. Notwithstanding anything else herein, the Discount RSUs shall become Vested and payment shall be made as a result of this Paragraph only at such time and if and to the extent as would not result in the imposition of any additional tax under Section 409A of the Code.
11. Right of Offset . The obligation to deliver Shares under this Award Agreement or to remove the Transfer Restrictions is subject to Section 3.4 of the Plan, which provides for the Firms right to offset against such obligation any outstanding amounts you owe to the Firm and any amounts the Committee deems appropriate pursuant to any tax equalization policy or agreement.
12. Amendment . The Committee reserves the right at any time to amend the terms and conditions set forth in this Award Agreement, and the Board may amend the Plan in any respect; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing and Sections 1.3.2(f), 1.3.2(g) and 3.1 of the Plan, no such amendment shall
6
materially adversely affect your rights and obligations under this Award Agreement without your consent; and provided further that the Committee expressly reserves its rights to amend this Award Agreement and the Plan as described in Sections 1.3.2(h)(1), (2) and (4) of the Plan. Any amendment of this Award Agreement shall be in writing signed by an authorized member of the Committee or a person or persons designated by the Committee.
13. Arbitration; Choice of Forum . BY ACCEPTING THIS DSP AWARD, YOU UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT THE ARBITRATION AND CHOICE OF FORUM PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 3.17 OF THE PLAN, WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE AND WHICH, AMONG OTHER THINGS, PROVIDE THAT ANY DISPUTE, CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM BETWEEN THE FIRM AND YOU ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THE PLAN OR THIS AWARD AGREEMENT SHALL BE FINALLY SETTLED BY ARBITRATION IN NEW YORK CITY, PURSUANT TO THE TERMS MORE FULLY SET FORTH IN SECTION 3.17 OF THE PLAN, SHALL APPLY.
14. Non-transferability . Except as otherwise may be provided by the Committee, and subject to Paragraph 3 hereof, the limitations on transferability set forth in Section 3.5 of the Plan shall apply to this DSP Award. Any purported transfer or assignment in violation of the provisions of this Paragraph 14 or Section 3.5 of the Plan shall be void.
15. Governing Law . YOUR DSP RSU AWARD SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS.
16. Delay in Payment . To the extent required in order to avoid the imposition of any interest and additional tax under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code, any payments or deliveries due as a result of your termination of Employment with the Firm will be delayed for six months if you are deemed to be a specified employee as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(i)(B) of the Code.
17. Headings . The headings in this Award Agreement are for the purpose of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the construction of the provisions hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , GS Inc. has caused this Award Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the Date of Grant.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. | ||||
|
||||
|
By: | |||
|
Name: | |||
|
Title: |
7
EXHIBIT 10.31
THE GOLDMAN SACHS AMENDED AND RESTATED
STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
DISCOUNT STOCK PROGRAM AWARD
This Award Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions of the award of RSUs under the Discount Stock Program (DSP RSUs) under The Goldman Sachs Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan (the Plan).
1. The Plan . Your DSP Award is made pursuant to the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated in this Award Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Award Agreement that are not defined in this Award Agreement have the meanings as used or defined in the Plan. References in this Award Agreement to any specific Plan provision shall not be construed as limiting the applicability of any other Plan provision.
2. Award .
(a) Form of Award . The number of DSP RSUs subject to this Award is set forth in the Award Statement delivered to you. The Award Statement shall designate your DSP RSUs as either Base RSUs or Discount RSUs. An RSU is an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver (or cause to be delivered) to you, subject to the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, a share of Common Stock (a Share) on the Delivery Date or as otherwise provided herein. Until such delivery, you have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor, and no rights as a shareholder of GS Inc.
(b) Certain Conditions Precedent . YOUR DSP AWARD IS EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED ON: (I) YOUR BEING A PARTICIPANT IN THE GOLDMAN SACHS PARTNER COMPENSATION PLAN OR THE GOLDMAN SACHS RESTRICTED PARTNER COMPENSATION PLAN ON THE DATE OF GRANT AND YOUR EXECUTING ANY AGREEMENT REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH PARTICIPATION; AND (II) YOUR EXECUTING THE RELATED SIGNATURE CARD AND RETURNING IT TO THE ADDRESS DESIGNATED ON THE SIGNATURE CARD AND/OR BY THE METHOD DESIGNATED ON THE SIGNATURE CARD BY THE DATE SPECIFIED. UNLESS OTHERWISE DETERMINED BY THE COMMITTEE, YOUR FAILURE TO MEET THESE CONDITIONS WILL RESULT IN THE CANCELLATION OF YOUR DSP AWARD. YOUR DSP AWARD IS SUBJECT TO ALL TERMS, CONDITIONS AND PROVISIONS OF THE PLAN AND THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE ARBITRATION AND CHOICE OF FORUM PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 12. BY EXECUTING THE RELATED SIGNATURE CARD YOU WILL HAVE CONFIRMED YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AWARD AGREEMENT.
(c) Status under Shareholders Agreement . The Shares delivered with respect to this Award will be subject to the Goldman Sachs Shareholders Agreement to which you are a party, as amended from time to time (the Shareholders Agreement), except such Shares will not be considered Covered Shares as defined in that Agreement.
3. Vesting and Delivery .
(a) Vesting .
(i) Base RSUs . Except as provided in Paragraph 2(b), you shall be fully Vested in all of your Outstanding Base RSUs on the Date of Grant, and, subject to Paragraph 9, neither such Base RSUs, nor the Shares delivered thereunder, shall be forfeitable for any reason.
(ii) Discount RSUs . Except as provided in this Paragraph 3 and in Paragraphs 4, 6, 7, 9 and 10, on each Vesting Date you shall become Vested in the number or percentage of your Outstanding Discount RSUs specified next to such Vesting Date on the Award Statement (which may be rounded to avoid fractional Shares). While continued active Employment is not required in order to receive delivery of the Shares underlying your Outstanding Discount RSUs that are or become Vested, all other terms and conditions of this Award Agreement shall continue to apply, and failure to meet such terms and conditions may result in the termination of some or all of your Discount RSUs (as a result of which no Shares underlying such Discount RSUs would be delivered).
(b) Delivery .
(i) The Delivery Date with respect to all of your DSP RSUs shall be the date specified as such on your Award Statement, if that date is during a Window Period or, if that date is not during a Window Period, the first Trading Day of the first Window Period beginning after such date. For this purpose, a Trading Day is a day on which Shares trade regular way on the New York Stock Exchange.
(ii) Except as provided in this Paragraph 3 and in Paragraphs 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 9, in accordance with Section 3.23 of the Plan, reasonably promptly (but in no case more than thirty (30) Business Days) after the date specified as the Delivery Date (or any other date delivery of Shares is called for hereunder), Shares underlying the number or percentage of your then Outstanding DSP RSUs with respect to which the Delivery Date (or other date) has occurred (which number of Shares may be rounded to avoid fractional Shares) shall be delivered to a brokerage or custody account approved by the Firm. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you are or become considered by GS Inc. to be one of its covered employees within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, then you shall be subject to Section 3.21.3 of the Plan, as a result of which delivery of your Shares may be delayed.
(iii) In accordance with Section 1.3.2(i) of the Plan, in the discretion of the Committee, in lieu of all or any portion of the Shares otherwise deliverable in respect of all or any portion of your DSP RSUs, the Firm may deliver cash, other securities, other Awards or other property, and all references in this Award Agreement to deliveries of Shares shall include such deliveries of cash, other securities, other Awards or other property.
(c) Death . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Award Agreement, if you die prior to the Delivery Date, the Shares underlying all of your then Outstanding DSP RSUs shall be delivered to the representative of your estate as soon as practicable after the date of death and after such documentation as may be requested by the Committee is provided to the Committee.
4. Termination of Discount RSUs and Non-Delivery of Shares .
(a) Unless the Committee determines otherwise, and except as provided in Paragraphs 3(c), 6 and 7, if your Employment terminates for any reason or you otherwise are no longer actively employed with the Firm, your rights in respect of your Discount RSUs (but not your Base RSUs) that were Outstanding but that had not yet become Vested immediately prior to your termination of Employment immediately shall terminate, such Discount RSUs shall cease to be Outstanding and no Shares shall be delivered in respect thereof.
(b) Unless the Committee determines otherwise, and except as provided in Paragraphs 6 and 7, your rights in respect of all of your Outstanding Discount RSUs (whether or not Vested) (but not your Base RSUs), immediately shall terminate, such Discount RSUs shall cease to be Outstanding and no Shares shall be delivered in respect thereof if:
2
(i) you attempt to have any dispute under the Plan or this Award Agreement resolved in any manner that is not provided for by Paragraph 12 or Section 3.17 of the Plan;
(ii) any event that constitutes Cause has occurred;
(iii) you, in any manner, directly or indirectly, (A) Solicit any Client to transact business with a Competitive Enterprise or to reduce or refrain from doing any business with the Firm, (B) interfere with or damage (or attempt to interfere with or damage) any relationship between the Firm and any Client, (C) Solicit any person who is an employee of the Firm to resign from the Firm or to apply for or accept employment with any Competitive Enterprise or (D) on behalf of yourself or any person or Competitive Enterprise hire, or participate in the hiring of, any Selected Firm Personnel, or identify, or participate in the identification of Selected Firm Personnel for potential hiring, whether as an employee or consultant or otherwise;
(iv) you fail to certify to GS Inc., in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, that you have complied, or the Committee determines that you in fact have failed to comply, with all the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement. By accepting the delivery of Shares under this Award Agreement, you shall be deemed to have represented and certified at such time that you have complied with all the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement;
(v) the Committee determines that you failed to meet, in any respect, any obligation you may have under any agreement between you and the Firm, or any agreement entered into in connection with your Employment with the Firm, including, without limitation, any offer letter, employment agreement, the Shareholders Agreement or any other shareholders agreement to which other similarly situated employees of the Firm are a party; or
(vi) as a result of any action brought by you, it is determined that any of the terms or conditions for Delivery of this Award Agreement are invalid.
For purposes of the foregoing, the term Selected Firm Personnel means: (i) any Firm employee or consultant (A) with whom you personally worked while employed by the Firm, or (B) who at any time during the year immediately preceding your termination of Employment with the Firm, worked in the same division in which you worked; and (ii) any Managing Director of the Firm.
5. Repayment . The provisions of Section 2.6.3 of the Plan (which requires Award recipients to repay to the Firm amounts delivered to them if the Committee determines that all terms and conditions of this Award Agreement in respect of such delivery were not satisfied) shall apply to your Discount RSUs but, subject to Paragraph 2(b), not your Base RSUs.
6. Extended Absence and Downsizing .
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Award Agreement, but subject to Paragraph 6(b), in the event of the termination of your Employment by reason of Extended Absence, the condition set forth in Paragraph 4(a) shall be waived with respect to any Discount RSUs that were Outstanding but that had not yet become Vested immediately prior to such termination of Employment (as a result of which such Discount RSUs shall become Vested), but all other conditions of this Award Agreement shall continue to apply.
(b) Without limiting the application of Paragraph 4(b), your rights in respect of your Outstanding Discount RSUs that become Vested in accordance with Paragraph 6(a) immediately shall terminate, such Outstanding Discount RSUs shall cease to be Outstanding, and no Shares shall be delivered in respect thereof if, prior to the original Vesting Date with respect to such Discount RSUs, you (i) form, or
3
acquire a 5% or greater equity ownership, voting or profit participation interest in, any Competitive Enterprise, or (ii) associate in any capacity (including, but not limited to, association as an officer, employee, partner, director, consultant, agent or advisor) with any Competitive Enterprise. No termination of Employment initiated by you, including any termination claimed to be a constructive termination or the like or a termination for good reason, will constitute an involuntary termination of Employment or a termination of Employment by mutual agreement.
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Award Agreement and subject to your executing such general waiver and release of claims and an agreement to pay any associated tax liability, both as may be prescribed by the Firm or its designee, if your Employment is terminated solely by reason of a downsizing, the condition set forth in Paragraph 4(a) shall be waived with respect to a portion of your Discount RSUs that were Outstanding but that had not yet become Vested prior to your termination of Employment by reason of downsizing, as a result of which you shall become Vested in a portion of such Discount RSUs, determined with respect to each Vesting Date by multiplying the number of Discount RSUs that would become Vested on the remaining Vesting Date by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months from the Date of Grant to the date your Employment terminated, and the denominator of which is the number of months from the Date of Grant to the applicable Vesting Date, but all other terms and conditions of this Award Agreement shall continue to apply. Whether or not your Employment is terminated solely by reason of a downsizing shall be determined by the Firm in its sole discretion. No termination of Employment initiated by you, including any termination claimed to be a constructive termination or the like or a termination for good reason, will be solely by reason of a downsizing.
7. Change in Control . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Award Agreement, in the event a Change in Control shall occur and within 18 months thereafter the Firm terminates your Employment without Cause or you terminate your Employment for Good Reason, all Shares underlying your then Outstanding DSP RSUs, whether or not Vested, shall be delivered.
8. Dividend Equivalent Rights . Each DSP RSU shall include a Dividend Equivalent Right. Accordingly, with respect to each of your Outstanding DSP RSUs, at or after the time of distribution of any regular cash dividend paid by GS Inc. in respect of a Share the record date for which occurs on or after the Date of Grant, you shall be entitled to receive an amount (less applicable withholding) equal to such regular dividend payment as would have been made in respect of the Share underlying such Outstanding DSP RSU. Payment in respect of a Dividend Equivalent Right shall be made only with respect to DSP RSUs that are Outstanding on the payment date. Each Dividend Equivalent Right shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.8.2 of the Plan.
9. Certain Terms, Conditions and Agreements .
(a) The delivery of Shares in respect of your DSP RSUs is conditioned on your satisfaction of any applicable withholding taxes in accordance with Section 3.2 of the Plan.
(b) Your rights in respect of your Discount RSUs are conditioned on your becoming a party to any shareholders agreement to which other similarly situated employees of the Firm are a party.
(c) Your rights in respect of your DSP RSUs are conditioned on the receipt to the full satisfaction of the Committee of any required consents (as described in Section 3.3 of the Plan) that the Committee may determine to be necessary or advisable.
(d) You understand and agree, in accordance with Section 3.3 of the Plan, by accepting this Award, you have expressly consented to all of the items listed in Section 3.3.3(d) of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference.
4
(e) You understand and agree, in accordance with Section 3.22 of the Plan, by accepting this Award you have agreed to be subject to the Firms policies in effect from time to time concerning trading in Shares and hedging or pledging Shares and equity-based compensation or other awards (including, without limitation, the Firms Policies With Respect to Transactions Involving GS Shares, Equity Awards and GS Options by Persons Affiliated with GS Inc.), and confidential or proprietary information, and to effect sales of Shares delivered to you in respect of your DSP RSUs in accordance with such rules and procedures as may be adopted from time to time with respect to sales of such Shares (which may include, without limitation, restrictions relating to the timing of sale requests, the manner in which sales are executed, pricing method, consolidation or aggregation of orders and volume limits determined by the Firm). In addition, you understand and agree that you shall be responsible for all brokerage costs and other fees or expenses associated with this Award, including without limitation, such brokerage costs or other fees or expenses in connection with the sale of Shares delivered to you hereunder in respect of your DSP RSUs.
(f) GS Inc. may affix to Certificates representing Shares issued pursuant to this Award Agreement any legend that the Committee determines to be necessary or advisable (including to reflect any restrictions to which you may be subject under a separate agreement with GS Inc.). GS Inc. may advise the transfer agent to place a stop order against any legended Shares.
(g) Without limiting the application of Paragraph 4(b), if:
(i) your Employment with the Firm terminates solely because you resigned to accept employment at a governmental agency, self-regulatory organization, or other employer and as a result of such new employment the Firm determines that your continued holding of your Outstanding Discount RSUs or Base RSUs would violate standards of ethical conduct applicable to you (Conflicted Employment); or
(ii) following your termination of Employment other than described in Paragraph 9(g)(i), you notify the Firm that you have accepted or intend to accept Conflicted Employment at a time when you continue to hold Outstanding Discount RSUs that are Vested or any Base RSUs for which the delivery of Shares has not yet occurred;
then, in the case of Paragraph 9(g)(i) above only, the condition set forth in Paragraph 4(a) shall be waived with respect to any Discount RSUs you then hold that had not yet become Vested (as a result of which such Discount RSUs shall become Vested) and, in the cases of Paragraph 9(g)(i) and 9(g)(ii) above, you shall receive a lump sum cash payment in respect of all then Outstanding Vested DSP RSUs (including those that become Vested in connection with Paragraph 9(g)(i) by reason of the immediately foregoing), in each case as soon as practicable after the Committee has received satisfactory documentation relating to your Conflicted Employment. Notwithstanding anything else herein, the Discount RSUs shall become Vested and payment shall be made as a result of this Paragraph only at such time and if and to the extent as would not result in the imposition of any additional tax under Section 409A of the Code.
10. Right of Offset . The obligation to deliver Shares under this Award Agreement is subject to Section 3.4 of the Plan, which provides for the Firms right to offset against such obligation any outstanding amounts you owe to the Firm and any amounts the Committee deems appropriate pursuant to any tax equalization policy or agreement.
11. Amendment . The Committee reserves the right at any time to amend the terms and conditions set forth in this Award Agreement, and the Board may amend the Plan in any respect; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing and Sections 1.3.2(f), 1.3.2(g) and 3.1 of the Plan, no such amendment shall materially adversely affect your rights and obligations under this Award Agreement without your consent; and provided further that the Committee expressly reserves its rights to amend the Award Agreement and the Plan as described in Sections 1.3.2(h)(1), (2) and (4) of the Plan. Any amendment of this Award Agreement shall be
5
in writing signed by an authorized member of the Committee or a person or persons designated by the Committee.
12. Arbitration; Choice of Forum . BY ACCEPTING THIS AWARD, YOU UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT THE ARBITRATION AND CHOICE OF FORUM PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 3.17 OF THE PLAN, WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE AND WHICH, AMONG OTHER THINGS, PROVIDE THAT ANY DISPUTE, CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM BETWEEN THE FIRM AND YOU ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THE PLAN OR THIS AWARD AGREEMENT SHALL BE FINALLY SETTLED BY ARBITRATION IN NEW YORK CITY, PURSUANT TO THE TERMS MORE FULLY SET FORTH IN SECTION 3.17 OF THE PLAN, SHALL APPLY .
13. Non-transferability . Except as otherwise may be provided by the Committee, the limitations on transferability set forth in Section 3.5 of the Plan shall apply to this Award. Any purported transfer or assignment in violation of the provisions of this Paragraph 13 or Section 3.5 of the Plan shall be void.
14. Governing Law . THIS DSP AWARD SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS.
15. Delay in Payment . To the extent required in order to avoid the imposition of any interest and additional tax under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code, any payments or deliveries due as a result of your termination of Employment with the Firm will be delayed for six months if you are deemed to be a specified employee as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(i)(B) of the Code.
16. Headings . The headings in this Award Agreement are for the purpose of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the construction of the provisions hereof.
6
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , GS Inc. has caused this Award Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the Date of Grant.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. | |||||
|
|||||
|
By: | ||||
|
Name: | ||||
|
Title: |
7
EXHIBIT 10.32
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
FOR
U.S. PARTICIPATING MANAGING DIRECTORS
ARTICLE 1
INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose of Plan
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for U.S. Participating Managing Directors is intended to promote the interests of GS Inc. and its shareholders by encouraging certain Eligible Employees to remain in the employ of the Firm by providing them with a means by which they may request to defer receipt of a portion of their Eligible Compensation.
ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS
Wherever used herein, the following terms have the meanings set forth below, unless a different meaning clearly is required by the context:
2.1 Account means, for each Participant, a notional account maintained on the books and records of GS Inc. (by GS Inc. or such third party record keeper or record keepers as GS Inc. may from time to time appoint) that is established for his or her benefit and as to which amounts are credited under Section 5.1.
2.2 Administrative Committee means the person or persons designated by the Compensation Policy Committee or the Board of Directors with the authority to perform day-to-day administrative functions for the Plan. If no such person is so serving at any time, the Compensation Policy Committee shall be the Administrative Committee.
2.3 Board of Directors means the Board of Directors of GS Inc.
2.4 Compensation Policy Committee means the GS Inc. Compensation Policy Committee, as it may be constituted from time to time.
2.5 Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Reference to any section or subsection of the Code includes reference to any comparable or succeeding provisions of any legislation that amends, supplements or replaces such section or subsection.
2.6 Deferral means the portion of a Participants Eligible Compensation that is deferred in accordance with Section 4.1 hereof.
2.7 Deferral Date means, with respect to each Plan Year, the earliest date GS Inc. determines that Eligible Compensation subject to a Deferral Request would have been paid to the Eligible Employee in the absence of the Plan, or such other date or dates as may be selected by the Administrative Committee in its sole discretion prior to the date Deferral Requests are required to be returned to the Administrative Committee for a Plan Year.
2.8 Deferral Request means any request by a Participant to make a Deferral hereunder by submitting a Deferral Request Form in accordance with Section 4.1 hereof.
2.9 Deferral Request Form means the form (which may be in electronic form) specified by the Administrative Committee from time to time pursuant to which an Eligible Employee can make a Deferral Request.
2.10 Distribution Date means, with respect to each Deferral made by a Participant, the date on which an amount shall become payable to a Participant in accordance with Article 7 hereof.
2.11 Effective Date means November 27, 2004, the date as of which the Plan first became effective.
2.12 Eligible Compensation means, for each Eligible Employee, with respect to each Plan Year the amount the Firm determines in its sole discretion otherwise would have been payable to the Eligible Employee as a gross end-of-year bonus (excluding any amounts payable to the Eligible Employee that are directly attributable to the performance of services prior to the beginning of such Plan Year), and before giving effect to any Deferral, but after giving effect to: (i) any voluntary contribution election under The Goldman Sachs Employees Profit Sharing Retirement Income Plan (as that term is defined therein) or to any similar compensation reduction election made in connection with a plan subject to Section 401(k) of the Code; (ii) the cost of contribution by the Firm for any public or private employee benefit plan; (iii) any contribution to the Money Purchase Plan; (iv) any amount the Firm decides to contribute as part of compensation to the Goldman Sachs UK Retirement Plan or GSI International Pension Plan or any other plan maintained outside the United States primarily for non-U.S. citizens or residents that the Administrative Committee determines is similar thereto; (v) the value of any award recommendation in respect of any plan or arrangement the Firm determines is similar to The Goldman Sachs UK Conditional Share Reward Plan, including, without limitation, any such plan or arrangement involving the establishment and funding of an employee benefit trust in the United Kingdom; and (vi) any request to participate in the Firms PMD Discount Stock Program on a pre-tax (but not after-tax) basis . Unless otherwise permitted by the Administrative Committee no year-end award granted under The Goldman Sachs Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan, as in effect from time to time, shall constitute Eligible Compensation. Notwithstanding the
2
foregoing, the Administrative Committee, in its discretion, with respect to any Eligible Employee or Eligible Employees (on a uniform or non-uniform basis) shall have the authority to (a) designate any jurisdiction or jurisdictions from which amounts earned by any Eligible Employee will be excluded from Eligible Compensation and (b) include or exclude, as the case may be, any amounts that otherwise would be excluded or included, as the case may be, in any Eligible Employees Eligible Compensation.
2.13 Eligible Employee means, unless otherwise provided by the Administrative Committee, in a Plan Year, an individual (i) who is a participant in The Goldman Sachs Partner Compensation Plan (PCP) or The Goldman Sachs Restricted Partner Compensation Plan (RPCP), (ii) who earned Minimum Eligible Compensation for either or both of the immediately preceding Plan Year or the second preceding Plan Year, (iii) who is designated by the Administrative Committee as eligible to participate in the Plan or is a member of a class of employees who is designated by the Administrative Committee as eligible to participate in the Plan for the Plan Year and (iv) who is not eligible to make a deferral under The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for U.K. Participating Managing Directors. The Administrative Committee may, in its sole discretion, add or exclude any individual or any member of a class of individuals from being considered an Eligible Employee. An individual shall first be considered an Eligible Employee on the date he or she first receives written notification from the Administrative Committee that he or she is eligible to participate in the Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrative Committee (including, by reason of legal, tax or other regulatory restrictions or impediments to the individual or to the Firm arising out of a country other than the United States or United Kingdom) an individual that is an Eligible Employee for any Plan Year shall, for any subsequent Plan Year in which he or she participates in the PCP or RPCP, be eligible to participate in the Plan (or in The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for U.K. Participating Managing Directors, if in such year he or she is no longer a resident for tax purposes in the United States but is a U.K. Employee, as defined in The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plans for U.K. Participating Managing Directors).
2.14 ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. Reference to any section or subsection of ERISA includes reference to any comparable or succeeding provisions of any legislation that amends, supplements or replaces such section or subsection.
2.15 Firm means GS Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.16 GS Inc . means The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., and any successor thereto.
2.17 Investment Committee means a committee of two or more individuals selected by the Administrative Committee, which shall have the authority to select the Notional Investments that are made available from time to time under the Plan.
2.18 Maximum Aggregate Deferral Amount means, with respect to each Plan Year, $100 million or such other amount as may be determined by GS Inc. from time to time,
3
which shall be the maximum total of all Deferrals for all Participants permitted under the Plan for such Plan Year. GS Inc. may, in its discretion, (i) aggregate the Plan with such other deferred compensation plan or plans as it may determine for purposes of applying the Maximum Aggregate Deferral Amount and (ii) allocate the Maximum Aggregate Deferral Amount among the Plan and any deferred compensation plans that are so aggregated with the Plan in any manner deemed appropriate by it.
2.19 Maximum Deferral Amount means, unless otherwise determined by GS Inc., with respect to each Participant for each Plan Year, the lesser of: (i) 50% of the Participants Eligible Compensation and (ii) $1 million.
2.20 Minimum Deferral Amount means, with respect to each Participant for each Plan Year, $100,000 or such other amount as may be determined by the Administrative Committee prior to the date Deferral Request Forms are required to be returned to the Administrative Committee for a Plan Year, which shall be the minimum amount that a Participant may request as a Deferral for a Plan Year.
2.21 Minimum Eligible Compensation means total compensation of at least $200,000 or such other amount as may be determined by the Administrative Committee.
2.22 Money Purchase Plan means The Goldman Sachs Money Purchase Pension Plan, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto.
2.23 Notional Investment means a hypothetical investment made available under the Plan by the Investment Committee from time to time in which a Participants Account may be deemed to be invested in whole or in part in accordance with Sections 5.2 and 5.3 hereof in order to measure the value of the Account.
2.24 Participant means any Eligible Employee who participates in the Plan in accordance with Article 3.
2.25 Plan means The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for U.S. Participating Managing Directors.
2.26 Plan Year means the 12-month period that coincides with GS Inc.s fiscal year.
2.27 Total and Permanent Disability means, with respect to any Participant, if such Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for not less than 3 months under any accident or health plan covering employees of the Firm.
4
ARTICLE 3
PARTICIPATION
3.1 Commencement of Participation
Any Eligible Employee who requests to defer part of his or her Eligible Compensation in accordance with Article 4 shall, if and to the extent the Firm, in its discretion, agrees to follow the request, become a Participant in the Plan as of the first Deferral Date as of which a Deferral is credited to the Eligible Employees Account in accordance with Section 4.2.
3.2 Continued Participation
A Participant in the Plan shall continue to be a Participant so long as any amount remains credited to his or her Account.
ARTICLE 4
DEFERRALS
4.1 Deferral Request Form
Subject to the provisions of Article 4 hereof, for each Plan Year for which the Plan is in effect, an Eligible Employee may, by properly completing a Deferral Request Form and filing it with the Administrative Committee not later than the date specified by the Administrative Committee and before the amount of the Eligible Compensation to which the Deferral relates has been determined (which shall not be later than the last day of the Plan Year immediately preceding the Plan Year for which the Deferral Request is made, unless the Administrative Committee determines that a later date is permitted under Section 409A of the Code), request that a Deferral be made on his or her behalf, on such terms as the Administrative Committee may permit in its sole discretion. The Firm may, in its sole discretion, determine whether or not to follow any Deferral Request with respect to any Eligible Employee.
4.2 Mechanics of Deferral
Subject to the provisions of this Article 4, if and to the extent the Firm determines to follow a Deferral Request, an Eligible Employees Eligible Compensation shall be reduced in accordance with the Participants Deferral Request, and the amount of the resulting Deferral shall be credited to the Participants Account as of the Deferral Date.
4.3 Minimum Deferral Amount
Notwithstanding anything herein or in any Deferral Request Form to the contrary, no Deferral shall be for an amount and no Deferral Request shall be valid to the extent that it specifies an amount less than the Minimum Deferral Amount for the applicable Plan Year.
5
4.4 Maximum Deferral Amount
Notwithstanding anything herein or in any Deferral Request Form to the contrary, no Deferral shall be for an amount in excess of the Maximum Deferral Amount. If any amount specified on a Deferral Request Form as a Deferral would exceed the Maximum Deferral Amount, such Deferral Request Form shall be deemed to have specified the Maximum Deferral Amount.
4.5 Maximum Aggregate Deferral Amount
Notwithstanding anything herein or in any Deferral Request Form to the contrary, if and to the extent that the aggregate amounts specified on all Deferral Request Forms in a Plan Year that the Firm determines to follow exceed the Maximum Aggregate Deferral Amount, the amounts specified on each Participants Deferral Request Form shall be reduced, and each Participants Deferrals shall be reduced, under a formula or method determined by the Administrative Committee in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, a pro rata reduction to the ratio of the Maximum Aggregate Deferral Amount to the aggregate of the amounts specified by all Participants on their Deferral Request Forms so that the aggregate Deferrals of all Participants do not exceed the Maximum Aggregate Deferral Amount; provided that no Participants Deferral shall be reduced to an amount below the Minimum Deferral Amount.
4.6 Deferral Request Irrevocable
Except to the extent determined by the Administrative Committee (but in no event later than the date on which all Deferral Request Forms must be returned to the Administrative Committee for a Plan Year), all Deferral Requests shall be irrevocable when made, and no Participant may change or revoke his or her Deferral Request with respect to Eligible Compensation payable for a Plan Year.
ARTICLE 5
ACCOUNTS
5.1 Accounts
The Administrative Committee shall maintain an Account for each Participant that reflects each Participants Deferrals and any adjustments determined in accordance with Section 5.2, forfeitures and any payments made under Article 7 with respect to the Account. The Administrative Committee shall provide each Participant with a periodic statement of his or her Account adjusted in accordance with Section 5.2.
5.2 Adjustment of Accounts
The amount of each Participants Deferral for a Plan Year shall be credited to the Participants Account as of the applicable Deferral Date. The Participants Account shall be adjusted from time to time to reflect: (i) Deferrals for subsequent Plan Years, if any; (ii) gains (or losses) determined as if the Account were invested directly in the Notional Investment or Notional Investments selected by the Participant (without taking into
6
account any tax consequences that may have arisen were the Account so directly invested); (iii) the amount described in Section 7.5; (iv) any payments under Article 7 in respect of a Deferral; and (v) any administrative charge determined by the Compensation Policy Committee or Administrative Committee in its sole discretion to be appropriate to cover part or all of the cost to the Firm of making the Plan available to Participants or otherwise maintaining the Plan.
5.3 Notional Investments
(a) The Notional Investment or Notional Investments that shall be available under the Plan shall be determined from time to time by the Investment Committee in its sole discretion. The Investment Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide limitations or procedures on the availability of any Notional Investment or Notional Investments with respect to any Participant or class of Participants. The Investment Committee may modify, amend, eliminate or replace any or all of the Notional Investments that may be available under the Plan to Plan Participants or any of them, in any manner in its sole discretion at any time from time to time with or without notice to the Participants and effective retroactively or prospectively, subject to Section 9.3 hereof.
(b) In selecting any Notional Investment or Notional Investments to be made available under the Plan or prescribing any rules related thereto, the Investment Committee and the Administrative Committee shall be acting solely on behalf of the Firm and not as a fiduciary or adviser with respect to any Deferral, any Participant or any other person employed by the Firm or in respect of any Account. Each Participant, by requesting to participate in the Plan, agrees that none of the Investment Committee, the Administrative Committee, the Compensation Policy Committee, GS Inc., the Firm or any other person shall have any liability whatsoever to any Participant or any other person as a result of, arising out of or related to the selection or elimination or modification of Notional Investments, any monitoring of any such Notional Investment or any Participants selection or failure to select any Notional Investment.
(c) The Administrative Committee or the Investment Committee may adopt such rules and administrative practices as they, in their sole discretion, shall deem necessary or appropriate in connection with any Participants ability to select Notional Investments hereunder, including restrictions on the timing or frequency of such selections; all such Notional Investment selections shall be made in such form as may be required by the Administrative Committee from time to time.
ARTICLE 6
VESTING
6.1 Accounts Generally Vested
Without limiting Section 7.6 or Section 10.1, each Participant shall be immediately vested in, and shall have a nonforfeitable right to the balance credited to, the
7
Participants Account subject to the terms of the Plan, including without limitation Section 7.5 hereof.
ARTICLE 7
PAYMENTS
7.1 Commencement and Form of Payment
(a) Lump Sum . Unless a Participant makes a valid installment payment request described in Paragraph (b) of this Section 7.1 with respect to a Deferral and such request is approved by the Administrative Committee, the Participant shall receive a payment of the entire portion of the Participants Account attributable to such Deferral in a single lump sum within 30 business days after the applicable Distribution Date.
(b) Annual Installment Payments . Unless otherwise determined by the Administrative Committee in its sole discretion, Participants (other than those that the Administrative Committee determines are not eligible, including, without limitation, persons who are tax residents of, or whose employment location during any part of the relevant Plan Year is, the United Kingdom) shall be permitted to request to receive payments in respect of any Deferral in 11 substantially equal annual installments commencing within 30 business days after the applicable Distribution Date. Any request to receive installment payments in respect of a Deferral pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the limitations of Section 7.5 hereof, and in such form as may be required by the Administrative Committee in its sole discretion and shall be valid only if it is timely received by the Administrative Committee: (i) at the time the Participant makes the applicable Deferral Request; or (ii) at a later time approved by the Administrative Committee in its sole discretion that is (a) at least 5 full years prior to the Distribution Date in respect of such Deferral or (b) such other time that the Administrative Committee approves in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code. Any request to receive installment payments that is received by the Administrative Committee later than the dates described in the immediately preceding sentence shall be null and void and of no force or effect. The amount that shall be paid in each installment shall be the quotient of the balance of the Account attributable to the Deferral as of the last day of the month prior to the Distribution Date (or, with respect to each installment after the first installment, the applicable anniversary thereof) divided by the number of installment payments remaining.
7.2 Distribution Date
In accordance with procedures established by the Administrative Committee in its sole discretion, at the time each Participant makes a Deferral Request, the Participant shall select a Distribution Date with respect to a Deferral that is, unless otherwise determined by the Administrative Committee in its sole discretion, (i) any anniversary of the Deferral Date beginning with the third anniversary and ending with the tenth anniversary or (ii) the later of the tenth anniversary of the Deferral Date and six months after the date following the Participants separation from service with the Firm. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no person who is a United Kingdom tax resident at the time of the Deferral
8
Request or whose employment location during any part of the relevant Plan Year to which the Deferral Request relates is the United Kingdom shall be permitted to request the Distribution Date described in (ii).
7.3 Death and Total and Permanent Disability
(a) If a Participant dies prior to the payment of the entire balance credited to his or her Account, unless otherwise determined by the Administrative Committee, and notwithstanding any Participants request pursuant to Section 7.1(b) or Section 7.2, the amount credited to his or her Account shall be paid as soon as practicable to the representative of the Participants estate. No payment shall be made to the representative of a Participants estate until the Administrative Committee shall have been furnished with such evidence and other documentation as it shall deem necessary or appropriate to establish the validity of the payment.
(b) If a Participant has a Total and Permanent Disability prior to the payment of the entire balance credited to his or her Account, unless otherwise determined by the Administrative Committee and notwithstanding any Participants request pursuant to Section 7.1(b) or Section 7.2, such balance shall be paid as soon as practicable to the Participant or if the Participant is determined by the Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, to be incompetent by reason of physical or mental disability, to another person for the benefit of the Participant, without responsibility on the part of the Administrative Committee, the Firm or any other person to monitor the application or use of such funds. No payment shall be made to the Participant or such other person until the Administrative Committee shall have been furnished with such evidence and other documentation as it shall deem necessary or appropriate to establish the validity of the payment.
7.4 Taxes and Social Security
All Federal, State, foreign, local, hypothetical or other taxes, or social security or social insurance charges, if any, that are required to be withheld in respect of any Deferrals hereunder or from any payments made pursuant to this Article 7 shall be withheld from amounts payable hereunder or from any other amounts payable to a Participant by any person.
7.5 Certain Account Adjustments
Unless otherwise determined by GS Inc., the amount payable on a Distribution Date to any Participant under the Plan shall be net of, and a Participants Account shall be adjusted to reflect on such Distribution Date, any outstanding amounts (including, without limitation, travel and entertainment or advance account balances, loans, or amounts repayable to the Firm pursuant to tax equalization, housing, automobile or other employee programs) the Participant owes to the Firm (including by reason of any obligations of such Participant under any Firm sponsored investment program, including under the Firms Special Investments Program), any amounts owed to the Firm by reason of such Participants misconduct with respect to such Participants employment
9
with the Firm, including, without limitation, the Participants misappropriation of funds or other property from the Firm, and any amount the Administrative Committee otherwise deems appropriate pursuant to any tax equalization policy or agreement or otherwise applicable as of such Distribution Date. Each Participant shall be required, as a condition to participation in the Plan, to sign such documents, and make such representations and consents, to the extent deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrative Committee, to comply with this Section 7.5. For purposes of the foregoing, in the event a Participant has validly requested payments in annual installments pursuant to Section 7.1(b) hereof, any amounts required to be adjusted under this Section 7.5 shall be applied against the Participants Account balance in respect of the Deferral prior to the first installment to be paid (or the next installment scheduled to be paid, if later) as prescribed by the Administrative Committee in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code.
7.6 Certain Delayed Payments to Covered Employees
Notwithstanding anything herein or in any Deferral Request Form to the contrary, if and to the extent that GS Inc. determines, in its sole discretion, that GS Inc.s or the Firms U.S. Federal tax deduction in respect of a payment under the Plan may be limited as a result of Section 162(m) of the Code or any successor section of the Code, the Administrative Committee may delay such Payment until such time or times as GS Inc. or the Administrative Committee determines, in its sole discretion, that neither GS Inc.s nor the Firms deduction for any such payment will be limited as a result of Section 162(m) of the Code or any successor section of the Code and as are consistent with Section 409A of the Code.
7.7 Payment Currency
Unless otherwise determined by the Administrative Committee in its discretion, any payments under the Plan shall be made in the same currency in which the Participants bonus otherwise would have been paid, in the absence of the Plan.
ARTICLE 8
ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE;
INDEMNIFICATION
8.1 Plan Administration and Interpretation
The Plan shall be administered by the Administrative Committee. The Administrative Committee shall have complete control and authority to administer the Plan, and authority to determine the rights and benefits and all claims, demands and actions arising out of the provisions of the Plan of any Participant, representative of a deceased Participants estate, or any other person having or claiming to have any interest under the Plan. The Administrative Committee shall have complete discretion and power to interpret the Plan and to decide all matters under the Plan. Any interpretation or decision by the Administrative Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Participants and any person claiming under or through any Participant. Any individual serving on the Administrative Committee who also is a Participant shall not vote or act
10
on any matter relating solely to himself or herself. When making a determination or calculation, the Administrative Committee shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by a Participant or other person entitled to payment hereunder, or the Firm. The Administrative Committee shall adopt such claims procedures as it determines in its sole discretion may be necessary or appropriate for the proper determination of the rights of any Participant under this Plan.
8.2 Powers, Duties, Procedures, Etc.
In exercising its powers and duties, the Administrative Committee may adopt such rules and procedures, appoint such officers or agents, delegate such powers and duties and receive such reimbursements and compensation, in each case, as it may establish or determine from time to time consistent with the provisions of the Plan.
8.3 Indemnification of Administrative Committee and Investment Committee
No member of the Administrative Committee or Investment Committee or any employee, officer or director of the Firm (each such person, a Covered Person) shall have any liability to any person (including any Participant) for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan. Each Covered Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by GS Inc. against and from: (a) any loss, cost, liability or expense (including attorneys fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Covered Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Covered Person may be a party or in which such Covered Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken under the Plan and (b) any and all amounts paid by such Covered Person, with GS Inc.s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Covered Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Covered Person, provided that GS Inc. shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and, once GS Inc. gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, GS Inc. shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of GS Inc.s choice. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to a Covered Person to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or other final adjudication, in either case not subject to further appeal, determines that the acts or omissions of such Covered Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Covered Persons bad faith, fraud or willful criminal act or omission. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which Covered Persons may be entitled under GS Inc.s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any other power that GS Inc. may have to indemnify such persons or hold them harmless.
11
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
9.1 Amendments
Subject only to Section 9.3 hereof, GS Inc. shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to amend or modify the Plan in any respect from time to time, including in any manner that adversely affects the right of any Participant. Any such amendment may be effected by an action of the Board of Directors or the Compensation Policy Committee. In addition, and without limiting the foregoing, to the maximum extent permissible under Section 409A of the Code, the Administrative Committee shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to accelerate any payment to any or all Participants to any date or dates prior to the Distribution Date and to change any form of payment selected by a Participant under Section 7.1 hereof.
9.2 Termination of Plan
This Plan is a strictly voluntary undertaking on the part of GS Inc. and shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between GS. Inc. and any Eligible Employee (or any other person). Subject only to Section 9.3 hereof, GS Inc. reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time with respect to any or all Participants, in whole or in part, by an instrument in writing that has been executed on the Firms behalf by its duly authorized officer. Upon termination, with respect to each Participant affected by any termination (an Affected Participant) on a Participant-by-Participant basis the Firm shall, to the maximum extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code either: (a) elect to continue to maintain part or all of the Affected Participants Account and pay amounts hereunder as they become due as if the Plan had not terminated; or (b) pay promptly to each Affected Participant (or such Affected Participants estate) part or all of the balance of the Affected Participants Account (or combine, in any manner, the alternatives described in Sections 9.2(a) and 9.2(b) hereof).
9.3 Existing Rights
No amendment or modification to, or termination of, the Plan shall be effective to the extent that it reduces the amount credited to a Participants Account immediately prior to the amendment, modification or termination, without the Participants prior written consent.
ARTICLE 10
MISCELLANEOUS
10.1 No Funding
The Plan constitutes a mere promise by GS Inc. to make payments in accordance with the terms of the Plan, and Participants and beneficiaries shall have the status with respect to the amounts credited to their Accounts from time to time only of general unsecured creditors of GS Inc. Nothing in the Plan will be construed to give any Participant or any other person rights to any specific assets of GS Inc., the Firm or any
12
other person. In all events, it is the intent of GS Inc. that the Plan be treated in a manner consistent with the applicable provisions of Section 409A of the Code and be treated as unfunded for U.S. Federal tax purposes and for purposes of ERISA, and the Plan shall be interpreted accordingly.
10.2 Non-Assignability
None of the benefits, payments, proceeds or claims of any Participant or any other person shall be subject to any claim of any creditor of any Participant or any other person and, in particular, such benefits, payments, proceeds or claims shall not be subject to attachment or garnishment or other legal process by any creditor of such Participant or other person, nor shall any Participant or any other person have any right to alienate, participate, hedge, commute, pledge, encumber or assign any of the benefits, payments, proceeds or claims that he or she may expect to receive, contingently or otherwise, under the Plan and any attempt to so alienate, participate, hedge, commute, pledge, encumber or assign any such benefit, payment, proceed or claim shall be null and void and of no force or effect.
10.3 Limitation of Participants Rights
Nothing contained in the Plan shall confer upon any person a right to continue to be employed by the Firm or shall affect any right the Firm may have to terminate or alter the terms and conditions of a Participants employment.
10.4 Participants Bound
Any action with respect to the Plan taken by the Administrative Committee, the Investment Committee, the Compensation Policy Committee, the Board of Directors, the Firm or any action authorized by or taken at the direction of any of them, shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all Participants (and any other persons).
10.5 Benefits Conditioned on Release
Any payment to any Participant made in accordance with the provisions of the Plan shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims against the Firm, the Plan, the Administrative Committee and the Investment Committee. The Administrative Committee may require a Participant, as an express condition precedent to any payment hereunder, to execute a release to such effect. If any Participant or other person entitled to payment hereunder is determined by the Administrative Committee to be incompetent by reason of physical or mental disability to give a valid release, the Administrative Committee may cause the payment or payments becoming due to such person to be made to another person for his or her benefit without responsibility on the part of the Administrative Committee, the Firm or any other person to follow the application or use of such funds.
13
10.6 Arbitration; Choice of Forum
(a) Any dispute, controversy or claim between the Firm and a Participant arising out of or relating to or concerning the Plan shall be finally settled by arbitration in New York City before, and in accordance with the rules then obtaining of, the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the NYSE) or, if the NYSE declines to arbitrate the matter (or if the matter otherwise is not arbitrable by it), the American Arbitration Association (the AAA) in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the AAA. Prior to arbitration, all claims maintained by a Participant or any other person must first be submitted to the Administrative Committee in accordance with claims procedures determined by the Administrative Committee. This Paragraph is subject to the provisions of Paragraphs (b) and (c) below.
(b) THE FIRM AND EACH PARTICIPANT SHALL IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK OVER ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THE PLAN THAT IS NOT OTHERWISE ARBITRATED OR RESOLVED ACCORDING TO PARAGRAPH 10. 6(a) HEREOF. This includes any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration or to enforce an arbitration award. The Firm and each Participant, by requesting to participate in the Plan, acknowledge that the forum designated by this Paragraph (b) has a reasonable relation to the Plan and to the Participants relationship with the Firm. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall preclude the Firm from bringing any action or proceeding in any other court for the purpose of enforcing the provisions of this Section 10.6 or otherwise.
(c) This provision as to forum is independent of the law that may be applied in the suit, action or proceeding, and each Participant, by requesting to participate in the Plan, and the Firm agrees to such forum even if the forum may under applicable law choose to apply non-forum law. Each Participant, by requesting to participate in the Plan and the Firm hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which the Participant or the Firm now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any court referred to in Paragraph (b) of this Section 10.6. Each Participant, by requesting to participate in the Plan, and the Firm undertake not to commence any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to or concerning the Plan in any forum other than a forum described in this Section 10.6. Each Participant, by requesting to participate in the Plan, and the Firm agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a final and non-appealable judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Participant and the Firm.
(d) Each Participant, by requesting to participate in the Plan, irrevocably appoints the General Counsel of GS Inc. as the Participants agent for service of process in connection with any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to or concerning the Plan that is not arbitrated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 10.6, who shall promptly advise the Participant of any such service of process.
14
(e) Each Participant, by requesting to participate in the Plan, agrees to keep confidential the existence of, and any information concerning, a dispute, controversy or claim described in this Section 10.6, except that a Participant may disclose information concerning such dispute, controversy or claim to the arbitrator or court that is considering such dispute, controversy or claim or to his or her legal counsel (provided that such counsel agrees not to disclose any such information other than as necessary to the prosecution or defense of the dispute, controversy or claim).
10.7 Governing Law
The Plan shall be construed, administered and governed in all respects under and by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to the principles of conflicts of law (except if and to the extent preempted by applicable Federal law). It is the intent of GS Inc. that this Plan be considered and interpreted in all respects as part of a bonus plan within the meaning of U. S. Department of Labor Regulation Section 2510.3-2(c) and not in any respect as an employee pension plan for purposes of ERISA. If and to the extent that any portion of this Plan shall be determined to be an employee pension benefit plan subject to ERISA, then such portion shall be considered a separate plan covering only those Participants as to whom this Plan is determined to be a pension plan. Such pension plan shall in all respects be considered and interpreted as a plan which is unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees and exempt from coverage of Parts 1, 2, 3 and 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA to the maximum extent permissible under the provisions thereof. Further, it is the intent of GS Inc. that this Plan be considered and interpreted in all respects as a nonqualified deferred compensation plan satisfying the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and deferring the recognition of income by Participants in respect of Deferrals until amounts are actually paid to them pursuant to Article 7.
10.8 Certain Consents
As a condition of participating in the Plan, each Eligible Employee wishing to make a Deferral Request, and each Participant, shall be required to sign such documents, make such representations and sign such consents, including, without limitation, signing any consent or taking any other action necessary for the Firm to insure the life of the Participant and name itself as beneficiary to the extent deemed necessary or appropriate of such insurance.
Without limiting the foregoing, by submitting a Deferral Request Form, a Participant will have irrevocably agreed to consent to (i) the Firms supplying to any third party recordkeeper such personal information as the Administrative Committee deems advisable to administer the Plan, (ii) the Firms deducting amounts from the Participants wages to reimburse the Firm for any advances made on the Participants behalf to satisfy any withholding and other tax obligations, (iii) the Firms deducting or withholding from any payment or distribution to the Participant, whether or not pursuant to the Plan, the amount of any taxes (including, without limitation, FICA, National Insurance Contributions, if applicable, or social insurance taxes) the Administrative Committee
15
determines apply in connection with any Deferral or distribution under the Plan and (iv) withholding from any distribution under the Plan any amount the Administrative Committee determines is payable by the Participant to the Firm.
10.9 Currency Conversions
The Administrative Committee, in its discretion, shall have the authority to prescribe such rules and procedures as it may deem appropriate for purposes of converting any currency into another currency for purposes of the Plan including, without limitation, for purposes of determining (i) the Minimum Deferral Amount, (ii) the Maximum Deferral Amount, (iii) the Maximum Aggregate Deferral Amount, (iv) the amount of any Eligible Employees Deferral, (v) the amount of any investment gains or losses to be allocated to a Participants Account, (vi) the amount of any distribution, (vii) the amount of any Participants Eligible Compensation and (viii) the amount of any Participants Minimum Eligible Compensation. The determination of the exchange rate by the Administrative Committee shall be conclusive.
10.10 Non-Uniform Determinations
None of the Administrative Committees determinations under the Plan need to be uniform and any such determinations may be made by it selectively among persons who make Deferral Requests under the Plan (whether or not such persons are similarly situated). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Committee shall be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations with regard to Deferrals, currency conversions and availability of Notional Investments, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Deferral Requests, as to (a) the persons permitted to make Deferrals, (b) the terms and provisions of any Deferral, (c) whether a Participants employment with the Firm has been terminated for purposes of the Plan and (d) any adjustments to be made with respect to any Deferral as described herein or otherwise.
10.11 Severability; Entire Agreement
If any of the provisions of this Plan is finally held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable (whether in whole or in part), such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability and the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby. Each Participant, by requesting to participate in the Plan, acknowledges that the Plan contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations and warranties between them, whether written or oral with respect to the subject matter thereof.
10.12 No Third Party Beneficiaries
The Plan shall not confer on any person other than the Firm and the Participants any rights or remedies thereunder; provided that the exculpation and indemnification provisions of Section 8.3 shall inure to the benefit of a Covered Persons estate, beneficiaries and legatees.
16
10.13 Headings and Subheadings
Headings and subheadings in this Plan are inserted for convenience only and are not to be considered in the construction of the provisions hereof.
17
EXHIBIT 10.34
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
FOR
U.K. PARTICIPATING MANAGING DIRECTORS
ARTICLE 1
INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose of Plan
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for U.K. Participating Managing Directors is intended to promote the interests of GS Inc. and its shareholders by encouraging certain Eligible Employees to remain in the employ of the Firm by providing them with a means by which they may request to defer receipt of a portion of their Eligible Compensation.
ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS
Wherever used herein, the following terms have the meanings set forth below, unless a different meaning clearly is required by the context:
2.1 Account means, for each Participant, a notional account maintained on the books and records of GS Inc. (by GS Inc. or such third party record keeper or record keepers as GS Inc. may from time to time appoint) that is established for his or her benefit and as to which amounts are credited under Section 5.1.
2.2 Administrative Committee means the person or persons designated by the Compensation Policy Committee or the Board of Directors with the authority to perform day-to-day administrative functions for the Plan. If no such person is so serving at any time, the Compensation Policy Committee shall be the Administrative Committee.
2.3 Board of Directors means the Board of Directors of GS Inc.
2.4 Compensation Policy Committee means the GS Inc. Compensation Policy Committee, as it may be constituted from time to time.
2.5 Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Reference to any section or subsection of the Code includes reference to any comparable or succeeding provisions of any legislation that amends, supplements or replaces such section or subsection.
2.6 Deferral means the portion of a Participants Eligible Compensation that is deferred in accordance with Section 4.1 hereof.
2.7 Deferral Date means, with respect to each Plan Year, the earliest date GS Inc. determines that Eligible Compensation subject to a Deferral Request would have been paid to the Eligible Employee in the absence of the Plan, or such other date or dates as may be selected by the Administrative Committee in its sole discretion prior to the date Deferral Requests are required to be returned to the Administrative Committee for a Plan Year.
2.8 Deferral Request means any request by a Participant to make a Deferral hereunder by submitting a Deferral Request Form in accordance with Section 4.1 hereof.
2.9 Deferral Request Form means the form (which may be in electronic form) specified by the Administrative Committee from time to time pursuant to which an Eligible Employee can make a Deferral Request.
2.10 Distribution Date means, with respect to each Deferral made by a Participant, the date on which an amount shall become payable to a Participant in accordance with Article 7 hereof.
2.11 Effective Date means November 27, 2004, the date as of which the Plan first became effective.
2.12 Eligible Compensation means, for each Eligible Employee, with respect to each Plan Year the amount the Firm determines in its sole discretion otherwise would have been payable to the Eligible Employee as a gross end-of-year bonus (excluding any amounts payable to the Eligible Employee that are directly attributable to the
2
performance of services prior to the beginning of such Plan Year), and before giving effect to any Deferral, but after giving effect to: (i) any pension or retirement contribution or the cost of contribution by the Firm for any public or private employee benefit plan (including, without limitation, in the United States, any contribution to the Money Purchase Plan or any voluntary contribution election under The Goldman Sachs Employees Profit Sharing Retirement Income Plan, (as defined in that plan) if applicable to you); (ii) any amount the Firm decides to contribute as part of compensation to the Goldman Sachs UK Retirement Plan or GSI International Pension Plan or any other plan maintained outside the United States primarily for non-U.S. citizens or residents that the Administrative Committee determines is similar thereto; (iii) the value of any award recommendation in respect of any plan or arrangement the Firm determines is similar to The Goldman Sachs UK Conditional Share Reward Plan, including, without limitation, any such plan or arrangement involving the establishment and funding of an employee benefit trust in the United Kingdom; and (iv) any request to participate in the Firms PMD Discount Stock Program on a pre-tax (but not after-tax) basis. Unless otherwise permitted by the Administrative Committee, no year-end award granted under The Goldman Sachs Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan, as in effect from time to time, shall constitute Eligible Compensation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Committee, in its discretion, with respect to any Eligible Employee or Eligible Employees (on a uniform or non-uniform basis) shall have the authority to (a) designate any jurisdiction or jurisdictions from which amounts earned by any Eligible Employee will be excluded from Eligible Compensation and (b) include or exclude, as the case may be, any amounts that otherwise would be excluded or included, as the case may be, in any Eligible Employees Eligible Compensation.
2.13 Eligible Employee means, unless otherwise provided by the Administrative Committee, in a Plan Year, any UK Employee (i) who is a participant in The Goldman Sachs Partner Compensation Plan (PCP) or The Goldman Sachs Restricted Partner Compensation Plan (RPCP), (ii) who earned Minimum Eligible Compensation for either or both of the immediately preceding Plan Year or the second preceding Plan Year, (iii) who is designated by the Administrative Committee as eligible to participate in the Plan or is a member of a class of employees who is designated by the Administrative Committee as eligible to participate in the Plan for the Plan Year and (iv) who is not eligible to make a deferral under The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for U.S. Participating Managing Directors. The Administrative Committee may, in its sole discretion, add or exclude any individual or any member of a class of individuals from being considered an Eligible Employee. An individual shall first be considered an Eligible Employee on the date he or she first receives written notification from the Administrative Committee that he or she is eligible to participate in the Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrative Committee (including, by reason of legal, tax or other regulatory restrictions or impediments to the individual or to the Firm arising out of a country other than the United States or United Kingdom), an individual that is an Eligible Employee for any Plan Year shall, for any subsequent Plan Year in which he or she participates in the PCP or RPCP, be eligible to participate in the Plan (or, an Eligible Employee under The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for U.S. Participating Managing
3
Directors, if such person becomes in such year a resident for tax purposes in the United States).
2.14 ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. Reference to any section or subsection of ERISA includes reference to any comparable or succeeding provisions of any legislation that amends, supplements or replaces such section or subsection.
2.15 Firm means GS Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
2.16 GS Inc . means The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., and any successor thereto.
2.17 Investment Committee means a committee of two or more individuals selected by the Administrative Committee, which shall have the authority to select the Notional Investments that are made available from time to time under the Plan.
2.18 Maximum Aggregate Deferral Amount means, with respect to each Plan Year, $100 million or such other amount as may be determined by GS Inc. from time to time, which shall be the maximum total of all Deferrals for all Participants permitted under the Plan for such Plan Year. GS Inc. may, in its discretion, (i) aggregate the Plan with such other deferred compensation plan or plans as it may determine for purposes of applying the Maximum Aggregate Deferral Amount and (ii) allocate the Maximum Aggregate Deferral Amount among the Plan and any deferred compensation plans that are so aggregated with the Plan in any manner deemed appropriate by it.
2.19 Maximum Deferral Amount means, unless otherwise determined by GS Inc., with respect to each Participant for each Plan Year, the lesser of: (i) 50% of the Participants Eligible Compensation and (ii) £700,000.
2.20 Minimum Deferral Amount means, with respect to each Participant for each Plan Year, £52,500 or such other amount as may be determined by the Administrative Committee prior to the date Deferral Request Forms are required to be returned to the Administrative Committee for a Plan Year, which shall be the minimum amount that a Participant may request as a Deferral for a Plan Year.
2.21 Minimum Eligible Compensation means total compensation of at least USD $200,000 or such other amount as may be determined by the Administrative Committee.
2.22 Money Purchase Plan means The Goldman Sachs Money Purchase Pension Plan, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto.
2.23 Notional Investment means a hypothetical investment made available under the Plan by the Investment Committee from time to time in which a Participants Account may be deemed to be invested in whole or in part in accordance with Sections 5.2 and 5.3 hereof in order to measure the value of the Account.
4
2.24 Participant means any Eligible Employee who participates in the Plan in accordance with Article 3.
2.25 Plan means The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for U.K. Participating Managing Directors.
2.26 Plan Year means the 12-month period that coincides with GS Inc.s fiscal year.
2.27 Total and Permanent Disability means, with respect to any Participant, if such Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for not less than 3 months under any accident or health plan covering employees of the Firm.
2.28 U.K. Employee means a person:
(a) who has or is expected to perform duties in the United Kingdom for a substantially continuous period of at least three months and all or substantially all of his remuneration and other costs of his employment are paid by or charged to a business, directly or indirectly, which is subject to U.K. corporation tax; or
(b) all or substantially all of whose duties under his employment contract during a Plan Year are to be performed in the United Kingdom; or
(c) is designated by the Administrative Committee as a U.K. Employee.
A person will not be a U.K. Employee for the relevant Plan Year if he is, at any time during that Plan Year, resident for tax purposes in the United States.
ARTICLE 3
PARTICIPATION
3.1 Commencement of Participation
Any Eligible Employee who requests to defer part of his or her Eligible Compensation in accordance with Article 4 shall, if and to the extent the Firm, in its discretion, agrees to follow the request, become a Participant in the Plan as of the first Deferral Date as of which a Deferral is credited to the Eligible Employees Account in accordance with Section 4.2.
5
3.2 Continued Participation
A Participant in the Plan shall continue to be a Participant so long as any amount remains credited to his or her Account.
ARTICLE 4
DEFERRALS
4.1 Deferral Request Form
Subject to the provisions of Article 4 hereof, for each Plan Year for which the Plan is in effect, an Eligible Employee may, by properly completing a Deferral Request Form and filing it with the Administrative Committee not later than the date specified by the Administrative Committee and, before the amount of the Eligible Compensation to which the Deferral relates has been determined, request that a Deferral be made on his or her behalf, on such terms as the Administrative Committee may permit in its sole discretion. The Firm may, in its sole discretion, determine whether or not to follow any Deferral Request with respect to any Eligible Employee.
4.2 Mechanics of Deferral
Subject to the provisions of this Article 4, if and to the extent the Firm determines to follow a Deferral Request, an Eligible Employees Eligible Compensation shall be reduced in accordance with the Participants Deferral Request, and the amount of the resulting Deferral shall be credited to the Participants Account as of the Deferral Date.
4.3 Minimum Deferral Amount
Notwithstanding anything herein or in any Deferral Request Form to the contrary, no Deferral shall be for an amount and no Deferral Request shall be valid to the extent that it specifies an amount less than the Minimum Deferral Amount for the applicable Plan Year.
4.4 Maximum Deferral Amount
Notwithstanding anything herein or in any Deferral Request Form to the contrary, no Deferral shall be for an amount in excess of the Maximum Deferral Amount. If any amount specified on a Deferral Request Form as a Deferral would exceed the Maximum Deferral Amount, such Deferral Request Form shall be deemed to have specified the Maximum Deferral Amount.
4.5 Maximum Aggregate Deferral Amount
Notwithstanding anything herein or in any Deferral Request Form to the contrary, if and to the extent that the aggregate amounts specified on all Deferral Request Forms in a Plan Year that the Firm determines to follow exceed the Maximum Aggregate Deferral Amount, the amounts specified on each Participants Deferral Request Form shall be reduced, and each Participants Deferrals shall be reduced, under a formula or method
6
determined by the Administrative Committee in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, a pro rata reduction to the ratio of the Maximum Aggregate Deferral Amount to the aggregate of the amounts specified by all Participants on their Deferral Request Forms so that the aggregate Deferrals of all Participants do not exceed the Maximum Aggregate Deferral Amount; provided that no Participants Deferral shall be reduced to an amount below the Minimum Deferral Amount.
4.6 Deferral Request Irrevocable
Except to the extent determined by the Administrative Committee (but in no event later than the date on which all Deferral Request Forms must be returned to the Administrative Committee for a Plan Year), all Deferral Requests shall be irrevocable when made, and no Participant may change or revoke his or her Deferral Request with respect to Eligible Compensation payable for a Plan Year.
ARTICLE 5
ACCOUNTS
5.1 Accounts
The Administrative Committee shall maintain an Account for each Participant that reflects each Participants Deferrals and any adjustments determined in accordance with Section 5.2, forfeitures and any payments made under Article 7 with respect to the Account. The Administrative Committee shall provide each Participant with a periodic statement of his or her Account adjusted in accordance with Section 5.2.
5.2 Adjustment of Accounts
The amount of each Participants Deferral for a Plan Year shall be credited to the Participants Account as of the applicable Deferral Date. The Participants Account shall be adjusted from time to time to reflect: (i) Deferrals for subsequent Plan Years, if any; (ii) gains (or losses) determined as if the Account were invested directly in the Notional Investment or Notional Investments selected by the Participant (without taking into account any tax consequences that may have arisen were the Account so directly invested); (iii) the amount described in Section 7.5; (iv) any payments under Article 7 in respect of a Deferral; and (v) any administrative charge determined by the Compensation Policy Committee or Administrative Committee in its sole discretion to be appropriate to cover part or all of the cost to the Firm of making the Plan available to Participants or otherwise maintaining the Plan.
5.3 Notional Investments
(a) The Notional Investment or Notional Investments that shall be available under the Plan shall be determined from time to time by the Investment Committee in its sole discretion. The Investment Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide limitations or procedures on the availability of any Notional Investment or Notional Investments with respect to any Participant or class of Participants. The Investment Committee may modify, amend, eliminate or replace any or all of the Notional
7
Investments that may be available under the Plan to Plan Participants or any of them, in any manner in its sole discretion at any time from time to time with or without notice to the Participants and effective retroactively or prospectively, subject to Section 9.3 hereof.
(b) In selecting any Notional Investment or Notional Investments to be made available under the Plan or prescribing any rules related thereto, the Investment Committee and the Administrative Committee shall be acting solely on behalf of the Firm and not as a fiduciary or adviser with respect to any Deferral, any Participant or any other person employed by the Firm or in respect of any Account. Each Participant, by requesting to participate in the Plan, agrees that none of the Investment Committee, the Administrative Committee, the Compensation Policy Committee, GS Inc., the Firm or any other person shall have any liability whatsoever to any Participant or any other person as a result of, arising out of or related to the selection or elimination or modification of Notional Investments, any monitoring of any such Notional Investment or any Participants selection or failure to select any Notional Investment.
(c) The Administrative Committee or the Investment Committee may adopt such rules and administrative practices as they, in their sole discretion, shall deem necessary or appropriate in connection with any Participants ability to select Notional Investments hereunder, including restrictions on the timing or frequency of such selections; all such Notional Investment selections shall be made in such form as may be required by the Administrative Committee from time to time.
ARTICLE 6
VESTING
6.1 Accounts Generally Vested
Without limiting Section 7.6 or Section 10.1, each Participant shall be immediately vested in, and shall have a nonforfeitable right to the balance credited to, the Participants Account subject to the terms of the Plan, including without limitation Section 7.5 hereof.
ARTICLE 7
PAYMENTS
7.1 Commencement and Form of Payment
The Participant shall receive a payment of the entire portion of the Participants Account attributable to a Deferral in a single lump sum within 30 business days after the applicable Distribution Date.
7.2 Distribution Date
In accordance with procedures established by the Administrative Committee in its sole discretion, at the time each Participant makes a Deferral Request, the Participant shall select a Distribution Date with respect to a Deferral. Unless otherwise determined by
8
the Administrative Committee in its sole discretion, a Participant shall only be permitted to request as a Distribution Date with respect to a Deferral an anniversary of the Deferral Date beginning with the third anniversary and ending with the tenth anniversary.
7.3 Death and Total and Permanent Disability
(a) If a Participant dies prior to the payment of the entire balance credited to his or her Account, unless otherwise determined by the Administrative Committee, and notwithstanding any Participants request pursuant to Section 7.2, the amount credited to his or her Account shall be paid as soon as practicable to the representative of the Participants estate. No payment shall be made to the representative of a Participants estate until the Administrative Committee shall have been furnished with such evidence and other documentation as it shall deem necessary or appropriate to establish the validity of the payment.
(b) If a Participant has a Total and Permanent Disability prior to the payment of the entire balance credited to his or her Account, unless otherwise determined by the Administrative Committee and notwithstanding any Participants request pursuant to Section 7.2, such balance shall be paid as soon as practicable to the Participant or if the Participant is determined by the Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, to be incompetent by reason of physical or mental disability, to another person for the benefit of the Participant, without responsibility on the part of the Administrative Committee, the Firm or any other person to monitor the application or use of such funds. No payment shall be made to the Participant or such other person until the Administrative Committee shall have been furnished with such evidence and other documentation as it shall deem necessary or appropriate to establish the validity of the payment.
7.4 Taxes and Social Security
All Federal, State, foreign, local, hypothetical or other taxes, or social security or social insurance charges, if any, that are required to be withheld in respect of any Deferrals hereunder or from any payments made pursuant to this Article 7 shall be withheld from amounts payable hereunder or from any other amounts payable to a Participant by any person.
7.5 Certain Account Adjustments
Unless otherwise determined by GS Inc., the amount payable on a Distribution Date to any Participant under the Plan shall be net of, and a Participants Account shall be adjusted to reflect on such Distribution Date, any outstanding amounts (including, without limitation, travel and entertainment or advance account balances, loans, or amounts repayable to the Firm pursuant to tax equalization, housing, automobile or other employee programs) the Participant owes to the Firm (including by reason of any obligations of such Participant under any Firm sponsored investment program, including under the Firms Special Investments Program), any amounts owed to the Firm by reason of such Participants misconduct with respect to such Participants employment
9
with the Firm, including, without limitation, the Participants misappropriation of funds or other property from the Firm, and any amount the Administrative Committee otherwise deems appropriate pursuant to any tax equalization policy or agreement or otherwise applicable as of such Distribution Date. Each Participant shall be required, as a condition to participation in the Plan, to sign such documents, and make such representations and consents, to the extent deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrative Committee, to comply with this Section 7.5.
7.6 Certain Delayed Payments to Covered Employees
Notwithstanding anything herein or in any Deferral Request Form to the contrary, if and to the extent that GS Inc. determines, in its sole discretion, that GS Inc.s or the Firms U.S. Federal tax deduction in respect of a payment under the Plan may be limited as a result of Section 162(m) of the Code or any successor section of the Code, the Administrative Committee may delay such Payment until such time or times as GS Inc. or the Administrative Committee determines, in its sole discretion, that neither GS Inc.s nor the Firms deduction for any such payment will be limited as a result of Section 162(m) of the Code or any successor section of the Code and as are consistent with Section 409A of the Code.
7.7 Payment Currency
Unless otherwise determined by the Administrative Committee in its discretion, any payments under the Plan shall be made in the same currency in which the Participants bonus or commissions otherwise would have been paid, in the absence of the Plan.
ARTICLE 8
ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE;
INDEMNIFICATION
8.1 Plan Administration and Interpretation
The Plan shall be administered by the Administrative Committee. The Administrative Committee shall have complete control and authority to administer the Plan, and authority to determine the rights and benefits and all claims, demands and actions arising out of the provisions of the Plan of any Participant, representative of a deceased Participants estate, or any other person having or claiming to have any interest under the Plan. The Administrative Committee shall have complete discretion and power to interpret the Plan and to decide all matters under the Plan. Any interpretation or decision by the Administrative Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Participants and any person claiming under or through any Participant. Any individual serving on the Administrative Committee who also is a Participant shall not vote or act on any matter relating solely to himself or herself. When making a determination or calculation, the Administrative Committee shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by a Participant or other person entitled to payment hereunder, or the Firm. The Administrative Committee shall adopt such claims procedures as it determines in its
10
sole discretion may be necessary or appropriate for the proper determination of the rights of any Participant under this Plan.
8.2 Powers, Duties, Procedures, Etc.
In exercising its powers and duties, the Administrative Committee may adopt such rules and procedures, appoint such officers or agents, delegate such powers and duties and receive such reimbursements and compensation, in each case, as it may establish or determine from time to time consistent with the provisions of the Plan.
8.3 Indemnification of Administrative Committee and Investment Committee
No member of the Administrative Committee or Investment Committee or any employee, officer or director of the Firm (each such person, a Covered Person) shall have any liability to any person (including any Participant) for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan. Each Covered Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by GS Inc. against and from (a) any loss, cost, liability or expense (including attorneys fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Covered Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Covered Person may be a party or in which such Covered Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken under the Plan and (b) any and all amounts paid by such Covered Person, with GS Inc.s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Covered Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Covered Person, provided that GS Inc. shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and, once GS Inc. gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, GS Inc. shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of GS Inc.s choice. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to a Covered Person to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or other final adjudication, in either case not subject to further appeal, determines that the acts or omissions of such Covered Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Covered Persons bad faith, fraud or willful criminal act or omission. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which Covered Persons may be entitled under GS Inc.s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any other power that GS Inc. may have to indemnify such persons or hold them harmless.
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
9.1 Amendments
Subject only to Section 9.3 hereof, GS Inc. shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to amend or modify the Plan in any respect from time to time, including in any manner that adversely affects the right of any Participant. Any such amendment may be effected by an action of the Board of Directors or the Compensation Policy Committee. In addition
11
to, and without limiting the foregoing, the Administrative Committee shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to accelerate any payment to any or all Participants to any date or dates prior to the Distribution Date.
9.2 Termination of Plan
This Plan is a strictly voluntary undertaking on the part of GS Inc. and shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between GS. Inc. and any Eligible Employee (or any other person). Subject only to Section 9.3 hereof, GS Inc. reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time with respect to any or all Participants, in whole or in part, by an instrument in writing that has been executed on the Firms behalf by its duly authorized officer. Upon termination, with respect to each Participant affected by any termination (an Affected Participant) on a Participant-by-Participant basis the Firm shall either: (a) elect to continue to maintain part or all of the Affected Participants Account and pay amounts hereunder as they become due as if the Plan had not terminated; or (b) pay promptly to each Affected Participant (or such Affected Participants estate) part or all of the balance of the Affected Participants Account (or combine, in any manner, the alternatives described in Sections 9.2(a) and 9.2(b) hereof).
9.3 Existing Rights
No amendment or modification to, or termination of, the Plan shall be effective to the extent that it reduces the amount credited to a Participants Account immediately prior to the amendment, modification or termination, without the Participants prior written consent.
ARTICLE 10
MISCELLANEOUS
10.1 No Funding
The Plan constitutes a mere promise by GS Inc. to make payments in accordance with the terms of the Plan, and Participants and beneficiaries shall have the status with respect to the amounts credited to their Accounts from time to time only of general unsecured creditors of GS Inc. Nothing in the Plan will be construed to give any Participant or any other person rights to any specific assets of GS Inc., the Firm or any other person. In all events, it is the intent of GS Inc. that the Plan be treated in a manner consistent with the applicable provisions of Section 409A of the Code and be treated as unfunded for U.S. Federal tax purposes and for purposes of ERISA, and the Plan shall be interpreted accordingly.
10.2 Non-Assignability
None of the benefits, payments, proceeds or claims of any Participant or any other person shall be subject to any claim of any creditor of any Participant or any other person and, in particular, such benefits, payments, proceeds or claims shall not be subject to attachment or garnishment or other legal process by any creditor of such
12
Participant or other person, nor shall any Participant or any other person have any right to alienate, participate, hedge, commute, pledge, encumber or assign any of the benefits, payments, proceeds or claims that he or she may expect to receive, contingently or otherwise, under the Plan and any attempt to so alienate, participate, hedge, commute, pledge, encumber or assign any such benefit, payment, proceed or claim shall be null and void and of no force or effect.
10.3 Limitation of Participants Rights
Nothing contained in the Plan shall confer upon any person a right to continue to be employed by the Firm or shall affect any right the Firm may have to terminate or alter the terms and conditions of a Participants employment.
10.4 Participants Bound
Any action with respect to the Plan taken by the Administrative Committee, the Investment Committee, the Compensation Policy Committee, the Board of Directors, the Firm or any action authorized by or taken at the direction of any of them, shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all Participants (and any other persons).
10.5 Benefits Conditioned on Release
Any payment to any Participant made in accordance with the provisions of the Plan shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims against the Firm, the Plan, the Administrative Committee and the Investment Committee. The Administrative Committee may require a Participant, as an express condition precedent to any payment hereunder, to execute a release to such effect. If any Participant or other person entitled to payment hereunder is determined by the Administrative Committee to be incompetent by reason of physical or mental disability to give a valid release, the Administrative Committee may cause the payment or payments becoming due to such person to be made to another person for his or her benefit without responsibility on the part of the Administrative Committee, the Firm or any other person to follow the application or use of such funds.
10.6 Arbitration; Choice of Forum
(a) Any dispute, controversy or claim between the Firm and a Participant arising out of or relating to or concerning the Plan shall be finally settled by arbitration in New York City before, and in accordance with the rules then obtaining of, the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the NYSE) or, if the NYSE declines to arbitrate the matter (or if the matter otherwise is not arbitrable by it), the American Arbitration Association (the AAA) in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the AAA. Prior to arbitration, all claims maintained by a Participant or any other person must first be submitted to the Administrative Committee in accordance with claims procedures determined by the Administrative Committee. This Paragraph is subject to the provisions of Paragraphs (b) and (c) below.
13
(b) THE FIRM AND EACH PARTICIPANT SHALL IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK OVER ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THE PLAN THAT IS NOT OTHERWISE ARBITRATED OR RESOLVED ACCORDING TO PARAGRAPH 10. 6(a) HEREOF. This includes any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration or to enforce an arbitration award. The Firm and each Participant, by requesting to participate in the Plan, acknowledge that the forum designated by this Paragraph (b) has a reasonable relation to the Plan and to the Participants relationship with the Firm. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall preclude the Firm from bringing any action or proceeding in any other court for the purpose of enforcing the provisions of this Section 10.6 or otherwise.
(c) This provision as to forum is independent of the law that may be applied in the suit, action or proceeding, and each Participant, by requesting to participate in the Plan, and the Firm agrees to such forum even if the forum may under applicable law choose to apply non-forum law. Each Participant, by requesting to participate in the Plan, and the Firm hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which the Participant or the Firm now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any court referred to in Paragraph (b) of this Section 10.6. Each Participant, by requesting to participate in the Plan, and the Firm undertake not to commence any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to or concerning the Plan in any forum other than a forum described in this Section 10.6. Each Participant, by requesting to participate in the Plan, and the Firm agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a final and non-appealable judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Participant and the Firm.
(d) Each Participant, by requesting to participate in the Plan, irrevocably appoints the General Counsel of GS Inc. as the Participants agent for service of process in connection with any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to or concerning the Plan that is not arbitrated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 10.6, who shall promptly advise the Participant of any such service of process.
(e) Each Participant, by requesting to participate in the Plan, agrees to keep confidential the existence of, and any information concerning, a dispute, controversy or claim described in this Section 10.6, except that a Participant may disclose information concerning such dispute, controversy or claim to the arbitrator or court that is considering such dispute, controversy or claim or to his or her legal counsel (provided that such counsel agrees not to disclose any such information other than as necessary to the prosecution or defense of the dispute, controversy or claim).
10.7 Governing Law
The Plan shall be construed, administered and governed in all respects under and by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to the principles of conflicts of law (except if and to the extent preempted by applicable Federal law). It is the intent of GS
14
Inc. that this Plan be considered and interpreted as a plan maintained outside the United States primarily for the benefit of nonresident aliens of the United States. If and to the extent any portion of the Plan is not so treated it shall be treated in all respects as part of a bonus plan within the meaning of U. S. Department of Labor Regulation Section 2510.3-2(c) and not in any respect as an employee pension plan for purposes of ERISA. If and to the extent that any portion of this Plan shall be determined to be an employee pension benefit plan subject to ERISA, then such portion shall be considered a separate plan covering only those Participants as to whom this Plan is determined to be a pension plan. Such pension plan shall in all respects be considered and interpreted as a plan which is unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees and exempt from coverage of Parts 1, 2, 3 and 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA to the maximum extent permissible under the provisions thereof. Further, it is the intent of GS Inc. that this Plan be considered and interpreted in all respects as a nonqualified deferred compensation plan satisfying the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and deferring the recognition of income by Participants in respect of Deferrals until amounts are actually paid to them pursuant to Article 7.
10.8 Certain Consents
As a condition of participating in the Plan, each Eligible Employee wishing to make a Deferral Request, and each Participant, shall be required to sign such documents, make such representations and sign such consents, including, without limitation signing any consent or taking any other action necessary for the Firm to insure the life of the Participant and name itself as beneficiary to the extent deemed necessary or appropriate of such insurance.
Without limiting the foregoing, by submitting a Deferral Request Form, a Participant will have irrevocably agreed to consent to (i) the Firms supplying to any third party recordkeeper such personal information as the Administrative Committee deems advisable to administer the Plan, (ii) the Firms deducting amounts from the Participants wages to reimburse the Firm for any advances made on the Participants behalf to satisfy any withholding and other tax obligations, (iii) the Firms deducting or withholding from any payment or distribution to the Participant, whether or not pursuant to the Plan, the amount of any taxes (including, without limitation, FICA, National Insurance Contributions or social insurance taxes) the Administrative Committee determines apply in connection with any Deferral or distribution under the Plan and (iv) withholding from any distribution under the Plan any amount the Administrative Committee determines is payable by the Participant to the Firm.
10.9 Currency Conversions
The Administrative Committee, in its discretion, shall have the authority to prescribe such rules and procedures as it may deem appropriate for purposes of converting any currency into another currency for purposes of the Plan including, without limitation, for purposes of determining (i) the Minimum Deferral Amount, (ii) the Maximum Deferral Amount, (iii) the Maximum Aggregate Deferral Amount, (iv) the amount of any Eligible
15
Employees Deferral, (v) the amount of any investment gains or losses to be allocated to a Participants Account, (vi) the amount of any distribution, (vii) the amount of any Participants Eligible Compensation and (viii) the amount of any Participants Minimum Eligible Compensation. The determination of the exchange rate by the Administrative Committee shall be conclusive.
10.10 Non-Uniform Determinations
None of the Administrative Committees determinations under the Plan need to be uniform and any such determinations may be made by it selectively among persons who make Deferral Requests under the Plan (whether or not such persons are similarly situated). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Committee shall be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations with regard to Deferrals, currency conversions and availability of Notional Investments, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Deferral Requests, as to (a) the persons permitted to make Deferrals, (b) the terms and provisions of any Deferral, (c) whether a Participants employment with the Firm has been terminated for purposes of the Plan and (d) any adjustments to be made with respect to any Deferral as described herein or otherwise.
10.11 Severability; Entire Agreement
If any of the provisions of this Plan is finally held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable (whether in whole or in part), such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability and the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby. Each Participant, by requesting to participate in the Plan, acknowledges that the Plan contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations and warranties between them, whether written or oral with respect to the subject matter thereof.
10.12 No Third Party Beneficiaries
The Plan shall not confer on any person other than the Firm and the Participants any rights or remedies thereunder; provided that the exculpation and indemnification provisions of Section 8.3 shall inure to the benefit of a Covered Persons estate, beneficiaries and legatees.
16
10.13 Headings and Subheadings
Headings and subheadings in this Plan are inserted for convenience only and are not to be considered in the construction of the provisions hereof.
17
EXHIBIT 10.41
Description of Non-Employee Director Compensation
For fiscal 2006, the compensation for the non-employee directors of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (Group Inc.) consists of:
| an annual equity grant of one of the following: (i) 3,000 fully vested restricted stock units (RSUs), (ii) 1,500 fully vested RSUs and 6,000 fully vested stock options (Options), or (iii) 12,000 fully vested Options, at the non-employee directors election (grants were made on December 13, 2005, with each of the non-employee directors receiving 3,000 fully vested RSUs other than James A. Johnson, who received 1,500 fully vested RSUs and 6,000 fully vested Options); | |||
| a $75,000 annual retainer, payable in December 2006, in cash or through a grant of fully vested RSUs, at the non-employee directors election; and | |||
| a $25,000 committee chair fee, if applicable, payable in December 2006, in cash or through a grant of fully vested RSUs, at the non-employee directors election. |
RSUs awarded in connection with non-employee director compensation provide for delivery of the underlying shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (Common Stock) of Group Inc. on the last business day in May in the year following the year of the non-employee directors retirement from the Group Inc. Board of Directors. Options awarded with respect to the fiscal 2006 annual equity grant generally become exercisable on the earlier of (i) the date the non-employee director ceases to be a director of Group Inc., and (ii) January 2009, although if the non-employee director remains a director of Group Inc., the underlying shares are subject to transfer restrictions until January 2010.
The Group Inc. Board of Directors, upon the recommendation of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, has a policy on stock ownership retention that requires non-employee directors to beneficially own at least 5,000 shares of Common Stock or fully vested RSUs within two years of becoming a director. All of our non-employee directors are in compliance with this policy.
Our directors are permitted to participate in Group Inc.s employee matching gift program on the same terms as employees. Under the program for 2005, Group Inc. matches gifts of up to $2,000 in the aggregate per individual (and up to $25,000 in the aggregate per individual in the case of gifts made under a special program implemented in connection with Hurricane Katrina).
Non-employee directors receive no compensation other than directors fees.
EXHIBIT 10.42
Description of Certain Benefits for Participating Managing Directors
On December 13, 2005, certain benefits for participating managing directors (PMDs) of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (Group Inc.) were approved. The benefits include the following:
| PMDs who retire on or after November 24, 2006 and who, on the date of their retirement, have been PMDs for eight or more years, will be eligible to receive retiree medical coverage, subsidized by Group Inc. or its subsidiaries. The subsidy will be for 75% of the cost of coverage. | |||
| Effective January 1, 2006, each PMD will receive life insurance coverage during active employment as a PMD with coverage ending at age 75. The coverage will provide an aggregate U.S. $4.5 million death benefit for each PMD. |
EXHIBIT 10.43
THE GOLDMAN SACHS AMENDED AND RESTATED
STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
ONE-TIME RSU AWARD
This Award Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions of this special one-time award (this Award) of restricted stock units (One-time RSUs) granted to you under The Goldman Sachs Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan (the Plan).
1. The Plan . This Award is made pursuant to the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated in this Award Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Award Agreement that are not defined in this Award Agreement have the meanings as used or defined in the Plan. References in this Award Agreement to any specific Plan provision shall not be construed as limiting the applicability of any other Plan provision.
2. Award . The number of One-time RSUs subject to this Award is set forth in the Award Statement delivered to you. An RSU is an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver (or cause to be delivered) to you, subject to the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, a share of Common Stock (a Share) on the Delivery Date or as otherwise provided herein. Until such delivery, you have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor, and no rights as a shareholder of GS Inc. This Award is conditioned on your executing the related signature card and returning it to the address designated on the signature card and/or by the method designated on the signature card by the date specified, and is subject to all terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including, without limitation, the arbitration and choice of forum provisions set forth in Paragraph 12 . By executing the related signature card (which, among other things, opens the custody account referred to in paragraph 3( b ) if you have not done so already), you will have confirmed your acceptance of all of the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement.
3. Vesting and Delivery .
(a) Vesting . Except as provided in this Paragraph 3 and in Paragraphs 4, 6, 7, 9, 10 and 15, on each Vesting Date you shall become Vested in the number or percentage of One-time RSUs specified next to such Vesting Date on the Award Statement (which may be rounded to avoid fractional Shares). While continued active Employment is not required in order to receive delivery of the Shares underlying your Outstanding One-time RSUs that are or become Vested, all other terms and conditions of this Award Agreement shall continue to apply to such Vested One-time RSUs, and failure to meet such terms and conditions may result in the termination of this Award (as a result of which no Shares underlying such Vested One-time RSUs would be delivered).
(b) Delivery .
(i) The Delivery Date with respect to this Award shall be each date specified as such on your Award Statement, if that date is during a Window Period or, if that date is not during a Window Period, the first Trading Day of the first Window Period beginning after such date. For this purpose, a Trading Day is a day on which Shares trade regular way on the New York Stock Exchange.
(ii) Except as provided in this Paragraph 3 and in Paragraphs 4, 6, 7, 9, 10 and 15, in accordance with Section 3.23 of the Plan, reasonably promptly (but in no case more than thirty (30)
Business Days) after the relevant date specified as the Delivery Date (or any other date delivery of Shares is called for hereunder), Shares underlying the number or percentage of your then Outstanding One-time RSUs with respect to which that Delivery Date (or other date) has occurred (which number of Shares may be rounded to avoid fractional Shares) shall be delivered by book entry credit to your Custody Account or to a brokerage account approved by the Firm. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you are or become considered by GS Inc. to be one of its covered employees within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, then you shall be subject to Section 3.21.3 of the Plan, as a result of which delivery of your Shares may be delayed.
(iii) In accordance with Section 1.3.2(i) of the Plan, in the discretion of the Committee, in lieu of all or any portion of the Shares otherwise deliverable in respect of all or any portion of your One-time RSUs, the Firm may deliver cash, other securities, other Awards or other property, and all references in this Award Agreement to deliveries of Shares shall include such deliveries of cash, other securities, other Awards or other property.
(c) Death . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Award Agreement, if you die prior to the Delivery Date, the Shares underlying your then Outstanding One-time RSUs shall be delivered to the representative of your estate as soon as practicable after the date of death and after such documentation as may be requested by the Committee is provided to the Committee.
4. Termination of One time RSUs and Non-Delivery of Shares .
(a) Unless the Committee determines otherwise, and except as provided in Paragraphs 3(c), 6, 7, and 9, if your Employment terminates for any reason or you otherwise are no longer actively employed with the Firm, your rights in respect of your One time RSUs that were Outstanding but that had not yet become Vested immediately prior to your termination of Employment immediately shall terminate, such One time RSUs shall cease to be Outstanding and no Shares shall be delivered in respect thereof.
(b) Unless the Committee determines otherwise, and except as provided in Paragraphs 6 and 7, your rights in respect of all of your Outstanding One time RSUs (whether or not Vested) shall immediately terminate, such One time RSUs shall cease to be Outstanding and no Shares shall be delivered in respect thereof if:
(i) you attempt to have any dispute under the Plan or this Award Agreement resolved in any manner that is not provided for by Paragraph 12 or Section 3.17 of the Plan;
(ii) any event that constitutes Cause has occurred;
(iii) you, in any manner, directly or indirectly, (A) Solicit any Client to transact business with a Competitive Enterprise or to reduce or refrain from doing any business with the Firm, (B) interfere with or damage (or attempt to interfere with or damage) any relationship between the Firm and any Client, (C) Solicit any person who is an employee of the Firm to resign from the Firm or to apply for or accept employment with any Competitive Enterprise or (D) on behalf of yourself or any person or Competitive Enterprise hire, or participate in the hiring of, any Selected Firm Personnel or identify, or participate in the identification of, Selected Firm Personnel for potential hiring, whether as an employee or consultant or otherwise;
(iv) you fail to certify to GS Inc., in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, that you have complied, or the Committee determines that you in fact have failed to comply, with all the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement. By accepting the delivery of Shares under this Award Agreement, you shall be deemed to have represented and certified at such time that you have complied with all the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement;
-2-
(v) the Committee determines that you failed to meet, in any respect, any obligation you may have under any agreement between you and the Firm, or any agreement entered into in connection with your Employment with the Firm, including, without limitation, any offer letter, employment agreement or any shareholders agreement to which other similarly situated employees of the Firm are a party; or
(vi) as a result of any action brought by you, it is determined that any of the terms or conditions for delivery of Shares in respect of this Award Agreement are invalid.
For purposes of the foregoing, the term Selected Firm Personnel means: (i) any Firm employee or consultant (A) with whom you personally worked while employed by the Firm, or (B) who at any time during the year immediately preceding your termination of Employment with the Firm, worked in the same division in which you worked; and (ii) any Managing Director of the Firm.
5. Repayment . The provisions of Section 2.6.3 of the Plan (which requires Award recipients to repay to the Firm amounts delivered to them if the Committee determines that all terms and conditions of this Award Agreement in respect of such delivery were not satisfied) shall apply to this Award.
6. Extended Absence, Retirement and Downsizing.
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Award Agreement, but subject to Paragraph 6(b), in the event of the termination of your Employment (determined as described in Section 1.2.19 of the Plan) by reason of Extended Absence or Retirement, the condition set forth in Paragraph 4(a) shall be waived with respect to any One time RSUs that were Outstanding but that had not yet become Vested immediately prior to such termination of Employment (as a result of which such One-time RSUs shall become Vested), but all other conditions of this Award Agreement shall continue to apply.
(b) Without limiting the application of Paragraph 4(b), your rights in respect of your Outstanding One time RSUs that become Vested in accordance with Paragraph 6(a) immediately shall terminate, such Outstanding One time RSUs shall cease to be Outstanding, and no Shares shall be delivered in respect thereof if, prior to the original Vesting Date with respect to such One time RSUs, you (i) form, or acquire a 5% or greater equity ownership, voting or profit participation interest in, any Competitive Enterprise, or (ii) associate in any capacity (including, but not limited to, association as an officer, employee, partner, director, consultant, agent or advisor) with any Competitive Enterprise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its discretion, this Paragraph 6(b) will not apply if your termination of Employment by reason of Extended Absence or Retirement is characterized by the Firm as involuntary or by mutual agreement other than for Cause and if you execute such a general waiver and release of claims and an agreement to pay any associated tax liability, both as may be prescribed by the Firm or its designee. No termination of Employment initiated by you, including any termination claimed to be a constructive termination or the like or a termination for good reason, will constitute an involuntary termination of Employment or a termination of Employment by mutual agreement.
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Award Agreement and subject to your executing such general waiver and release of claims and an agreement to pay any associated tax liability, both as may be prescribed by the Firm or its designee, if your Employment is terminated without Cause solely by reason of a downsizing, the condition set forth in Paragraph 4(a) shall be waived with respect to your One time RSUs that were Outstanding but that had not yet become Vested immediately prior to such termination of Employment (as a result of which such One time RSUs shall become Vested), but all other conditions of this Award Agreement shall continue to apply. Whether or not your Employment is terminated solely by reason of a downsizing shall be determined by the Firm in its sole discretion. No termination of Employment initiated by you, including any termination claimed to be a constructive termination or the like or a termination for good reason, will be solely by reason of a downsizing.
-3-
7. Change in Control . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Award Agreement, in the event a Change in Control shall occur and within 18 months thereafter the Firm terminates your Employment without Cause or you terminate your Employment for Good Reason, all Shares underlying your then Outstanding One time RSUs, whether or not Vested, shall be delivered.
8. Dividend Equivalent Rights . Each One time RSU shall include a Dividend Equivalent Right. Accordingly, with respect to each of your Outstanding One time RSUs, at or after the time of distribution of any regular cash dividend paid by GS Inc. in respect of a Share the record date for which occurs on or after the Date of Grant, you shall be entitled to receive an amount (less applicable withholding) equal to such regular dividend payment as would have been made in respect of the Share underlying such Outstanding One time RSU. Payment in respect of a Dividend Equivalent Right shall be made only with respect to One time RSUs that are Outstanding on the payment date. Each Dividend Equivalent Right shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.8.2 of the Plan.
9. Certain Additional Terms, Conditions and Agreements .
(a) The delivery of Shares is conditioned on your satisfaction of any applicable withholding taxes in accordance with Section 3.2 of the Plan.
(b) If you are or become a Managing Director, your rights in respect of the One time RSUs are conditioned on your becoming a party to any shareholders agreement to which other similarly situated employees of the Firm are a party.
(c) Your rights in respect of your One time RSUs are conditioned on the receipt to the full satisfaction of the Committee of any required consents (as described in Section 3.3 of the Plan) that the Committee may determine to be necessary or advisable.
(d) You understand and agree, in accordance with Section 3.3 of the Plan, by accepting this Award, you have expressly consented to all of the items listed in Section 3.3.3(d) of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference.
(e) You understand and agree, in accordance with Section 3.22 of the Plan, by accepting this Award you have agreed to be subject to the Firms policies in effect from time to time concerning trading in Shares and hedging or pledging Shares and equity-based compensation or other awards (including, without limitation, the Firms Policies With Respect to Transactions Involving GS Shares, Equity Awards and GS Options by Persons Affiliated with GS Inc.), and confidential or proprietary information, and to effect sales of Shares delivered to you in respect of your One time RSUs in accordance with such rules and procedures as may be adopted from time to time with respect to sales of such Shares (which may include, without limitation, restrictions relating to the timing of sale requests, the manner in which sales are executed, pricing method, consolidation or aggregation of orders and volume limits determined by the Firm). In addition, you understand and agree that you shall be responsible for all brokerage costs and other fees or expenses associated with your One time RSU Award, including without limitation, such brokerage costs or other fees or expenses in connection with the sale of Shares delivered to you hereunder.
(f) GS Inc. may affix to Certificates representing Shares issued pursuant to this Award Agreement any legend that the Committee determines to be necessary or advisable (including to reflect any restrictions to which you may be subject under a separate agreement with GS Inc.). GS Inc. may advise the transfer agent to place a stop order against any legended Shares.
(g) Without limiting the application of Paragraph 4(b), if:
-4-
(i) your Employment with the Firm terminates solely because you resigned to accept employment at a governmental agency, self-regulatory organization, or other employer and as a result of such new employment the Firm determines that your continued holding of your Outstanding One time RSUs would violate standards of ethical conduct applicable to you (Conflicted Employment); or
(ii) following your termination of Employment other than described in Paragraph 9(g)(i), you notify the Firm that you have accepted or intend to accept Conflicted Employment at a time when you continue to hold Outstanding One time RSUs;
then, in the case of Paragraph 9(g)(i) above, the condition set forth in Paragraph 4(a) shall be waived with respect to any One time RSUs you then hold that had not yet become Vested (as a result of which such One time RSUs shall become Vested) and, in the cases of Paragraph 9(g)(i) and 9(g)(ii) above, at the sole discretion of the Firm, you shall receive either a lump sum cash payment or delivery of the Shares underlying your then Vested Outstanding One time RSUs, in each case as soon as practicable after the Committee has received satisfactory documentation relating to your Conflicted Employment. Notwithstanding anything else herein, One time RSUs shall become Vested and payment or delivery as a result of this Paragraph shall be made only at such time and if and to the extent as would not result in the imposition of any additional tax under Section 409A of the Code.
10. Right of Offset . The obligation to deliver Shares under this Award Agreement is subject to Section 3.4 of the Plan, which provides for the Firms right to offset against such obligation any outstanding amounts you owe to the Firm and any amounts the Committee deems appropriate pursuant to any tax equalization policy or agreement.
11. Amendment . The Committee reserves the right at any time to amend the terms and conditions set forth in this Award Agreement, and the Board may amend the Plan in any respect; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing and Sections 1.3.2(f), 1.3.2(g) and 3.1 of the Plan, no such amendment shall materially adversely affect your rights and obligations under this Award Agreement without your consent; and provided further that the Committee expressly reserves its rights to amend the Award Agreement and the Plan as described in Sections 1.3.2(h)(1), (2) and (4) of the Plan. Any amendment of this Award Agreement shall be in writing signed by an authorized member of the Committee or a person or persons designated by the Committee.
12. Arbitration; Choice of Forum . BY ACCEPTING THIS AWARD, YOU UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT THE ARBITRATION AND CHOICE OF FORUM PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 3.17 OF THE PLAN, WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE AND WHICH, AMONG OTHER THINGS, PROVIDE THAT ANY DISPUTE, CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM BETWEEN THE FIRM AND YOU ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THE PLAN OR THIS AWARD AGREEMENT SHALL BE FINALLY SETTLED BY ARBITRATION IN NEW YORK CITY, PURSUANT TO THE TERMS MORE FULLY SET FORTH IN SECTION 3.17 OF THE PLAN, SHALL APPLY.
13. Non-transferability . Except as otherwise may be provided by the Committee, the limitations on transferability set forth in Section 3.5 of the Plan shall apply to this Award. Any purported transfer or assignment in violation of the provisions of this Paragraph 13 or Section 3.5 of the Plan shall be void.
14. Governing Law . THIS AWARD SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS.
-5-
15. Delay in Payment . To the extent required in order to avoid the imposition of any interest and/or additional tax under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code, any payments or deliveries due as a result a your termination of Employment with the Firm may be delayed for six months if you are deemed to be a specified employee as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(i)(B) of the Code.
16. Headings . The headings in this Award Agreement are for the purpose of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the construction of the provisions hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , GS Inc. has caused this Award Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the Date of Grant.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. | ||||||||
|
||||||||
By: | ||||||||
|
Name: | |||||||
|
Title: |
-6-
GENERAL GUARANTEE AGREEMENT
This General Guarantee Agreement, dated January 30, 2006 (the Guarantee), is made by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (the Guarantor), a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, in favor of each person (each, a Party) to whom Goldman, Sachs & Co., a New York limited partnership and a subsidiary of the Guarantor (the Company), may owe any Obligations (as defined below) from time to time.
1. Guarantee. For value received, the Guarantor hereby unconditionally and, subject to the provisions of paragraphs number six and seven, irrevocably guarantees to each Party, the complete payment when due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, of all payment obligations, whether now in existence or hereafter arising (other than non-recourse payment obligations) of the Company, including, without limitation, all payment obligations (other than non-recourse payment obligations) arising under any swap, futures, option, forward or other derivative instrument (the Obligations). This Guarantee is one of payment and not of collection.
2. Waiver of Notice, etc. Except as may be required by the contract, agreement or instrument creating the Obligations, the Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance of this Guarantee and notice of the Obligations, and waives proof of reliance, diligence, presentment, demand for payment, protest, notice of dishonor or non-payment of the Obligations, suit, and the taking of any other action by any Party against, and any other notice to, the Company, the Guarantor or others.
3. Nature of Guarantee. This Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (a) the validity or enforceability of any Obligation or right of offset with respect thereto at any time and from time to time held by any Party or (b) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of the Company or the Guarantor) which might constitute an equitable or legal discharge of the Company for the Obligations, or of the Guarantor under this Guarantee, in bankruptcy or in any other instance; provided, however , that under no circumstances will the Guarantor be liable to any Party hereunder for any amount in excess of the amount which the Company actually owes to such Party and that the Guarantor may assert any defense to payment available to the Company, other than those arising in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.
A Party may at any time and from time to time without notice to or consent of the Guarantor and without impairing or releasing the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder: (1) agree with the Company to make any change in the terms of the Obligations; (2) take or
4. Reinstatement. The Guarantor further agrees that this Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, or any of the Obligations, or interest thereon is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by such Party upon the bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution or reorganization of the Company.
5. Subrogation. The Guarantor will not exercise any rights which it may acquire hereunder by way of subrogation, as a result of a payment hereunder, until all due and unpaid Obligations to such Party shall have been paid in full. Any amount paid to the Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence shall be held by Guarantor for the benefit of such Party and shall forthwith be paid to such Party to be credited and applied to the due and unpaid Obligations. Subject to the foregoing, upon payment of all such due and unpaid Obligations, the Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of such Party against the Company with respect to such Obligations, and such Party agrees to take at the Guarantors expense such steps as the Guarantor may reasonably request to implement such subrogation.
6. Amendment and Termination. This guarantee may be amended or terminated, as to one Party, all Parties or a group of specified Parties and as to one Obligation, all Obligations or specified Obligations, at any time by (i) issuance by the Guarantor of a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, the Associated Press or a comparable national news service, or (ii) written notice signed by the Guarantor, with such amendment or termination effective with respect to a Party on the opening of business on the fifth New York business day after earlier of the issuance of such press release or the receipt of such written notice, as applicable; provided, however, that no such amendment or termination may adversely affect the rights of any Party relating to any Obligations incurred prior to the effectiveness of such amendment or termination; provided further, that any such amendment or termination may become effective as to one Party whether or not it becomes effective with respect to another Party.
7. Assignment. The Guarantor may not assign its rights nor delegate its obligations under this Guarantee with respect to a Party, in whole or in part, without prior written consent of such Party, and any purported assignment or delegation absent such consent is void, except for an assignment and delegation of all of the Guarantors rights and obligations hereunder in whatever form the Guarantor determines may be appropriate to a partnership, corporation, trust or other organization in whatever form that succeeds to all or substantially all of the Guarantors assets and business and that assumes such obligations by contract, operation of law or otherwise. Upon any such delegation and assumption of obligations, the Guarantor shall be relieved of and fully discharged from all obligations hereunder, whether such obligations arose before or after such delegation and assumption.
8. Governing Law and Jurisdiction. THIS GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. GUARANTOR AGREES TO THE EXCLUSIVE
-2-
JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, UNITED STATES OF AMERICA,
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has duly executed this Guarantee as of the day and year first above written.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. |
By: | /s/ Elizabeth E. Beshel |
|
|
Name: Elizabeth E. Beshel | |
Title: Treasurer |
-3-
Year Ended November | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2005 | 2004 | 2003 | 2002 | 2001 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net earnings
|
$ | 5,626 | $ | 4,553 | $ | 3,005 | $ | 2,114 | $ | 2,310 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Add:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Provision for taxes
|
2,647 | 2,123 | 1,440 | 1,139 | 1,386 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Portion of rents representative of an
interest factor
|
119 | 118 | 120 | 120 | 111 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense on all indebtedness
|
18,153 | 8,888 | 7,600 | 8,868 | 15,327 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pre-tax earnings, as adjusted
|
$ | 26,545 | $ | 15,682 | $ | 12,165 | $ | 12,241 | $ | 19,134 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fixed charges
(1)
:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Portion of rents representative of an
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
interest factor
|
$ | 119 | $ | 118 | $ | 120 | $ | 122 | $ | 111 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest
expense on all
indebtedness |
18,161 | 8,893 | 7,613 | 8,874 | 15,327 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fixed charges
|
$ | 18,280 | $ | 9,011 | $ | 7,733 | $ | 8,996 | $ | 15,438 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Preferred stock dividend requirements
|
25 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total combined fixed charges and
preferred stock dividends
|
$ | 18,305 | $ | 9,011 | $ | 7,733 | $ | 8,996 | $ | 15,438 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
|
1.45 | x | 1.74 | x | 1.57 | x | 1.36 | x | 1.24 | x | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ratio of earnings to combined fixed
charges and preferred stock dividends
|
1.45 | x | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
(1) | Fixed charges include capitalized interest of $8 million, $5 million, $13 million and $6 million as of November 2005, November 2004, November 2003 and November 2002, respectively. |
State or Jurisdiction | ||
Name | of Entity | |
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
|
Delaware | |
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
|
New York | |
Goldman Sachs Paris Inc. ET CIE
|
France | |
Goldman Sachs (Asia) Finance Holdings L.L.C.
|
Delaware | |
Goldman Sachs (Asia) Finance
|
Mauritius | |
GS Global Funding Hong Kong Trust II
|
Hong Kong | |
GS Global Funding Hong Kong Partnership
|
Hong Kong | |
GS Power Holdings LLC
|
Delaware | |
Goldman Sachs (UK) L.L.C.
|
Delaware | |
Goldman Sachs Group Holdings (U.K.)
|
United Kingdom | |
Goldman Sachs International Bank
|
United Kingdom | |
Goldman Sachs Holdings (U.K.)
|
United Kingdom | |
Goldman Sachs International
|
United Kingdom | |
Goldman Sachs Asset Management International
|
United Kingdom | |
J. Aron & Company (U.K.)
|
United Kingdom | |
GS Linden Power Holdings LLC
|
Delaware | |
Goldman Sachs Mortgage Company
|
New York | |
GS Financial Services L.P. (Del)
|
Delaware | |
GS Diversified Holdings II LLC
|
Delaware | |
Chiltern Trust
|
Isle of Jersey | |
GS Global Funding, Inc.
|
Delaware | |
NJLQ (Ireland) Limited
|
Ireland | |
Goldman Sachs Capital Markets, L.P.
|
Delaware | |
William Street Equity LLC
|
Delaware | |
William Street Funding Corporation
|
Delaware | |
GS Global Investments, Co.
|
Delaware | |
GS Global Investments UK, Inc.
|
Delaware | |
GSFS Investments I Corp.
|
Delaware | |
Goldman Sachs (Japan) Ltd.
|
British Virgin Islands | |
J. Aron Holdings, L.P.
|
Delaware |
State or Jurisdiction | ||
Name | of Entity | |
J. Aron & Company
|
New York | |
Goldman Sachs (Asia) Securities Limited
|
Hong Kong | |
Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
|
Delaware | |
Goldman Sachs Asset Management Co., Ltd.
|
Japan | |
Goldman Sachs Hedge Fund Strategies LLC
|
Delaware | |
GSEM (DEL) Inc.
|
Delaware | |
GSEM (DEL) LLC
|
Delaware | |
GS Equity Markets, L.P. (Bermuda)
|
Bermuda | |
Goldman Sachs (Cayman) Holding Company
|
Cayman Islands | |
Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C.
|
Delaware | |
MLQ Investors, L.P.
|
Delaware | |
Jupiter Investment Co., Ltd.
|
Japan | |
Goldman Sachs Realty Japan Ltd.
|
Japan | |
GSCP (DEL) Inc.
|
Delaware | |
Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.
|
Bermuda | |
Goldman Sachs Financial Markets, L.P.
|
Delaware | |
MTGLQ Investors, L.P.
|
Delaware | |
ELQ Investors, LTD
|
United Kingdom | |
GS European Opportunities Investment Fund B.V.
1
|
Netherlands | |
GS European Strategic Investment Group B.V.
1
|
Netherlands | |
SSIG SPF ONE LQ, LLC
|
Delaware | |
GS Mehetia LLC
|
Delaware | |
Mehetia Holdings Inc.
|
Delaware | |
Mehetia Inc.
|
Delaware | |
SLK LLC
|
New York | |
Goldman Sachs Execution & Clearing, L.P.
|
New York | |
Spear, Leeds & Kellogg Specialists LLC
|
New York | |
GS European Performance Fund Limited
|
Ireland |
1 | These entities are 25% owned by The Norinchukin Trust & Banking Company Ltd. |
/s/ Henry M. Paulson, Jr. | ||||
Name: | Henry M. Paulson, Jr. | |||
Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |||
/s/ David A. Viniar | ||||
Name: | David A. Viniar | |||
Title: | Chief Financial Officer | |||
Dated: February 7, 2006 | /s/ Henry M. Paulson, Jr. | |||
Henry M. Paulson, Jr. | ||||
Chief Executive Officer | ||||
Dated: February 7, 2006 | /s/ David A. Viniar | |||
David A. Viniar | ||||
Chief Financial Officer | ||||